<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><?xml-stylesheet href="https://feeds.captivate.fm/style.xsl" type="text/xsl"?><rss xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/" xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/" xmlns:atom="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" version="2.0" xmlns:googleplay="http://www.google.com/schemas/play-podcasts/1.0" xmlns:itunes="http://www.itunes.com/dtds/podcast-1.0.dtd" xmlns:sy="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/syndication/" xmlns:podcast="https://podcastindex.org/namespace/1.0"><channel><atom:link href="https://feeds.captivate.fm/take-it-personally/" rel="self" type="application/rss+xml"/><title><![CDATA[Take It Personally]]></title><podcast:guid>1b7cf8d8-b4f8-50a5-8262-cdf865ae4c51</podcast:guid><lastBuildDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2026 07:00:10 +0000</lastBuildDate><generator>Captivate.fm</generator><language><![CDATA[en]]></language><copyright><![CDATA[Copyright 2026 Maddie Peschong]]></copyright><managingEditor>Maddie Peschong</managingEditor><itunes:summary><![CDATA[Take It Personally, hosted by professional brand photographer Maddie Peschong, shares advice to help you grow your personal brand to stand out from the noise and thrive, even in the most saturated markets. Episodes feature business and marketing advice, branding expertise, and real stories and inspiration from creative professionals all over the world.]]></itunes:summary><image><url>https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg</url><title>Take It Personally</title><link><![CDATA[https://take-it-personally.captivate.fm]]></link></image><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><itunes:owner><itunes:name>Maddie Peschong</itunes:name></itunes:owner><itunes:author>Maddie Peschong</itunes:author><description>Take It Personally, hosted by professional brand photographer Maddie Peschong, shares advice to help you grow your personal brand to stand out from the noise and thrive, even in the most saturated markets. Episodes feature business and marketing advice, branding expertise, and real stories and inspiration from creative professionals all over the world.</description><link>https://take-it-personally.captivate.fm</link><atom:link href="https://pubsubhubbub.appspot.com" rel="hub"/><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:type>episodic</itunes:type><itunes:category text="Business"><itunes:category text="Marketing"/></itunes:category><itunes:new-feed-url>https://feeds.captivate.fm/take-it-personally/</itunes:new-feed-url><podcast:locked>no</podcast:locked><podcast:medium>podcast</podcast:medium><item><title>The #1 Thing I Invest In In My Business</title><itunes:title>The #1 Thing I Invest In In My Business</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’m in the middle of a very full stretch of travel, conferences, and speaking. And it got me thinking about something I’ve done from day one in my business - the one thing I will always spend money on.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down why continuing education and coaching has been the biggest investment I’ve made (outside of people) and why I truly believe it’s a non-negotiable if you want to grow. If you’re a brand photographer who feels like you’re spinning your wheels, second-guessing your next move, or just not showing up the way you want to, this is the conversation we need to have.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why education + coaching has never been optional for me</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The difference between consuming everything vs. getting what you need</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why paid containers create a different level of commitment</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The real reason you feel stuck (hint: it’s your thoughts)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What “thought work” actually looks like in business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Borrowing confidence from your future, million-dollar self</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: My 12 month transformative brand program for photographers who want to attract and book more brand photography clients. Learn more <u><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a></u>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 <a href="https://maddiepeschong.thrivecart.com/brand-photoshoot-planning-canva-template/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Session Guide</a>: plug-and-play system to plan scroll-stopping sessions that actually get your client results (customizable Canva doc!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’m in the middle of a very full stretch of travel, conferences, and speaking. And it got me thinking about something I’ve done from day one in my business - the one thing I will always spend money on.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down why continuing education and coaching has been the biggest investment I’ve made (outside of people) and why I truly believe it’s a non-negotiable if you want to grow. If you’re a brand photographer who feels like you’re spinning your wheels, second-guessing your next move, or just not showing up the way you want to, this is the conversation we need to have.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why education + coaching has never been optional for me</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The difference between consuming everything vs. getting what you need</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why paid containers create a different level of commitment</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The real reason you feel stuck (hint: it’s your thoughts)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What “thought work” actually looks like in business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Borrowing confidence from your future, million-dollar self</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: My 12 month transformative brand program for photographers who want to attract and book more brand photography clients. Learn more <u><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a></u>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 <a href="https://maddiepeschong.thrivecart.com/brand-photoshoot-planning-canva-template/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Session Guide</a>: plug-and-play system to plan scroll-stopping sessions that actually get your client results (customizable Canva doc!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-1-thing-i-invest-in-in-my-business]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">45546d3e-97fa-443f-92df-a881c368cc78</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 09 Apr 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/45546d3e-97fa-443f-92df-a881c368cc78.mp3" length="13396123" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:57</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>211</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>211</podcast:episode></item><item><title>The Type of Content You Need to Try This Week</title><itunes:title>The Type of Content You Need to Try This Week</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>You are making All. The. Content. You’ve got your Marketing Monday, you’re creating in Canva, you’re scrolling for the perfect reel… and you’re exhausted.</p><p>If that’s you (or has been you) - it doesn’t have to be this hard.</p><p>Yes, content creation takes time. It should. It’s how you make money. But there is a way to make it simpler and still wildly effective. In this episode, I’m breaking down what I call “lazy girl content” - the kind of content that feels almost too easy, but consistently performs the best.</p><p>This is the follow-up to last week’s conversation about reach content, and we’re getting super practical here. If you want engagement, visibility, and momentum (without burning out or spending hours designing posts), this is the type of content you need to try this week.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What “lazy girl content” actually is (and why it works)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The two formats to focus on: reels + carousels</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>5–10 second B-roll reels with strong, scroll-stopping hooks</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Messaging that makes your ideal client think, “wait… that’s me”</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Casual carousels that feel like you (not over-designed)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why simpler, more human content often performs better</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: My 12 month transformative brand program for photographers who want to attract and book more brand photography clients. Learn more <u><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a></u>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 <a href="https://maddiepeschong.thrivecart.com/brand-photoshoot-planning-canva-template/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Session Guide</a>: plug-and-play system to plan scroll-stopping sessions that actually get your client results (customizable Canva doc!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You are making All. The. Content. You’ve got your Marketing Monday, you’re creating in Canva, you’re scrolling for the perfect reel… and you’re exhausted.</p><p>If that’s you (or has been you) - it doesn’t have to be this hard.</p><p>Yes, content creation takes time. It should. It’s how you make money. But there is a way to make it simpler and still wildly effective. In this episode, I’m breaking down what I call “lazy girl content” - the kind of content that feels almost too easy, but consistently performs the best.</p><p>This is the follow-up to last week’s conversation about reach content, and we’re getting super practical here. If you want engagement, visibility, and momentum (without burning out or spending hours designing posts), this is the type of content you need to try this week.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What “lazy girl content” actually is (and why it works)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The two formats to focus on: reels + carousels</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>5–10 second B-roll reels with strong, scroll-stopping hooks</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Messaging that makes your ideal client think, “wait… that’s me”</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Casual carousels that feel like you (not over-designed)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why simpler, more human content often performs better</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: My 12 month transformative brand program for photographers who want to attract and book more brand photography clients. Learn more <u><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a></u>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 <a href="https://maddiepeschong.thrivecart.com/brand-photoshoot-planning-canva-template/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Session Guide</a>: plug-and-play system to plan scroll-stopping sessions that actually get your client results (customizable Canva doc!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-type-of-content-you-need-to-try-this-week]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">cd9ba99d-cf2c-4e7c-bed5-98512fba59dd</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 02 Apr 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/cd9ba99d-cf2c-4e7c-bed5-98512fba59dd.mp3" length="11725968" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>12:13</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>210</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>210</podcast:episode></item><item><title>What To Post When You Want Results NOW</title><itunes:title>What To Post When You Want Results NOW</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever posted something you thought was really good and then refreshed Instagram 17 times waiting for something to happen? Or convinced yourself the app was broken because your post flopped?</p><p>Yeah. Same.</p><p>Content creation is emotional. It’s vulnerable to put yourself out there and then feel like nothing is happening. And while real business results take time (hi, the 90-day reality), your nervous system still wants proof now. In this episode, we’re talking about what to post when you need a little momentum. When you want results <em>now</em>.</p><p>This episode breaks down the role of reach content and why it matters if you’re trying to stay consistent long enough to actually see results. Because no, this isn’t about instant sales — it’s about getting eyes on your content, building engagement, and creating the kind of momentum that keeps you in the game long enough for trust (and sales) to build.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The 90-day truth behind marketing (and why things feel slow)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What “reach content” actually is (and what it’s not)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why engagement matters more than you think (hello, dopamine)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Relatable POV posts that make people say “wait… that’s me”</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Simple content series that build consistency and anticipation</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to make educational content more engaging (not boring)</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: My 12 month transformative brand program for photographers who want to attract and book more brand photography clients. Learn more <u><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a></u>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 <a href="https://maddiepeschong.thrivecart.com/brand-photoshoot-planning-canva-template/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Session Guide</a>: plug-and-play system to plan scroll-stopping sessions that actually get your client results (customizable Canva doc!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever posted something you thought was really good and then refreshed Instagram 17 times waiting for something to happen? Or convinced yourself the app was broken because your post flopped?</p><p>Yeah. Same.</p><p>Content creation is emotional. It’s vulnerable to put yourself out there and then feel like nothing is happening. And while real business results take time (hi, the 90-day reality), your nervous system still wants proof now. In this episode, we’re talking about what to post when you need a little momentum. When you want results <em>now</em>.</p><p>This episode breaks down the role of reach content and why it matters if you’re trying to stay consistent long enough to actually see results. Because no, this isn’t about instant sales — it’s about getting eyes on your content, building engagement, and creating the kind of momentum that keeps you in the game long enough for trust (and sales) to build.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The 90-day truth behind marketing (and why things feel slow)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What “reach content” actually is (and what it’s not)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why engagement matters more than you think (hello, dopamine)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Relatable POV posts that make people say “wait… that’s me”</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Simple content series that build consistency and anticipation</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to make educational content more engaging (not boring)</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: My 12 month transformative brand program for photographers who want to attract and book more brand photography clients. Learn more <u><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a></u>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 <a href="https://maddiepeschong.thrivecart.com/brand-photoshoot-planning-canva-template/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Session Guide</a>: plug-and-play system to plan scroll-stopping sessions that actually get your client results (customizable Canva doc!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-to-post-when-you-want-results-now]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5032d36a-294d-4faf-bd62-b3f9e27837d4</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 26 Mar 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5032d36a-294d-4faf-bd62-b3f9e27837d4.mp3" length="20769762" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:38</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>209</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>209</podcast:episode></item><item><title>B-Roll Every Brand Photographer Needs</title><itunes:title>B-Roll Every Brand Photographer Needs</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Content is so much easier to create when you actually have content to pull from. Photos. Videos. Little clips from your day. When you have a bank of B-roll ready to go, creating posts suddenly becomes a lot simpler.</p><p>In this quick episode, I’m answering a question that comes up all the time inside Rebrand: <em>what B-roll should brand photographers actually be capturing for their own content?</em></p><p>I’m breaking it down into two categories — the B-roll you should be capturing during client sessions and the B-roll you can film during a content day (or just throughout your regular workday). Because when you start intentionally collecting these little clips, you’ll never be scrambling for content again.</p><p>We’re talking about the exact types of moments to capture and why these clips work so well in your marketing.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The B-roll moments to capture during every brand session</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why showing the experience of working with you builds trust</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Easy “content day” clips you can film at home or during your workday</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The mistake photographers make when filming B-roll (and how to fix it)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why simple “lazy girl content” often performs the best</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>🗓️ Sign up for my next masterclass <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Invisible to Inquiries</a>: Learn three content types that turn your Instagram into a brand photography booking machine. March 25 at noon CST: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">register here!</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: My 12 month transformative brand program for photographers who want to attract and book more brand photography clients. Learn more <u><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a></u>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>🤳🏼 <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B095S94XRF?linkCode=ssc&amp;tag=onamzmaddiepe-20&amp;creativeASIN=B095S94XRF&amp;asc_item-id=amzn1.ideas.1M7664UHY2K2I&amp;ref_=aip_sf_list_spv_ofs_mixed_d_asin&amp;th=1" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Motion detecting tripod</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 <a href="https://maddiepeschong.thrivecart.com/brand-photoshoot-planning-canva-template/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Session Guide</a>: plug-and-play system to plan scroll-stopping sessions that actually get your client results (customizable Canva doc!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Content is so much easier to create when you actually have content to pull from. Photos. Videos. Little clips from your day. When you have a bank of B-roll ready to go, creating posts suddenly becomes a lot simpler.</p><p>In this quick episode, I’m answering a question that comes up all the time inside Rebrand: <em>what B-roll should brand photographers actually be capturing for their own content?</em></p><p>I’m breaking it down into two categories — the B-roll you should be capturing during client sessions and the B-roll you can film during a content day (or just throughout your regular workday). Because when you start intentionally collecting these little clips, you’ll never be scrambling for content again.</p><p>We’re talking about the exact types of moments to capture and why these clips work so well in your marketing.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The B-roll moments to capture during every brand session</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why showing the experience of working with you builds trust</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Easy “content day” clips you can film at home or during your workday</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The mistake photographers make when filming B-roll (and how to fix it)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why simple “lazy girl content” often performs the best</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>🗓️ Sign up for my next masterclass <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Invisible to Inquiries</a>: Learn three content types that turn your Instagram into a brand photography booking machine. March 25 at noon CST: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">register here!</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: My 12 month transformative brand program for photographers who want to attract and book more brand photography clients. Learn more <u><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a></u>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>🤳🏼 <a href="https://www.amazon.com/dp/B095S94XRF?linkCode=ssc&amp;tag=onamzmaddiepe-20&amp;creativeASIN=B095S94XRF&amp;asc_item-id=amzn1.ideas.1M7664UHY2K2I&amp;ref_=aip_sf_list_spv_ofs_mixed_d_asin&amp;th=1" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Motion detecting tripod</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 <a href="https://maddiepeschong.thrivecart.com/brand-photoshoot-planning-canva-template/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Session Guide</a>: plug-and-play system to plan scroll-stopping sessions that actually get your client results (customizable Canva doc!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/b-roll-every-brand-photographer-needs]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">76ac9a4f-d3ae-48f8-93a7-4978c4d6a6f3</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 19 Mar 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/76ac9a4f-d3ae-48f8-93a7-4978c4d6a6f3.mp3" length="16331871" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>208</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>208</podcast:episode></item><item><title>How to Grow Your Audience on Instagram</title><itunes:title>How to Grow Your Audience on Instagram</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I know you want to grow your audience on Instagram...and it feels like it’s just not happening. But most people don’t actually have a growth problem. <em>They have a messaging problem.</em></p><p>In this episode, we’re talking about what actually drives growth on Instagram in 2026… and what to stop doing. Because growth isn’t the goal. It’s the byproduct of creating content people share, save, and send to their friends.</p><p>If you’re stuck blaming the algorithm, posting a pretty portfolio, or trying to make one post do everything… this one’s for you. We’re breaking down what really builds an audience of the right followers — the ones who move from “who is this?” to “I trust her” to “I want this.”</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Reach content vs. rapport content vs. revenue content — and why you need all three</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why the algorithm isn’t sabotaging you (people build the algorithm 👀)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The biggest mistakes photographers make when they’re not growing</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why entertainment alone won’t build reputation or revenue</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to stop overcomplicating your posts and start rotating strategically</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Examples of POV-driven content that actually connects</li></ol><br/><p>Growth isn’t about posting more (unless you’re not posting at all). It’s about creating content that makes people feel understood and that builds trust...even if it’s not the highest-engagement post on your grid.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: My group program where I teach a repeatable system for creating this type of content so you build reach, rapport, and revenue (without having to live on IG). Learn more <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I know you want to grow your audience on Instagram...and it feels like it’s just not happening. But most people don’t actually have a growth problem. <em>They have a messaging problem.</em></p><p>In this episode, we’re talking about what actually drives growth on Instagram in 2026… and what to stop doing. Because growth isn’t the goal. It’s the byproduct of creating content people share, save, and send to their friends.</p><p>If you’re stuck blaming the algorithm, posting a pretty portfolio, or trying to make one post do everything… this one’s for you. We’re breaking down what really builds an audience of the right followers — the ones who move from “who is this?” to “I trust her” to “I want this.”</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Reach content vs. rapport content vs. revenue content — and why you need all three</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why the algorithm isn’t sabotaging you (people build the algorithm 👀)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The biggest mistakes photographers make when they’re not growing</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why entertainment alone won’t build reputation or revenue</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to stop overcomplicating your posts and start rotating strategically</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Examples of POV-driven content that actually connects</li></ol><br/><p>Growth isn’t about posting more (unless you’re not posting at all). It’s about creating content that makes people feel understood and that builds trust...even if it’s not the highest-engagement post on your grid.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: My group program where I teach a repeatable system for creating this type of content so you build reach, rapport, and revenue (without having to live on IG). Learn more <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-to-grow-your-audience-on-instagram]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">a4470561-77ea-4eab-ba08-bc24ae10d056</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 12 Mar 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/a4470561-77ea-4eab-ba08-bc24ae10d056.mp3" length="17231313" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:57</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>207</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>207</podcast:episode></item><item><title>How To Build Brand Authority with Thought Leadership</title><itunes:title>How To Build Brand Authority with Thought Leadership</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever read a post and thought, “Oh my gosh… it feels like they’re in my head”? That’s not luck. That’s really good messaging. And it’s <em>thought leadership</em>.</p><p>Thought leadership is the kind of content that turns followers into clients because it makes people feel deeply seen and understood. It builds trust. It builds your reputation. It’s how you become the photographer on someone’s vision board instead of the one competing on price and features.</p><p>But what actually is thought leadership? And how do you create it without becoming some internet guru with a “my way or the highway” attitude?</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down what thought leadership really means, why it matters more than ever in today’s trust recession, and how to start infusing it into your content in a way that feels natural and true to you.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What thought leadership actually is (and what it’s not)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why perspective—not “pretty photos”—is the real differentiator in brand photography</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to gut-check your content to see if you’re actually leading</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to answer the “why beyond the why” in your messaging</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Turning your process into opinions and proof</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The common mistakes that quietly kill brand authority</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why your voice is more powerful than ChatGPT (and how to use AI without losing yourself)</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: If you want clients who don’t flinch at your pricing and who see your work as an investment, not a commodity, that's exactly what we work on inside my group coaching program. Learn more <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever read a post and thought, “Oh my gosh… it feels like they’re in my head”? That’s not luck. That’s really good messaging. And it’s <em>thought leadership</em>.</p><p>Thought leadership is the kind of content that turns followers into clients because it makes people feel deeply seen and understood. It builds trust. It builds your reputation. It’s how you become the photographer on someone’s vision board instead of the one competing on price and features.</p><p>But what actually is thought leadership? And how do you create it without becoming some internet guru with a “my way or the highway” attitude?</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down what thought leadership really means, why it matters more than ever in today’s trust recession, and how to start infusing it into your content in a way that feels natural and true to you.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What thought leadership actually is (and what it’s not)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why perspective—not “pretty photos”—is the real differentiator in brand photography</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to gut-check your content to see if you’re actually leading</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to answer the “why beyond the why” in your messaging</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Turning your process into opinions and proof</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The common mistakes that quietly kill brand authority</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why your voice is more powerful than ChatGPT (and how to use AI without losing yourself)</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: If you want clients who don’t flinch at your pricing and who see your work as an investment, not a commodity, that's exactly what we work on inside my group coaching program. Learn more <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-to-build-brand-authority-with-thought-leadership]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8920a8e4-d9fc-4663-b28f-ec8f423f78a7</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 05 Mar 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8920a8e4-d9fc-4663-b28f-ec8f423f78a7.mp3" length="17530175" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>206</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>206</podcast:episode></item><item><title>Are You Selling Features, or VALUE?</title><itunes:title>Are You Selling Features, or VALUE?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever written on your pricing page “60 images, two outfits, 90 minutes” and hoped that would justify the $2,500 brand session… this episode is for you, my friend.</p><p>Inside Rebrand, the first thing we look at with new students is their pricing. Because we can’t fix your marketing and sales if your positioning is off. And pricing is one of the very first ways people decide how to categorize you.</p><p>And what I see over and over again is sales pages that read like a Cheesecake Factory menu. So in this episode, I’m breaking down the difference between features and value, and why features don’t close four-figure sales.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The difference between cost-based pricing and value-based pricing</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why listing session length and image count isn’t the same as communicating value</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to turn features (like “3-hour session” or “60 images”) into benefits that actually sell</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The biggest pricing positioning mistake brand photographers make</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>A quick diagnostic exercise to see if you’re selling features instead of transformation</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why raising your prices has more to do with clarity than adding more deliverables</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: If you want clients who don’t flinch at your pricing and who see your work as an investment, not a commodity, that's exactly what we work of inside my group coaching program. Learn more <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve ever written on your pricing page “60 images, two outfits, 90 minutes” and hoped that would justify the $2,500 brand session… this episode is for you, my friend.</p><p>Inside Rebrand, the first thing we look at with new students is their pricing. Because we can’t fix your marketing and sales if your positioning is off. And pricing is one of the very first ways people decide how to categorize you.</p><p>And what I see over and over again is sales pages that read like a Cheesecake Factory menu. So in this episode, I’m breaking down the difference between features and value, and why features don’t close four-figure sales.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The difference between cost-based pricing and value-based pricing</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why listing session length and image count isn’t the same as communicating value</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to turn features (like “3-hour session” or “60 images”) into benefits that actually sell</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The biggest pricing positioning mistake brand photographers make</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>A quick diagnostic exercise to see if you’re selling features instead of transformation</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why raising your prices has more to do with clarity than adding more deliverables</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>✨ Join <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>: If you want clients who don’t flinch at your pricing and who see your work as an investment, not a commodity, that's exactly what we work of inside my group coaching program. Learn more <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/are-you-selling-features-or-value]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">d16046e9-1131-45a3-9843-85927798fee0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 26 Feb 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/d16046e9-1131-45a3-9843-85927798fee0.mp3" length="17442386" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>205</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>205</podcast:episode></item><item><title>Listen to This If You&apos;ve Lost a Client</title><itunes:title>Listen to This If You&apos;ve Lost a Client</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>A few weeks ago, I got an Instagram DM from a student who was having a hard time. She had photographed a dream client about a year ago. The session went so well, the photos were stunning, it truly could not have gone better. And then she recently saw that same client book another brand photographer. And her heart was broken.</p><p>And honestly? Mine was too. Because I’ve been there. I think we’ve all been there. Whether you’re a brand photographer or not, if you’ve been in business long enough, you’ve probably lost a client.</p><p>So in this episode, I’m walking you through how I think about losing a client, what to evaluate, what not to spiral over, and how to reframe it in a way that actually makes you stronger (and maybe even a little delusional in the best way).</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What to do first when you find out a client booked someone else</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to evaluate your process and experience without spiraling</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The difference between a one-off loss and a pattern you need to pay attention to</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why “there is enough for everyone” is more than just a fluffy mindset</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>When your offer might actually be the issue</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The “if not this, then better” mindset shift that’s changed everything for me</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to respond publicly when a past client works with another photographer (yes, go comment on their post!)</li></ol><br/><p>If this has happened to you recently, I hope this episode feels like a deep breath and a little perspective shift.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients:</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A few weeks ago, I got an Instagram DM from a student who was having a hard time. She had photographed a dream client about a year ago. The session went so well, the photos were stunning, it truly could not have gone better. And then she recently saw that same client book another brand photographer. And her heart was broken.</p><p>And honestly? Mine was too. Because I’ve been there. I think we’ve all been there. Whether you’re a brand photographer or not, if you’ve been in business long enough, you’ve probably lost a client.</p><p>So in this episode, I’m walking you through how I think about losing a client, what to evaluate, what not to spiral over, and how to reframe it in a way that actually makes you stronger (and maybe even a little delusional in the best way).</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What to do first when you find out a client booked someone else</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to evaluate your process and experience without spiraling</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The difference between a one-off loss and a pattern you need to pay attention to</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why “there is enough for everyone” is more than just a fluffy mindset</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>When your offer might actually be the issue</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The “if not this, then better” mindset shift that’s changed everything for me</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to respond publicly when a past client works with another photographer (yes, go comment on their post!)</li></ol><br/><p>If this has happened to you recently, I hope this episode feels like a deep breath and a little perspective shift.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients:</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/listen-to-this-if-youve-lost-a-client]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e5c64c29-d15f-4818-ad41-7f4375420c71</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 19 Feb 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e5c64c29-d15f-4818-ad41-7f4375420c71.mp3" length="11929926" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>12:26</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>204</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>204</podcast:episode></item><item><title>What Social Media Platforms Should I Be On?</title><itunes:title>What Social Media Platforms Should I Be On?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’ve got a short and sweet episode for you today based on a question I hear all the time: <em>what social media platforms should I actually be on?</em></p><p>This comes up a lot, especially for brand photographers who are working B2B. Suddenly you’re wondering… should I be on LinkedIn? Is Instagram enough? What about TikTok? Am I missing something if I’m not everywhere?</p><p>In this episode, I’m walking you through exactly how I decide what platforms make sense for my business and how you can use the same thought process to decide what makes sense for yours (without adding more to your plate or burning yourself out).</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to decide what social media platforms are actually worth your time</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The Venn diagram test I use to choose where I show up</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram vs. LinkedIn vs. TikTok (and why the “right” answer is different for everyone)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>When it makes sense to add another platform and when it really doesn’t</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why doing one platform really well beats trying to be everywhere</li></ol><br/><p>If you’ve ever felt pressure to show up on <em>all</em> the platforms, or you’re second-guessing whether you’re doing enough, this episode will help you simplify your strategy and feel way more confident in where you’re focusing your energy.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients:</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’ve got a short and sweet episode for you today based on a question I hear all the time: <em>what social media platforms should I actually be on?</em></p><p>This comes up a lot, especially for brand photographers who are working B2B. Suddenly you’re wondering… should I be on LinkedIn? Is Instagram enough? What about TikTok? Am I missing something if I’m not everywhere?</p><p>In this episode, I’m walking you through exactly how I decide what platforms make sense for my business and how you can use the same thought process to decide what makes sense for yours (without adding more to your plate or burning yourself out).</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to decide what social media platforms are actually worth your time</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The Venn diagram test I use to choose where I show up</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram vs. LinkedIn vs. TikTok (and why the “right” answer is different for everyone)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>When it makes sense to add another platform and when it really doesn’t</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why doing one platform really well beats trying to be everywhere</li></ol><br/><p>If you’ve ever felt pressure to show up on <em>all</em> the platforms, or you’re second-guessing whether you’re doing enough, this episode will help you simplify your strategy and feel way more confident in where you’re focusing your energy.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients:</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-social-media-platforms-should-i-be-on]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5adf5dc8-c1bc-4a3c-958f-0a7ef522c9e2</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 12 Feb 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5adf5dc8-c1bc-4a3c-958f-0a7ef522c9e2.mp3" length="10244301" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>10:40</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>203</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>203</podcast:episode></item><item><title>This is Why Marketing Feels Hard</title><itunes:title>This is Why Marketing Feels Hard</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’ve been thinking a lot about why marketing feels hard, even for photographers who are incredibly talented at what they do.</p><p>So many of my clients are amazing photographers. They’re skilled, experienced, and really good at their jobs… and yet marketing still feels uncomfortable or frustrating.</p><p>And the more I’ve sat with that, the more I’ve realized: if marketing feels hard for you, that actually makes a lot of sense.</p><p>In this episode, we’re not talking about hacks, trends, or quick fixes. Instead, I’m offering a reframe that I hope feels grounding, especially if you’ve ever felt like you’re “failing” at marketing or stuck in perfectionism.</p><p>We’re talking about why marketing is one of the only skills in your business that requires visibility <em>before</em> mastery and how that reality creates so much tension for photographers who are used to being experts.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down why marketing feels so uncomfortable, how to detach your self-worth from your results, and how to start approaching your content as data instead of a performance.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why marketing feels harder than photography, editing, or workflows</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The difference between private practice vs. public learning</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why marketing requires visibility before mastery</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How perfectionism keeps photographers stuck and hidden</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why marketing should be treated as an experiment, not a verdict</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The real order of growth: action → data → refinement</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How confidence in marketing is built <em>after</em> you start, not before</li></ol><br/><p>If marketing has ever felt like a public rough draft, or you’ve caught yourself thinking “once I feel more confident, I’ll post,” this episode is for you. Listen in for a mindset shift that will help marketing feel lighter and a lot more sustainable in 2026.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 Get coached in <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, my 12-month program for photographers ready to book more brand photography clients and build confidence in their marketing</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱 <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">DM me</a> your questions about Rebrand. Doors recently closed, but I'd love to get you inside our community if you're looking for this support (plus get marketing/copy support from our co-coach inside of Rebrand!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’ve been thinking a lot about why marketing feels hard, even for photographers who are incredibly talented at what they do.</p><p>So many of my clients are amazing photographers. They’re skilled, experienced, and really good at their jobs… and yet marketing still feels uncomfortable or frustrating.</p><p>And the more I’ve sat with that, the more I’ve realized: if marketing feels hard for you, that actually makes a lot of sense.</p><p>In this episode, we’re not talking about hacks, trends, or quick fixes. Instead, I’m offering a reframe that I hope feels grounding, especially if you’ve ever felt like you’re “failing” at marketing or stuck in perfectionism.</p><p>We’re talking about why marketing is one of the only skills in your business that requires visibility <em>before</em> mastery and how that reality creates so much tension for photographers who are used to being experts.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down why marketing feels so uncomfortable, how to detach your self-worth from your results, and how to start approaching your content as data instead of a performance.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why marketing feels harder than photography, editing, or workflows</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The difference between private practice vs. public learning</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why marketing requires visibility before mastery</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How perfectionism keeps photographers stuck and hidden</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why marketing should be treated as an experiment, not a verdict</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The real order of growth: action → data → refinement</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How confidence in marketing is built <em>after</em> you start, not before</li></ol><br/><p>If marketing has ever felt like a public rough draft, or you’ve caught yourself thinking “once I feel more confident, I’ll post,” this episode is for you. Listen in for a mindset shift that will help marketing feel lighter and a lot more sustainable in 2026.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 Get coached in <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, my 12-month program for photographers ready to book more brand photography clients and build confidence in their marketing</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱 <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">DM me</a> your questions about Rebrand. Doors recently closed, but I'd love to get you inside our community if you're looking for this support (plus get marketing/copy support from our co-coach inside of Rebrand!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Episode ideas?! Connect with me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/this-is-why-marketing-feels-hard]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3e7d5348-a6ef-4914-96f7-be805d934102</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 05 Feb 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3e7d5348-a6ef-4914-96f7-be805d934102.mp3" length="18775243" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>202</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>202</podcast:episode></item><item><title>Should My Instagram Be More Aesthetic?</title><itunes:title>Should My Instagram Be More Aesthetic?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’ve really loved the direction my content has gone over the last year… but if I’m being honest, I haven’t always loved the <em>look</em> of my Instagram feed.</p><p>And as a brand photographer, that feels complicated. Because on one hand, we know the content that performs best right now is more organic, in-the-moment, camera-roll style content. But on the other hand, we’re literally in the business of selling aesthetics. So where’s the balance?</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the push-pull between wanting your Instagram to look good and wanting it to actually work for your business, plus how to stop letting perfectionism get in the way of consistency and conversions.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why organic content often outperforms overly polished posts (even for brand photographers)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The uncomfortable tension between selling an aesthetic and posting content that converts</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to mix curated and organic content without your feed feeling chaotic</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Simple posting patterns that still look good on the grid</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why consistency and messaging matter more than chasing the “perfect” aesthetic</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How perfectionism quietly stalls your marketing and what to do instead</li></ol><br/><p>If you’ve ever found yourself not posting because it doesn’t feel good enough, press play 🎧 to hear how to navigate aesthetics without letting it derail your momentum.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Inquiries Masterclass</a>: January 27th at noon CST - Learn the content system that fills your calendar with premium clients.<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"> Sign up at maddiepeschong.com/masterclass</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 Get coached in <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, my 12-month program for photographers ready to book more brand photography clients</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’ve really loved the direction my content has gone over the last year… but if I’m being honest, I haven’t always loved the <em>look</em> of my Instagram feed.</p><p>And as a brand photographer, that feels complicated. Because on one hand, we know the content that performs best right now is more organic, in-the-moment, camera-roll style content. But on the other hand, we’re literally in the business of selling aesthetics. So where’s the balance?</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the push-pull between wanting your Instagram to look good and wanting it to actually work for your business, plus how to stop letting perfectionism get in the way of consistency and conversions.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why organic content often outperforms overly polished posts (even for brand photographers)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The uncomfortable tension between selling an aesthetic and posting content that converts</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to mix curated and organic content without your feed feeling chaotic</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Simple posting patterns that still look good on the grid</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why consistency and messaging matter more than chasing the “perfect” aesthetic</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How perfectionism quietly stalls your marketing and what to do instead</li></ol><br/><p>If you’ve ever found yourself not posting because it doesn’t feel good enough, press play 🎧 to hear how to navigate aesthetics without letting it derail your momentum.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Inquiries Masterclass</a>: January 27th at noon CST - Learn the content system that fills your calendar with premium clients.<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"> Sign up at maddiepeschong.com/masterclass</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 Get coached in <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, my 12-month program for photographers ready to book more brand photography clients</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Discover more branding tips and marketing tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/should-my-instagram-be-more-aesthetic]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7248382d-c703-41c9-9e3d-eb50156ba085</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 22 Jan 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/7248382d-c703-41c9-9e3d-eb50156ba085.mp3" length="13443349" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>201</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>201</podcast:episode></item><item><title>My Ground Beef Metric for Instagram—and Why it Matters</title><itunes:title>My Ground Beef Metric for Instagram—and Why it Matters</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>At the end of 2025, I shared two podcast episodes breaking down my <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/take-it-personally/id1481284887?i=1000740810821" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">best</a> and <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/take-it-personally/id1481284887?i=1000741805797" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">worst</a> Instagram content from the year. And when I teased those episodes on Instagram, I got a lot of questions about how I actually decide what makes a post “good” or “bad.”</p><p>The obvious answer is data. I look at analytics, engagement, and performance. But the deeper answer (and the one that’s mattered way more for the long-term growth of my business) is that there’s a metric I care about even more than what Instagram shows me.</p><p>For years, I’ve relied on what I call my <strong><em>ground beef metric</em></strong> to gauge whether my content is actually doing what it’s supposed to do: building connection, trust, and relationships that eventually lead to inquiries and bookings.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down what my ground beef metric is, why vanity metrics don’t tell the full story, and how to tell if your Instagram content is actually working, even when the numbers feel confusing or discouraging.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why Instagram metrics matter (but shouldn’t control your emotions)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The real reason posts sometimes don’t perform, even when they’re good</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What the ground beef metric is and how to use it to gauge audience connection</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why Instagram Stories play such a big role in building trust</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How connection compounds over time into inquiries and bookings</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What to focus on if you want Instagram to feel easier and more fun again</li></ol><br/><p>If you’ve ever felt frustrated looking at your Instagram analytics, questioned whether your content is “working,” or wondered why posting feels so emotional sometimes, this episode will give you a totally different way to measure success.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱 Join my free Instagram Consistency Challenge: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/ig" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/ig</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 Get coached in <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, my 12-month program for photographers ready to book more brand photography clients</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Read more tips and tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>🔄 Listen to my <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-best-instagram-content-from-the-year-and-what-my-top-posts-had-in-common/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Best</a> &amp; <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-worst-instagram-content-this-year-and-why-im-not-mad-about-it/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Worst</a> Instagram Content episodes (and how I evaluated them)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>At the end of 2025, I shared two podcast episodes breaking down my <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/take-it-personally/id1481284887?i=1000740810821" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">best</a> and <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/take-it-personally/id1481284887?i=1000741805797" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">worst</a> Instagram content from the year. And when I teased those episodes on Instagram, I got a lot of questions about how I actually decide what makes a post “good” or “bad.”</p><p>The obvious answer is data. I look at analytics, engagement, and performance. But the deeper answer (and the one that’s mattered way more for the long-term growth of my business) is that there’s a metric I care about even more than what Instagram shows me.</p><p>For years, I’ve relied on what I call my <strong><em>ground beef metric</em></strong> to gauge whether my content is actually doing what it’s supposed to do: building connection, trust, and relationships that eventually lead to inquiries and bookings.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down what my ground beef metric is, why vanity metrics don’t tell the full story, and how to tell if your Instagram content is actually working, even when the numbers feel confusing or discouraging.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why Instagram metrics matter (but shouldn’t control your emotions)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The real reason posts sometimes don’t perform, even when they’re good</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What the ground beef metric is and how to use it to gauge audience connection</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why Instagram Stories play such a big role in building trust</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How connection compounds over time into inquiries and bookings</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What to focus on if you want Instagram to feel easier and more fun again</li></ol><br/><p>If you’ve ever felt frustrated looking at your Instagram analytics, questioned whether your content is “working,” or wondered why posting feels so emotional sometimes, this episode will give you a totally different way to measure success.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱 Join my free Instagram Consistency Challenge: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/ig" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/ig</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 Get coached in <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, my 12-month program for photographers ready to book more brand photography clients</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: Read more tips and tools to grow your brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>🔄 Listen to my <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-best-instagram-content-from-the-year-and-what-my-top-posts-had-in-common/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Best</a> &amp; <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-worst-instagram-content-this-year-and-why-im-not-mad-about-it/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Worst</a> Instagram Content episodes (and how I evaluated them)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a>!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let’s Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <u><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></u></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <u><a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></u></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear. 🎙️✨</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-ground-beef-metric-for-instagramand-why-it-matters]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">fa9f42bd-d606-4d43-bbf1-94b2cc78f532</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 15 Jan 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/fa9f42bd-d606-4d43-bbf1-94b2cc78f532.mp3" length="12859068" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>200</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>200</podcast:episode></item><item><title>Making Your Content Go Further in 2026</title><itunes:title>Making Your Content Go Further in 2026</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’m going into 2026 with the goal to scale my business. And that means I’m creating a lot of content.</p><p>Not just to create more content, but because I know, from years of data and experience, that when my content is done well, it actually moves the needle in my business.</p><p>For most people who end up working with me, their journey starts on Instagram and then leads to my podcast. That tells me everything I need to know about how important content is. The problem is that creating more content can feel overwhelming fast, especially when you’re already wearing all the hats.</p><p>In this episode, I’m walking you through how to repurpose content as a photographer so your content can go further in 2026 without burning you out.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What content repurposing actually looks like for photographers</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to create one primary piece of content and break it into more pieces of content</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why long-form content is the foundation of a strong content strategy</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The biggest mistakes I see photographers make with micro content</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How often you should really be posting and emailing</li></ol><br/><p>If content has ever felt like a hamster wheel, or you’ve found yourself staring at Instagram wondering what to post, this episode will give you a much clearer, more sustainable way to approach it. 🎧 Press play to learn how to make your content work harder for your business in 2026.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱 Join my free Instagram Consistency Challenge, starting January 5: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/ig" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/ig</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 Get coached in <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, my 12 month program for photographers ready to book more brand photography clients (and get access to Rebecca - a customGPT to help with content!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog:</a> More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>🔄 Learn about the Vicious Visibility Cycle (<a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/take-it-personally/id1481284887?i=1000722143499" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Apple podcast</a>; <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-vicious-visibility-cycle-and-how-to-get-out-of-it/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">blog</a>)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on Instagram!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’m going into 2026 with the goal to scale my business. And that means I’m creating a lot of content.</p><p>Not just to create more content, but because I know, from years of data and experience, that when my content is done well, it actually moves the needle in my business.</p><p>For most people who end up working with me, their journey starts on Instagram and then leads to my podcast. That tells me everything I need to know about how important content is. The problem is that creating more content can feel overwhelming fast, especially when you’re already wearing all the hats.</p><p>In this episode, I’m walking you through how to repurpose content as a photographer so your content can go further in 2026 without burning you out.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What content repurposing actually looks like for photographers</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to create one primary piece of content and break it into more pieces of content</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why long-form content is the foundation of a strong content strategy</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The biggest mistakes I see photographers make with micro content</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How often you should really be posting and emailing</li></ol><br/><p>If content has ever felt like a hamster wheel, or you’ve found yourself staring at Instagram wondering what to post, this episode will give you a much clearer, more sustainable way to approach it. 🎧 Press play to learn how to make your content work harder for your business in 2026.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱 Join my free Instagram Consistency Challenge, starting January 5: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/ig" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/ig</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 Get coached in <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, my 12 month program for photographers ready to book more brand photography clients (and get access to Rebecca - a customGPT to help with content!)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog:</a> More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>🔄 Learn about the Vicious Visibility Cycle (<a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/take-it-personally/id1481284887?i=1000722143499" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Apple podcast</a>; <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-vicious-visibility-cycle-and-how-to-get-out-of-it/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">blog</a>)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on Instagram!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/making-your-content-go-further-in-2026]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">65e05242-ecbc-49df-900c-09a6d46b611a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 08 Jan 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/65e05242-ecbc-49df-900c-09a6d46b611a.mp3" length="27021596" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:09</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>199</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>199</podcast:episode></item><item><title>Why Your Business Needs a Marketing Monday</title><itunes:title>Why Your Business Needs a Marketing Monday</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>It’s easy to feel like you’re constantly behind on your marketing, especially during busy seasons of life and business. When client work piles up, marketing often becomes the thing you promise you’ll “get back to later”… until later never comes.</p><p>In this episode, we’re talking about why your photography business needs a real marketing system and how something as simple as a weekly Marketing Monday can completely change the way you show up, attract clients, and create momentum in your business.</p><p>Marketing Monday is a dedicated, non-negotiable block of time each week to work on your business, not just in it. It’s the system that helps you stop panic-marketing, stay consistent even when life is chaotic, and build demand year-round instead of reacting when inquiries slow down.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why relying only on referrals eventually stops working</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How weekly marketing time keeps your pipeline full</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why consistency matters more than doing “all the things”</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What actually counts as marketing (even when you’re not posting)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to reduce decision fatigue and mental load around content</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What to do during a Marketing Monday (and what <em>not</em> to stress about)</li></ol><br/><p>If you’ve ever felt stuck in a feast-or-famine cycle, struggled to stay consistent, or wished marketing felt simpler and more sustainable, this episode is for you.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱 Join my free Instagram challenge, starting January 5: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/ig" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/ig</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 Get coached in <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, my 12 month program for photographers ready to book more brand photography clients</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog:</a> More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on Instagram!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It’s easy to feel like you’re constantly behind on your marketing, especially during busy seasons of life and business. When client work piles up, marketing often becomes the thing you promise you’ll “get back to later”… until later never comes.</p><p>In this episode, we’re talking about why your photography business needs a real marketing system and how something as simple as a weekly Marketing Monday can completely change the way you show up, attract clients, and create momentum in your business.</p><p>Marketing Monday is a dedicated, non-negotiable block of time each week to work on your business, not just in it. It’s the system that helps you stop panic-marketing, stay consistent even when life is chaotic, and build demand year-round instead of reacting when inquiries slow down.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why relying only on referrals eventually stops working</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How weekly marketing time keeps your pipeline full</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why consistency matters more than doing “all the things”</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What actually counts as marketing (even when you’re not posting)</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How to reduce decision fatigue and mental load around content</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What to do during a Marketing Monday (and what <em>not</em> to stress about)</li></ol><br/><p>If you’ve ever felt stuck in a feast-or-famine cycle, struggled to stay consistent, or wished marketing felt simpler and more sustainable, this episode is for you.</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱 Join my free Instagram challenge, starting January 5: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/ig" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/ig</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💻 Get coached in <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, my 12 month program for photographers ready to book more brand photography clients</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog:</a> More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on Instagram!</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-your-business-needs-a-marketing-monday]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">f7dfc4db-6930-4583-aa4e-4ab2adc81731</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 01 Jan 2026 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/f7dfc4db-6930-4583-aa4e-4ab2adc81731.mp3" length="21509136" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>198</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>198</podcast:episode></item><item><title>2025 Wrapped</title><itunes:title>2025 Wrapped</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I almost didn’t record this episode.. not because I didn’t want to reflect on the year, but because I was making it bigger than it needed to be. So instead of overthinking it, I sat down with a post-it note and recorded a simple, honest 2025 wrapped: brand photography edition!</p><p>This episode isn’t data-driven or trend-heavy. It’s a real reflection on what actually defined my year as a brand photographer, educator, and coach - including what worked, what changed, and what I’m carrying with me into 2026.</p><p>Before you plan for what’s next, you have to understand what just happened. This episode walks through the three things that shaped my business in 2025, why returning to the basics made everything easier, and how slowing down created more clarity and capacity.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The three things that truly defined my brand photography business in 2025</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why I intentionally booked fewer brand sessions</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How prioritizing profitability changed the way I make business decisions</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What hiring more intentionally unlocked in my business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why my content worked better than expected this year</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What I’m leaving behind in 2025 as I look ahead to 2026</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱 Join the free 14-Day Instagram Challenge (starts January 5): <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/ig" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/ig</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Learn more about working together in Rebrand or Behind the Shot: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 Explore free resources for brand photographers: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/education" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 DM me on Instagram with your biggest takeaway from 2025</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I almost didn’t record this episode.. not because I didn’t want to reflect on the year, but because I was making it bigger than it needed to be. So instead of overthinking it, I sat down with a post-it note and recorded a simple, honest 2025 wrapped: brand photography edition!</p><p>This episode isn’t data-driven or trend-heavy. It’s a real reflection on what actually defined my year as a brand photographer, educator, and coach - including what worked, what changed, and what I’m carrying with me into 2026.</p><p>Before you plan for what’s next, you have to understand what just happened. This episode walks through the three things that shaped my business in 2025, why returning to the basics made everything easier, and how slowing down created more clarity and capacity.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>The three things that truly defined my brand photography business in 2025</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why I intentionally booked fewer brand sessions</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>How prioritizing profitability changed the way I make business decisions</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What hiring more intentionally unlocked in my business</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Why my content worked better than expected this year</li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>What I’m leaving behind in 2025 as I look ahead to 2026</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📱 Join the free 14-Day Instagram Challenge (starts January 5): <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/ig" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/ig</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📸 Learn more about working together in Rebrand or Behind the Shot: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>📝 Explore free resources for brand photographers: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/education" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>💬 DM me on Instagram with your biggest takeaway from 2025</li></ol><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ol><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li data-list="bullet"><span class="ql-ui" contenteditable="false"></span>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ol><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/2025-wrapped]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4e2d9c22-e737-4cae-9822-a78e985ca1d5</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 25 Dec 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4e2d9c22-e737-4cae-9822-a78e985ca1d5.mp3" length="24653831" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:41</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>197</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>197</podcast:episode></item><item><title>My Worst Instagram Content From the Year</title><itunes:title>My Worst Instagram Content From the Year</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>We all love talking about what worked on Instagram, but what about the posts that totally flopped? In this episode, I’m breaking down my “worst” Instagram content from the year, what those posts had in common, and why I’m actually not upset about any of it.</p><p>This is the second part of a little two-episode series - last week I walked through my best content and this episode is taking a looking at my worst performing content. Spoiler: a lot of my “worst” content is also some of the most important for building trust, deepening relationships, and growing my brand long-term.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ul><li>Why my lowest-performing posts are almost all talking head reels</li><li>How longer, more thoughtful content can still be wildly valuable even with low reach</li><li>The difference between content creator goals and business owner goals</li><li>How I’m using my Consistency Cure series, even though it’s not topping my analytics</li><li>Practical ways to improve “bad” posts without scrapping the idea completely</li><li>How to look at your own worst-performing content without making it personal</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>📉 See my "worst" performing content stats: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-worst-instagram-content-this-year-and-why-im-not-mad-about-it/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">on the blog</a></li><li>🎧 Check out <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-best-instagram-content-from-the-year-and-what-my-top-posts-had-in-common/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">last week’s episode</a> on my best Instagram content from the year</li><li>📱 Connect over on Instagram: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li><li>💻 Learn more about twelve month program for brand photographers who want to attract and book more clients: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a></li></ul><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We all love talking about what worked on Instagram, but what about the posts that totally flopped? In this episode, I’m breaking down my “worst” Instagram content from the year, what those posts had in common, and why I’m actually not upset about any of it.</p><p>This is the second part of a little two-episode series - last week I walked through my best content and this episode is taking a looking at my worst performing content. Spoiler: a lot of my “worst” content is also some of the most important for building trust, deepening relationships, and growing my brand long-term.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ul><li>Why my lowest-performing posts are almost all talking head reels</li><li>How longer, more thoughtful content can still be wildly valuable even with low reach</li><li>The difference between content creator goals and business owner goals</li><li>How I’m using my Consistency Cure series, even though it’s not topping my analytics</li><li>Practical ways to improve “bad” posts without scrapping the idea completely</li><li>How to look at your own worst-performing content without making it personal</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>📉 See my "worst" performing content stats: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-worst-instagram-content-this-year-and-why-im-not-mad-about-it/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">on the blog</a></li><li>🎧 Check out <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-best-instagram-content-from-the-year-and-what-my-top-posts-had-in-common/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">last week’s episode</a> on my best Instagram content from the year</li><li>📱 Connect over on Instagram: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li><li>💻 Learn more about twelve month program for brand photographers who want to attract and book more clients: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a></li></ul><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-worst-instagram-content-from-the-year]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">11ef2030-084d-4896-a222-1d4223afdb5a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 18 Dec 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/11ef2030-084d-4896-a222-1d4223afdb5a.mp3" length="18481822" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:15</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>196</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>196</podcast:episode></item><item><title>My Best Instagram Content From the Year</title><itunes:title>My Best Instagram Content From the Year</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Instagram has been my thing since before I even had a photography business, but this year, my content looked a little different. I hired a social media manager, leaned into more nuanced topics, and started paying closer attention to what was actually working instead of just guessing. And spoiler: my best-performing posts were not the perfectly designed, “Pinterest-worthy” ones.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down my best Instagram content from the year and what all of those posts had in common.</p><p>You’ll hear what kind of posts actually did the best for my brand photography and education business and how you can also use those patterns to create better, more strategic Instagram content of your own.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ul><li>Why I finally hired help for Instagram, even though social media has always been “my thing”</li><li>How I identified my best-performing posts (and what those posts actually were - see them on <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-best-instagram-content-from-the-year-and-what-my-top-posts-had-in-common/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">the blog</a>!)</li><li>What my top content had in common: 5 main things</li><li>How “I” language and personal stories can still be super valuable for your audience</li><li>Why leaning into hotter topics made my content more fun</li><li>How behind-the-scenes and milestone posts ended up in my top performers</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>🏆 See my top performing posts &amp; stats on the <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-best-instagram-content-from-the-year-and-what-my-top-posts-had-in-common/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">podcast blog post</a></li><li>📱 Come hang with me on Instagram: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li><li>📸 Learn more about Rebrand and my education for brand photographers on my website: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 Binge more educational posts, past podcast episodes, and resources for brand photographers on the <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">blog</a></li></ul><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Instagram has been my thing since before I even had a photography business, but this year, my content looked a little different. I hired a social media manager, leaned into more nuanced topics, and started paying closer attention to what was actually working instead of just guessing. And spoiler: my best-performing posts were not the perfectly designed, “Pinterest-worthy” ones.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down my best Instagram content from the year and what all of those posts had in common.</p><p>You’ll hear what kind of posts actually did the best for my brand photography and education business and how you can also use those patterns to create better, more strategic Instagram content of your own.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ul><li>Why I finally hired help for Instagram, even though social media has always been “my thing”</li><li>How I identified my best-performing posts (and what those posts actually were - see them on <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-best-instagram-content-from-the-year-and-what-my-top-posts-had-in-common/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">the blog</a>!)</li><li>What my top content had in common: 5 main things</li><li>How “I” language and personal stories can still be super valuable for your audience</li><li>Why leaning into hotter topics made my content more fun</li><li>How behind-the-scenes and milestone posts ended up in my top performers</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>🏆 See my top performing posts &amp; stats on the <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-best-instagram-content-from-the-year-and-what-my-top-posts-had-in-common/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">podcast blog post</a></li><li>📱 Come hang with me on Instagram: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li><li>📸 Learn more about Rebrand and my education for brand photographers on my website: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 Binge more educational posts, past podcast episodes, and resources for brand photographers on the <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">blog</a></li></ul><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-best-instagram-content-from-the-year]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">258cd542-63aa-43f1-98c6-a2d53434142d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 11 Dec 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/258cd542-63aa-43f1-98c6-a2d53434142d.mp3" length="24932611" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:58</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>195</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>195</podcast:episode></item><item><title>My #1 Tip for Creating Better Instagram Content</title><itunes:title>My #1 Tip for Creating Better Instagram Content</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>We’ve&nbsp;<em>all</em>&nbsp;had those moments where we know we need to post something…but have absolutely no idea what to say. In today’s episode, I’m breaking down the simple mindset shift that will help you create better Instagram content without feeling like you have to reinvent the wheel every single time.</p><p>Creating great content isn’t about being clever. It’s about being accurate, relevant, and empathetic. And one of the fastest ways to build trust is by speaking to your clients in the same words they use. Today I’m sharing where to find that language, how to use it, and why this approach works so well for brand photographers who want to create content that genuinely resonates.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ul><li>The real reason you get stuck wondering what to post</li><li>Why client language is the foundation of strong messaging</li><li>The&nbsp;<em>exact</em>&nbsp;places to collect content ideas</li><li>How to stop writing for photographers and start writing for your&nbsp;<em>actual</em>&nbsp;brand clients</li><li>Why vague, AI-ish captions don’t convert...and what to do instead</li><li>How to use repeated questions as your content roadmap</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ul><li>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan, shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot</a></li><li>✔️ When you join Behind the Shot, you'll be able to join the 3-day portfolio-building challenging I'm hosting December 15-17 (live training + replays available!)</li><li>📸 Grab the Brand Photography Questionnaire Template: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shop" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">www.maddiepeschong.com/shop</a></li><li>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog:</a> More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on Instagram!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We’ve&nbsp;<em>all</em>&nbsp;had those moments where we know we need to post something…but have absolutely no idea what to say. In today’s episode, I’m breaking down the simple mindset shift that will help you create better Instagram content without feeling like you have to reinvent the wheel every single time.</p><p>Creating great content isn’t about being clever. It’s about being accurate, relevant, and empathetic. And one of the fastest ways to build trust is by speaking to your clients in the same words they use. Today I’m sharing where to find that language, how to use it, and why this approach works so well for brand photographers who want to create content that genuinely resonates.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ul><li>The real reason you get stuck wondering what to post</li><li>Why client language is the foundation of strong messaging</li><li>The&nbsp;<em>exact</em>&nbsp;places to collect content ideas</li><li>How to stop writing for photographers and start writing for your&nbsp;<em>actual</em>&nbsp;brand clients</li><li>Why vague, AI-ish captions don’t convert...and what to do instead</li><li>How to use repeated questions as your content roadmap</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ul><li>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan, shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot</a></li><li>✔️ When you join Behind the Shot, you'll be able to join the 3-day portfolio-building challenging I'm hosting December 15-17 (live training + replays available!)</li><li>📸 Grab the Brand Photography Questionnaire Template: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shop" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">www.maddiepeschong.com/shop</a></li><li>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog:</a> More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on Instagram!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-1-tip-for-creating-better-instagram-content]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5acb41c4-aea8-4c37-bdb2-76079d71c59b</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 04 Dec 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5acb41c4-aea8-4c37-bdb2-76079d71c59b.mp3" length="20459639" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>194</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>194</podcast:episode></item><item><title>Stop Selling One Hour Brand Sessions!</title><itunes:title>Stop Selling One Hour Brand Sessions!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Almost every brand photographer has said it at some point:&nbsp;<em>“My clients only want a one-hour session.”</em>&nbsp;And honestly? I get why that feels true; I used to believe it too. But one-hour brand shoots are keeping so many photographers stuck, exhausted, and wildly underpaid.</p><p>In this episode, we’re getting into why short sessions are creating chaos (for you&nbsp;<em>and</em>&nbsp;your clients) and why introducing a&nbsp;<em>signature session</em>&nbsp;is one of the fastest ways to elevate your work, raise your prices, and get clients the results they actually want.</p><p>This episode walks through what a signature session includes, how to position it, and what it takes to confidently remove “time” from your packages, so you can finally price based on value instead of minutes on your watch.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ul><li>Why one-hour brand sessions lead to chaos, over-delivery, and burned-out photographers</li><li>The #1 mindset shift photographers need to stop undercharging</li><li>What a signature session actually looks like</li><li>How to confidently push back when clients say they “only need an hour”</li><li>Why time shouldn’t be on your pricing/services page</li><li>A peek inside the brand-new pricing module inside Behind the Shot (and the Black Friday deal!)</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ul><li>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan, shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot</a></li><li>✔️ When you join Behind the Shot, you'll be able to join the 3-day portfolio-building challenging I'm hosting December 15-17 (live training + replays available!)</li><li>📸 Grab the Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog:</a> More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on Instagram!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Almost every brand photographer has said it at some point:&nbsp;<em>“My clients only want a one-hour session.”</em>&nbsp;And honestly? I get why that feels true; I used to believe it too. But one-hour brand shoots are keeping so many photographers stuck, exhausted, and wildly underpaid.</p><p>In this episode, we’re getting into why short sessions are creating chaos (for you&nbsp;<em>and</em>&nbsp;your clients) and why introducing a&nbsp;<em>signature session</em>&nbsp;is one of the fastest ways to elevate your work, raise your prices, and get clients the results they actually want.</p><p>This episode walks through what a signature session includes, how to position it, and what it takes to confidently remove “time” from your packages, so you can finally price based on value instead of minutes on your watch.</p><p><strong>We’re talking:</strong></p><ul><li>Why one-hour brand sessions lead to chaos, over-delivery, and burned-out photographers</li><li>The #1 mindset shift photographers need to stop undercharging</li><li>What a signature session actually looks like</li><li>How to confidently push back when clients say they “only need an hour”</li><li>Why time shouldn’t be on your pricing/services page</li><li>A peek inside the brand-new pricing module inside Behind the Shot (and the Black Friday deal!)</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ul><li>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan, shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot</a></li><li>✔️ When you join Behind the Shot, you'll be able to join the 3-day portfolio-building challenging I'm hosting December 15-17 (live training + replays available!)</li><li>📸 Grab the Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog:</a> More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li>💬 Questions or episode ideas? DM me on Instagram!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/stop-selling-one-hour-brand-sessions]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e1a1777a-b15d-488c-a986-68b44c2c239f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 26 Nov 2025 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e1a1777a-b15d-488c-a986-68b44c2c239f.mp3" length="19237106" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:02</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>193</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>193</podcast:episode></item><item><title>The Photography Service You Need to Offer in 2026</title><itunes:title>The Photography Service You Need to Offer in 2026</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>You’ve probably heard me talk a&nbsp;<em>lot</em>&nbsp;about niching into brand photography... and for good reason. It changed my business and my bookings. But today, we’re zooming out and talking about something I don’t cover nearly enough: what it looks like to simply&nbsp;<em>add</em>&nbsp;brand photography to the services you already offer.</p><p>Because here’s the truth: you don’t have to completely niche down to benefit from this work. And for so many photographers (weddings, families, seniors, interiors), adding brand photography in 2026 might be the smartest, most profitable move you make. In this episode, we’re breaking down why.</p><p><strong>We're talking:</strong></p><ul><li>Why brand photography helps you&nbsp;<em>avoid burnout</em></li><li>The income consistency brand photographers see year-round</li><li>The creative side of brand shoots</li><li>Which photographers transition beautifully into brand photography, and why</li><li>How your existing skill set probably already makes you perfect for this niche</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ul><li>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot</a></li><li>✔️ When you join Behind the Shot, you'll be able to join the 3-day portfolio-building challenging I'm hosting December 15-17 (live training + replays available!)</li><li>📸 Grab the Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog:</a> More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You’ve probably heard me talk a&nbsp;<em>lot</em>&nbsp;about niching into brand photography... and for good reason. It changed my business and my bookings. But today, we’re zooming out and talking about something I don’t cover nearly enough: what it looks like to simply&nbsp;<em>add</em>&nbsp;brand photography to the services you already offer.</p><p>Because here’s the truth: you don’t have to completely niche down to benefit from this work. And for so many photographers (weddings, families, seniors, interiors), adding brand photography in 2026 might be the smartest, most profitable move you make. In this episode, we’re breaking down why.</p><p><strong>We're talking:</strong></p><ul><li>Why brand photography helps you&nbsp;<em>avoid burnout</em></li><li>The income consistency brand photographers see year-round</li><li>The creative side of brand shoots</li><li>Which photographers transition beautifully into brand photography, and why</li><li>How your existing skill set probably already makes you perfect for this niche</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources</strong></p><ul><li>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot</a></li><li>✔️ When you join Behind the Shot, you'll be able to join the 3-day portfolio-building challenging I'm hosting December 15-17 (live training + replays available!)</li><li>📸 Grab the Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog:</a> More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Let's Connect:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-photography-service-you-need-to-offer-in-2026]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4e4f30c6-d9bf-4401-bf8d-0edc7fa40c40</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 20 Nov 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/4e4f30c6-d9bf-4401-bf8d-0edc7fa40c40.mp3" length="20630175" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>192</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>192</podcast:episode></item><item><title>Stop Posting Model Calls to Build Your Portfolio. Do This Instead.</title><itunes:title>Stop Posting Model Calls to Build Your Portfolio. Do This Instead.</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve been trying to grow your brand photography portfolio, you’ve probably thought about posting a model call. But here’s the thing.. model calls can get&nbsp;<em>messy</em>. You lose control of the creative direction, it’s hard to attract the right kind of client, and suddenly you’re shooting something that doesn’t even align with the work you actually want to be known for.</p><p>In this episode, we’re talking about how to&nbsp;<em>actually</em>&nbsp;build your portfolio in a way that sets you up for paying clients and better sessions moving forward. I'm sharing my favorite strategy for staying in the driver’s seat and explaining how you can grow your portfolio while still getting paid (or at least still getting massive value).</p><p><strong>We're talking:</strong></p><ul><li>Why model calls can do more harm than good for brand photographers</li><li>The difference between a model call and a portfolio-building session</li><li>How to stay in control of your creative direction (and still get your dream shots)</li><li>How to price your portfolio session so you don’t feel resentful</li><li>Why every shoot should pay you, whether it’s money or marketing</li><li>Details about my course,&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><em>Behind the Shot</em></a><em>, </em>and the upcoming live portfolio-building challenge I'm hosting!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>LINKS &amp; RESOURCES:</strong></p><ul><li>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot</a></li><li>✔️ When you join Behind the Shot, you'll be able to join the 3-day portfolio-building challenging I'm hosting December 15-17 (live training + replays available!)</li><li>📸 Grab the Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 Blog: More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li></ul><br/><p><strong>LET’S CONNECT:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve been trying to grow your brand photography portfolio, you’ve probably thought about posting a model call. But here’s the thing.. model calls can get&nbsp;<em>messy</em>. You lose control of the creative direction, it’s hard to attract the right kind of client, and suddenly you’re shooting something that doesn’t even align with the work you actually want to be known for.</p><p>In this episode, we’re talking about how to&nbsp;<em>actually</em>&nbsp;build your portfolio in a way that sets you up for paying clients and better sessions moving forward. I'm sharing my favorite strategy for staying in the driver’s seat and explaining how you can grow your portfolio while still getting paid (or at least still getting massive value).</p><p><strong>We're talking:</strong></p><ul><li>Why model calls can do more harm than good for brand photographers</li><li>The difference between a model call and a portfolio-building session</li><li>How to stay in control of your creative direction (and still get your dream shots)</li><li>How to price your portfolio session so you don’t feel resentful</li><li>Why every shoot should pay you, whether it’s money or marketing</li><li>Details about my course,&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><em>Behind the Shot</em></a><em>, </em>and the upcoming live portfolio-building challenge I'm hosting!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>LINKS &amp; RESOURCES:</strong></p><ul><li>💻 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Behind the Shot:</a> my course that teaches you how to price, plan shoot, and deliver brand sessions that attract more dream clients: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot</a></li><li>✔️ When you join Behind the Shot, you'll be able to join the 3-day portfolio-building challenging I'm hosting December 15-17 (live training + replays available!)</li><li>📸 Grab the Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 Blog: More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li></ul><br/><p><strong>LET’S CONNECT:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/stop-posting-model-calls-to-build-your-portfolio-do-this-instead]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ee658bfb-6c67-4053-8dde-96f2e059c005</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 13 Nov 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ee658bfb-6c67-4053-8dde-96f2e059c005.mp3" length="14473653" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:05</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>191</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>191</podcast:episode></item><item><title>Working with a “Boring” Brand? Listen to This.</title><itunes:title>Working with a “Boring” Brand? Listen to This.</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>You’ve been doing the thing: showing up, marketing, documenting, staying visible... and it’s finally working! Engagement is up, DMs are rolling in, and you’re even getting inquiries.</p><p>But then you open one and think… “Ugh. This brand sounds&nbsp;<em>so boring.</em>”</p><p>In this episode, we’re diving into what to do when you get an inquiry from a brand that doesn’t seem exciting to photograph and how to reframe those “boring” brands into some of the most profitable, fulfilling work you’ll do.</p><p>We’re talking:</p><ul><li>Why there’s&nbsp;<em>no such thing</em>&nbsp;as a boring brand</li><li>How to use storytelling and strategy to make any brand shoot interesting</li><li>The mindset shift from “uninspired” to “opportunity-rich”</li><li>Real-life examples (like dental offices!) and how to find the story within them</li><li>Why “boring” clients are often your most lucrative ones</li></ul><br/><p>By the end, you’ll see why the best brand photographers aren’t just camera pros; they’re creative directors and storytellers who can make&nbsp;<em>any</em>&nbsp;business shine.</p><p><strong>LINKS &amp; RESOURCES:</strong></p><ul><li>📸&nbsp;Behind the Shot: A self-paced course that teaches you how to plan, shoot, and deliver a portfolio-building brand session (now with brand pricing and discovery call modules!)</li><li>📝 Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: Grab the client-pleasing checklist I always recommend: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>💻 Blog: More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li></ul><br/><p><strong>LET’S CONNECT:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You’ve been doing the thing: showing up, marketing, documenting, staying visible... and it’s finally working! Engagement is up, DMs are rolling in, and you’re even getting inquiries.</p><p>But then you open one and think… “Ugh. This brand sounds&nbsp;<em>so boring.</em>”</p><p>In this episode, we’re diving into what to do when you get an inquiry from a brand that doesn’t seem exciting to photograph and how to reframe those “boring” brands into some of the most profitable, fulfilling work you’ll do.</p><p>We’re talking:</p><ul><li>Why there’s&nbsp;<em>no such thing</em>&nbsp;as a boring brand</li><li>How to use storytelling and strategy to make any brand shoot interesting</li><li>The mindset shift from “uninspired” to “opportunity-rich”</li><li>Real-life examples (like dental offices!) and how to find the story within them</li><li>Why “boring” clients are often your most lucrative ones</li></ul><br/><p>By the end, you’ll see why the best brand photographers aren’t just camera pros; they’re creative directors and storytellers who can make&nbsp;<em>any</em>&nbsp;business shine.</p><p><strong>LINKS &amp; RESOURCES:</strong></p><ul><li>📸&nbsp;Behind the Shot: A self-paced course that teaches you how to plan, shoot, and deliver a portfolio-building brand session (now with brand pricing and discovery call modules!)</li><li>📝 Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: Grab the client-pleasing checklist I always recommend: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>💻 Blog: More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li></ul><br/><p><strong>LET’S CONNECT:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p><em>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/working-with-a-boring-brand-listen-to-this-]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">bef84a73-dade-4e95-a4b1-d5d81e79f99f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 06 Nov 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/bef84a73-dade-4e95-a4b1-d5d81e79f99f.mp3" length="13388611" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:57</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>190</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>190</podcast:episode></item><item><title>What’s in My Gear Bag 2025</title><itunes:title>What’s in My Gear Bag 2025</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>You know those “what’s in my bag” peeks we all love? Same. I’m endlessly curious about how different photographers get similar results with totally different setups. And while I’m&nbsp;<em>not</em>&nbsp;a gearhead, I’ve learned what’s worth investing in for ease, speed, and consistency... without pretending you need every single shiny thing.</p><p>In this episode, I’m walking through my current brand-session kit, why I chose each piece, and how I keep lighting simple and flattering so my clients look like the best version of themselves. We’re diving into:&nbsp;what I actually bring to brand shoots in 2025, how I light (without drama), and the small add-ons that make big differences on set.</p><p><strong>Episode highlights:</strong></p><ul><li>My camera + lens combo and why I switched to mirrorless</li><li>The zoom that replaced my prime-girl era and why it’s perfect for tight interiors</li><li>Flash philosophy: natural-looking light with Profoto A10s</li><li>Go-to modifiers and when I use each</li><li>Headshot vs. lifestyle setups, tethering and on-site workflow tips</li><li>Unsexy-but-essential extras</li><li>What’s on my wishlist to level up on-location</li></ul><br/><p><strong>LINKS &amp; RESOURCES:</strong></p><ul><li>📸&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Behind the Shot</a><em>:</em> Come behind the scenes of real brand sessions and see my gear + lighting in action</li><li>☑️ Grab the Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li>🛒 <a href="https://www.amazon.com/shop/maddiepeschong/list/1M7664UHY2K2I?ref_=aip_sf_list_spv_ofs_mixed_d&amp;ccs_id=f8be043a-6ec7-4c21-b0d5-dfb8024391bf" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Amazon Storefront</a>: Gear items linked here!</li><li>💬 Have a gear Q? DM me your question or your biggest lighting hurdle!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>LET’S CONNECT:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You know those “what’s in my bag” peeks we all love? Same. I’m endlessly curious about how different photographers get similar results with totally different setups. And while I’m&nbsp;<em>not</em>&nbsp;a gearhead, I’ve learned what’s worth investing in for ease, speed, and consistency... without pretending you need every single shiny thing.</p><p>In this episode, I’m walking through my current brand-session kit, why I chose each piece, and how I keep lighting simple and flattering so my clients look like the best version of themselves. We’re diving into:&nbsp;what I actually bring to brand shoots in 2025, how I light (without drama), and the small add-ons that make big differences on set.</p><p><strong>Episode highlights:</strong></p><ul><li>My camera + lens combo and why I switched to mirrorless</li><li>The zoom that replaced my prime-girl era and why it’s perfect for tight interiors</li><li>Flash philosophy: natural-looking light with Profoto A10s</li><li>Go-to modifiers and when I use each</li><li>Headshot vs. lifestyle setups, tethering and on-site workflow tips</li><li>Unsexy-but-essential extras</li><li>What’s on my wishlist to level up on-location</li></ul><br/><p><strong>LINKS &amp; RESOURCES:</strong></p><ul><li>📸&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Behind the Shot</a><em>:</em> Come behind the scenes of real brand sessions and see my gear + lighting in action</li><li>☑️ Grab the Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/blog/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Blog</a>: More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li>🛒 <a href="https://www.amazon.com/shop/maddiepeschong/list/1M7664UHY2K2I?ref_=aip_sf_list_spv_ofs_mixed_d&amp;ccs_id=f8be043a-6ec7-4c21-b0d5-dfb8024391bf" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Amazon Storefront</a>: Gear items linked here!</li><li>💬 Have a gear Q? DM me your question or your biggest lighting hurdle!</li></ul><br/><p><strong>LET’S CONNECT:</strong></p><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you actually want to hear.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/whats-in-my-gear-bag-2025]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">00868b73-582a-4ac6-a7d8-62d6ee36330a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 30 Oct 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/00868b73-582a-4ac6-a7d8-62d6ee36330a.mp3" length="20145741" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:59</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>189</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>189</podcast:episode></item><item><title>Documentation Marketing for Busy Seasons</title><itunes:title>Documentation Marketing for Busy Seasons</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>It’s busy season. Your camera is glued to your hand, your editing queue is packed, and marketing? Yeah, that’s probably collecting dust.</p><p>But here’s the thing—what you post today is what fills your calendar tomorrow. If you tend to see a slowdown in bookings come December or January, it’s <em>probably</em> because your marketing fell off the map in September and October. It happens every year. But this time? You’re going to do it differently.</p><p>In this episode, I’m diving deep into a strategy I swear by: <strong>documentation marketing</strong>. It’s the easiest way to stay consistent on Instagram <em>without</em> creating content from scratch. If batching 30 days of content sounds like your personal nightmare (hi, same), this method is for you.</p><p>We’re talking:</p><ul><li>The vicious visibility cycle (and how to break it)</li><li>Why documenting is more effective than creating</li><li>Simple, scroll-stopping content ideas you can capture in real time</li><li>How to build a content rhythm that works for your <em>real</em> life</li></ul><br/><p>Marketing doesn’t have to be overwhelming, and it <em>definitely</em> doesn’t have to stop just because you’re booked and busy. This episode will help you stay top of mind, even when you don’t have a ton of time.</p><h3>LINKS &amp; RESOURCES:</h3><ul><li>📱 Follow along with <em>The Consistency Cure</em> series on <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></li><li>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 Blog: More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li>💬 Want more BTS tips like this? DM me your biggest struggle with Instagram right now.</li></ul><br/><h3>LET’S CONNECT:</h3><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you <em>actually</em> want to hear.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It’s busy season. Your camera is glued to your hand, your editing queue is packed, and marketing? Yeah, that’s probably collecting dust.</p><p>But here’s the thing—what you post today is what fills your calendar tomorrow. If you tend to see a slowdown in bookings come December or January, it’s <em>probably</em> because your marketing fell off the map in September and October. It happens every year. But this time? You’re going to do it differently.</p><p>In this episode, I’m diving deep into a strategy I swear by: <strong>documentation marketing</strong>. It’s the easiest way to stay consistent on Instagram <em>without</em> creating content from scratch. If batching 30 days of content sounds like your personal nightmare (hi, same), this method is for you.</p><p>We’re talking:</p><ul><li>The vicious visibility cycle (and how to break it)</li><li>Why documenting is more effective than creating</li><li>Simple, scroll-stopping content ideas you can capture in real time</li><li>How to build a content rhythm that works for your <em>real</em> life</li></ul><br/><p>Marketing doesn’t have to be overwhelming, and it <em>definitely</em> doesn’t have to stop just because you’re booked and busy. This episode will help you stay top of mind, even when you don’t have a ton of time.</p><h3>LINKS &amp; RESOURCES:</h3><ul><li>📱 Follow along with <em>The Consistency Cure</em> series on <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></li><li>📸 Grab the <em>Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</em>: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>📝 Blog: More tips and tools to grow your personal brand photography business</li><li>💬 Want more BTS tips like this? DM me your biggest struggle with Instagram right now.</li></ul><br/><h3>LET’S CONNECT:</h3><ul><li>Website: <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com</a></li><li>Instagram: <a href="https://instagram.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a></li></ul><br/><p>If you loved this episode, leave a review! It helps other photographers find the show and keeps us creating content you <em>actually</em> want to hear.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/documentation-marketing-for-busy-seasons]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">42e3023d-d928-4778-8e82-25446829d89d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 09 Oct 2025 15:02:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/42e3023d-d928-4778-8e82-25446829d89d.mp3" length="17590345" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>188</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>188</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#187: Should I Join Rebrand? [BONUS EPISODE]</title><itunes:title>#187: Should I Join Rebrand? [BONUS EPISODE]</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Doors to Rebrand close TONIGHT and I'm breaking down all the systems inside the program to make sure you don't slip through the cracks, plus the mindset shift you need to make to get results inside a new program every single time. </p><p>Join Rebrand: https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Doors to Rebrand close TONIGHT and I'm breaking down all the systems inside the program to make sure you don't slip through the cracks, plus the mindset shift you need to make to get results inside a new program every single time. </p><p>Join Rebrand: https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/bonus-should-i-join-rebrand]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ae87d190-2360-4856-ac7e-f4d08021cc1d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 30 Sep 2025 17:10:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ae87d190-2360-4856-ac7e-f4d08021cc1d.mp3" length="17564879" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:38</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>187</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>187</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/24b38d75-d8cf-4e4a-b485-0f65cc98ac10/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/24b38d75-d8cf-4e4a-b485-0f65cc98ac10/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/24b38d75-d8cf-4e4a-b485-0f65cc98ac10/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#186: What Booked Out Brand Photographers are Posting on Instagram</title><itunes:title>#186: What Booked Out Brand Photographers are Posting on Instagram</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>So many brand photographers struggle with what to post on Instagram. Some go completely quiet because they feel stuck, while others show up daily but still aren’t booking clients. The truth? It’s not just about consistency. It’s about posting the right kind of content that actually converts.</p><p>In this episode of Take It Personally, I’m sharing the five types of content that booked-out brand photographers are using to stand out, build trust, and turn followers into paying clients. These strategies are simple, sustainable, and designed to help you show up with confidence and intention.</p><p>What you'll learn in this episode:</p><ul><li>The two biggest struggles photographers face with Instagram content</li><li>Why “just showing up” isn’t enough to attract new clients</li><li>Five categories of content that consistently book clients</li><li>How to shift your Instagram from a stagnant portfolio to a client-generating tool</li><li>A sneak peek into my&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out &amp; In Demand</a>&nbsp;masterclass</li></ul><br/><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Grab your free spot in my Booked Up and In-Demand Masterclass: September 23 at noon CST - learn the content system that fills your calendar with premium clients</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-booked-out-brand-photographers-are-posting-on-instagram/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>So many brand photographers struggle with what to post on Instagram. Some go completely quiet because they feel stuck, while others show up daily but still aren’t booking clients. The truth? It’s not just about consistency. It’s about posting the right kind of content that actually converts.</p><p>In this episode of Take It Personally, I’m sharing the five types of content that booked-out brand photographers are using to stand out, build trust, and turn followers into paying clients. These strategies are simple, sustainable, and designed to help you show up with confidence and intention.</p><p>What you'll learn in this episode:</p><ul><li>The two biggest struggles photographers face with Instagram content</li><li>Why “just showing up” isn’t enough to attract new clients</li><li>Five categories of content that consistently book clients</li><li>How to shift your Instagram from a stagnant portfolio to a client-generating tool</li><li>A sneak peek into my&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out &amp; In Demand</a>&nbsp;masterclass</li></ul><br/><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Grab your free spot in my Booked Up and In-Demand Masterclass: September 23 at noon CST - learn the content system that fills your calendar with premium clients</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-booked-out-brand-photographers-are-posting-on-instagram/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/186-what-booked-out-brand-photographers-are-posting-on-instagram]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ab68583d-489c-455e-b4c6-7e8a9fce3e60</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 18 Sep 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ab68583d-489c-455e-b4c6-7e8a9fce3e60.mp3" length="14395901" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>186</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>186</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#185: The Beliefs Holding You Back From Booking Clients on Instagram</title><itunes:title>#185: The Beliefs Holding You Back From Booking Clients on Instagram</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I will never stop sharing my love for social media. Why? Because it’s one of the most powerful tools we have as business owners. And yet, so many photographers I work with are afraid of it. They worry about being vulnerable, about what showing up online says about them, and as a result, they hold back.</p><p>But here’s the truth: these limiting beliefs are keeping you from booking clients on Instagram. It doesn’t matter how solid your strategy is or how many content ideas you have—if you can’t work through these beliefs, you’ll struggle to see results.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the most common beliefs I hear (and have struggled with myself!) and how to start talking back to those scary voices in your head so you can finally use social media to connect with the right people and book more clients.</p><p>What you'll learn in this episode:</p><ul><li>Why “nobody cares” and “I’m not that interesting” are lies you’re telling yourself</li><li>How practicing is the only way to get better at showing up online</li><li>Why your life doesn’t need to look perfectly aesthetic to attract clients</li><li>How to share what feels comfortable while still making genuine connections</li><li>Why “professionalism” doesn’t mean hiding who you are</li><li>The power of recognizing your red flag thoughts and shifting them into possibility</li></ul><br/><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Grab your free spot in my Booked Up and In-Demand Masterclass: September 23 at noon CST - learn the content system that fills your calendar with premium clients</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-beliefs-holding-you-back-from-booking-clients-on-instagram/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I will never stop sharing my love for social media. Why? Because it’s one of the most powerful tools we have as business owners. And yet, so many photographers I work with are afraid of it. They worry about being vulnerable, about what showing up online says about them, and as a result, they hold back.</p><p>But here’s the truth: these limiting beliefs are keeping you from booking clients on Instagram. It doesn’t matter how solid your strategy is or how many content ideas you have—if you can’t work through these beliefs, you’ll struggle to see results.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down the most common beliefs I hear (and have struggled with myself!) and how to start talking back to those scary voices in your head so you can finally use social media to connect with the right people and book more clients.</p><p>What you'll learn in this episode:</p><ul><li>Why “nobody cares” and “I’m not that interesting” are lies you’re telling yourself</li><li>How practicing is the only way to get better at showing up online</li><li>Why your life doesn’t need to look perfectly aesthetic to attract clients</li><li>How to share what feels comfortable while still making genuine connections</li><li>Why “professionalism” doesn’t mean hiding who you are</li><li>The power of recognizing your red flag thoughts and shifting them into possibility</li></ul><br/><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Grab your free spot in my Booked Up and In-Demand Masterclass: September 23 at noon CST - learn the content system that fills your calendar with premium clients</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-beliefs-holding-you-back-from-booking-clients-on-instagram/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/185-the-beliefs-holding-you-back-from-booking-clients-on-instagram]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8fd54ad4-27d3-4d24-a244-768503aab844</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 11 Sep 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8fd54ad4-27d3-4d24-a244-768503aab844.mp3" length="21973921" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>185</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>185</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#184: The 3 Instagram Posts That Get You Booked</title><itunes:title>#184: The 3 Instagram Posts That Get You Booked</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>You’ve been told you need to show up consistently on Instagram...so you do. But instead of clients rolling in, you’re left wondering if posting is even worth it. Maybe your consistency hasn’t paid off, or maybe you’ve been ghosting your account altogether. Either way, if Instagram isn’t bringing in new bookings, it’s not about the app. It’s about your content strategy.</p><p>In this episode of Take It Personally, I'm breaking down the three types of Instagram posts that actually get clients to book you. I'm sharing real examples, how to position yourself as the go-to brand photographer, and how storytelling can make your content more effective. If you’ve been frustrated with Instagram, this is the strategy shift you need.</p><p>01:08 – Why posting on Instagram isn’t working for many photographers</p><p>02:16 – The 3 types of Instagram posts to get booked</p><p>03:00 – Reputation-building content</p><p>05:56 – Rapport-building content</p><p>09:40 – Relationship-building content</p><p>19:54 – Focus on your content strategy, not just consistency</p><p>20:19 – 21 Day Instagram Challenge</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>Join my&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><strong>21-Day Instagram Challenge</strong></a>&nbsp;happening inside a private IG chat starting&nbsp;<strong>September 1st</strong>—simple, daily prompts that help you stay consistent and get visible so you can get more inquiries from IG. 👉 DM me&nbsp;<strong>“challenge”</strong>&nbsp;on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a>&nbsp;to join us!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/instagram-posts-that-get-brand-photographers-booked/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You’ve been told you need to show up consistently on Instagram...so you do. But instead of clients rolling in, you’re left wondering if posting is even worth it. Maybe your consistency hasn’t paid off, or maybe you’ve been ghosting your account altogether. Either way, if Instagram isn’t bringing in new bookings, it’s not about the app. It’s about your content strategy.</p><p>In this episode of Take It Personally, I'm breaking down the three types of Instagram posts that actually get clients to book you. I'm sharing real examples, how to position yourself as the go-to brand photographer, and how storytelling can make your content more effective. If you’ve been frustrated with Instagram, this is the strategy shift you need.</p><p>01:08 – Why posting on Instagram isn’t working for many photographers</p><p>02:16 – The 3 types of Instagram posts to get booked</p><p>03:00 – Reputation-building content</p><p>05:56 – Rapport-building content</p><p>09:40 – Relationship-building content</p><p>19:54 – Focus on your content strategy, not just consistency</p><p>20:19 – 21 Day Instagram Challenge</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>Join my&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><strong>21-Day Instagram Challenge</strong></a>&nbsp;happening inside a private IG chat starting&nbsp;<strong>September 1st</strong>—simple, daily prompts that help you stay consistent and get visible so you can get more inquiries from IG. 👉 DM me&nbsp;<strong>“challenge”</strong>&nbsp;on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a>&nbsp;to join us!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/instagram-posts-that-get-brand-photographers-booked/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/184-the-3-instagram-posts-that-get-you-booked]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5d99fc1a-cf30-465c-a062-a23a91906899</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 04 Sep 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5d99fc1a-cf30-465c-a062-a23a91906899.mp3" length="21106641" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:59</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>184</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>184</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#183: Using Instagram as a Portfolio? Listen to this.</title><itunes:title>#183: Using Instagram as a Portfolio? Listen to this.</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>As photographers, it can feel natural to use Instagram as a portfolio—posting your most recent work with simple captions like “Loved this session!” or “Isn’t she gorgeous?” But if you’ve been doing that consistently and wondering why you’re not booking clients, there’s a reason: Instagram isn’t meant to be your portfolio.</p><p>In this episode of Take It Personally, I'm sharing why using Instagram only to showcase your work keeps you from connecting with your ideal clients and booking sessions. I'm also showing how to shift from treating your feed like a gallery to creating an engaging brand experience—one that builds trust, answers client questions before they ever inquire, and ultimately gets you booked.</p><p>If you’ve ever felt frustrated that posting pretty photos isn’t leading to results, this episode will give you a clear strategy to change that.</p><p>01:07 — The viral Threads post that sparked this conversation</p><p>02:16 — Why using Instagram like a portfolio keeps photographers stuck</p><p>03:22 — Common posting mistakes</p><p>03:56 — Building connection and brand experience</p><p>04:40 — Sharing work strategically</p><p>06:50 — Practical post examples and client concerns</p><p>09:42 — Building trust through personal stories</p><p>10:25 — Brand storytelling and standing out</p><p>11:07 — 21-day Instagram challenge invite</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>Join my&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><strong>21-Day Instagram Challenge</strong></a>&nbsp;happening inside a private IG chat starting&nbsp;<strong>September 1st</strong>—simple, daily prompts that help you stay consistent and get visible so you can get more inquiries from IG. 👉 DM me&nbsp;<strong>“challenge”</strong>&nbsp;on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a>&nbsp;to join us!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/using-instagram-as-a-portfolio-listen-to-this/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As photographers, it can feel natural to use Instagram as a portfolio—posting your most recent work with simple captions like “Loved this session!” or “Isn’t she gorgeous?” But if you’ve been doing that consistently and wondering why you’re not booking clients, there’s a reason: Instagram isn’t meant to be your portfolio.</p><p>In this episode of Take It Personally, I'm sharing why using Instagram only to showcase your work keeps you from connecting with your ideal clients and booking sessions. I'm also showing how to shift from treating your feed like a gallery to creating an engaging brand experience—one that builds trust, answers client questions before they ever inquire, and ultimately gets you booked.</p><p>If you’ve ever felt frustrated that posting pretty photos isn’t leading to results, this episode will give you a clear strategy to change that.</p><p>01:07 — The viral Threads post that sparked this conversation</p><p>02:16 — Why using Instagram like a portfolio keeps photographers stuck</p><p>03:22 — Common posting mistakes</p><p>03:56 — Building connection and brand experience</p><p>04:40 — Sharing work strategically</p><p>06:50 — Practical post examples and client concerns</p><p>09:42 — Building trust through personal stories</p><p>10:25 — Brand storytelling and standing out</p><p>11:07 — 21-day Instagram challenge invite</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>Join my&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><strong>21-Day Instagram Challenge</strong></a>&nbsp;happening inside a private IG chat starting&nbsp;<strong>September 1st</strong>—simple, daily prompts that help you stay consistent and get visible so you can get more inquiries from IG. 👉 DM me&nbsp;<strong>“challenge”</strong>&nbsp;on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a>&nbsp;to join us!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/using-instagram-as-a-portfolio-listen-to-this/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/183-using-instagram-as-a-portfolio-listen-to-this-]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3119e3ae-28be-485b-ac27-16ee1663f770</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 28 Aug 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/3119e3ae-28be-485b-ac27-16ee1663f770.mp3" length="13453397" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>183</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>183</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#182: One Brand Session, 30 Days of Content</title><itunes:title>#182: One Brand Session, 30 Days of Content</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If your Instagram feed is filled with nothing but sneak peeks and “look how gorgeous this session was” captions, we need to talk. Instagram is not your portfolio; it’s the experience of your brand.</p><p>When you treat it like a dusty portfolio, you run out of content quickly and blend in with every other photographer. But when you start treating it like an experience, one great brand session can fuel your feed for 30 days (or more).</p><p>In this episode, I’m sharing how to stop overthinking, use your sessions more strategically, and turn a single shoot into a month’s worth of posts that build reputation, rapport, relationships, and true embodiment of your brand.</p><p>01:45 – The problem with using Instagram as a portfolio</p><p>03:29 – Creating content that works harder for you</p><p>07:08 – Building reputation: introducing yourself and your work</p><p>09:39 – Building rapport through storytelling</p><p>14:56 – Building relationships through social proof</p><p>22:19 – Embodying your brand authentically</p><p>24:10 – Repurposing content effectively</p><p>27:34 – Join the 21-day Instagram challenge</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>Join my&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><strong>21-Day Instagram Challenge</strong></a>&nbsp;happening inside a private IG chat starting&nbsp;<strong>September 1st</strong>—simple, daily prompts that help you stay consistent and get visible so you can get more inquiries from IG. 👉 DM me&nbsp;<strong>“challenge”</strong>&nbsp;on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a>&nbsp;to join us!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/one-brand-session-30-days-of-content/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If your Instagram feed is filled with nothing but sneak peeks and “look how gorgeous this session was” captions, we need to talk. Instagram is not your portfolio; it’s the experience of your brand.</p><p>When you treat it like a dusty portfolio, you run out of content quickly and blend in with every other photographer. But when you start treating it like an experience, one great brand session can fuel your feed for 30 days (or more).</p><p>In this episode, I’m sharing how to stop overthinking, use your sessions more strategically, and turn a single shoot into a month’s worth of posts that build reputation, rapport, relationships, and true embodiment of your brand.</p><p>01:45 – The problem with using Instagram as a portfolio</p><p>03:29 – Creating content that works harder for you</p><p>07:08 – Building reputation: introducing yourself and your work</p><p>09:39 – Building rapport through storytelling</p><p>14:56 – Building relationships through social proof</p><p>22:19 – Embodying your brand authentically</p><p>24:10 – Repurposing content effectively</p><p>27:34 – Join the 21-day Instagram challenge</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>Join my&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><strong>21-Day Instagram Challenge</strong></a>&nbsp;happening inside a private IG chat starting&nbsp;<strong>September 1st</strong>—simple, daily prompts that help you stay consistent and get visible so you can get more inquiries from IG. 👉 DM me&nbsp;<strong>“challenge”</strong>&nbsp;on Instagram&nbsp;<a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a>&nbsp;to join us!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/one-brand-session-30-days-of-content/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/182-one-brand-session-30-days-of-content]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8ebbad4e-f28c-4fa4-a863-20b10c03a720</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Fri, 22 Aug 2025 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8ebbad4e-f28c-4fa4-a863-20b10c03a720.mp3" length="28377873" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>182</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>182</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#181: The Vicious Visibility Cycle (and how to get out of it)</title><itunes:title>#181: The Vicious Visibility Cycle (and how to get out of it)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Ever found yourself slammed with client work and thinking, “I don’t need to post to Instagram right now—I’m booked!” …only to be staring at an empty inbox a few months later wondering where everyone went?</p><p>Yep. I’ve been there. This is what I call the <em>vicious visibility cycle</em>, and it’s time to break it.</p><p>In this episode, we’re diving into:</p><ul><li>Why your fully booked season now could mean crickets later</li><li>The sneaky lag time between showing up and booking out</li><li>Why marketing is a <em>non-negotiable</em> if you want long-term success</li><li>How to stay visible <em>without</em> burning yourself out</li><li>Shifting from “content creation” to documentation marketing</li></ul><br/><p>Plus, I’m sharing more about my brand new <strong>21-Day Instagram Challenge</strong> happening inside a private IG chat starting <strong>September 1st</strong>—simple, daily prompts that help you stay consistent and get visible so you can get more inquiries from IG.</p><p>👉 DM me <strong>“challenge”</strong> on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a> to join us!</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join the 21-Day Instagram Challenge</a> – DM “challenge”</li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></li></ul><br/>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ever found yourself slammed with client work and thinking, “I don’t need to post to Instagram right now—I’m booked!” …only to be staring at an empty inbox a few months later wondering where everyone went?</p><p>Yep. I’ve been there. This is what I call the <em>vicious visibility cycle</em>, and it’s time to break it.</p><p>In this episode, we’re diving into:</p><ul><li>Why your fully booked season now could mean crickets later</li><li>The sneaky lag time between showing up and booking out</li><li>Why marketing is a <em>non-negotiable</em> if you want long-term success</li><li>How to stay visible <em>without</em> burning yourself out</li><li>Shifting from “content creation” to documentation marketing</li></ul><br/><p>Plus, I’m sharing more about my brand new <strong>21-Day Instagram Challenge</strong> happening inside a private IG chat starting <strong>September 1st</strong>—simple, daily prompts that help you stay consistent and get visible so you can get more inquiries from IG.</p><p>👉 DM me <strong>“challenge”</strong> on Instagram <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@maddiepeschong</a> to join us!</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join the 21-Day Instagram Challenge</a> – DM “challenge”</li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand Group Coaching</a></li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List – Free Download</a></li></ul><br/>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/181-the-vicious-visibility-cycle-and-how-to-get-out-of-it]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">142d6852-dcf7-4dab-a4f9-47e7eb75c733</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Fri, 15 Aug 2025 18:06:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/142d6852-dcf7-4dab-a4f9-47e7eb75c733.mp3" length="33174609" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:39</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>181</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>181</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/2a804335-346c-4bf2-9aef-95a88a69cc02/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/2a804335-346c-4bf2-9aef-95a88a69cc02/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/2a804335-346c-4bf2-9aef-95a88a69cc02/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#180: The Mistake That&apos;s Keeping You From Charging 4-Figures</title><itunes:title>#180: The Mistake That&apos;s Keeping You From Charging 4-Figures</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>You want to charge four figures for brand photography, whether that’s $1,000 or $5,000. But deep down, if you’re still crossing your fingers that your clients are happy with their photos or treating every session like a guessing game, it’s going to be hard to raise your prices with confidence.</p><p>In this episode of Take It Personally, we’re talking about the one mistake that might be holding you back from charging what your work is worth: not having a strategic, repeatable process behind your sessions. I'm walking you through why your clients are looking for ROI, not just pretty photos, and how a thoughtful brand photography process creates results, for your clients and your business.</p><p>If you’re tired of feeling unsure about your pricing, nervous on shoot day, or unsure how to talk about the value you provide, this episode is a must-listen.</p><p>1:07 — The mistake that’s keeping you from charging four figures</p><p>1:40 — Why your photos need more than “just vibes” to be premium</p><p>2:57 — My client Roxanne: from unsure to confidently charging $3K+</p><p>3:53 — What clients&nbsp;<em>really</em>&nbsp;get from brand photography</p><p>6:27 — The importance of consistent client experience</p><p>9:04 — Repeatable strategy = premium pricing + better referrals</p><p>9:55 — Why strategic planning helps your clients (and your time!)</p><p>12:30 — How to build confidence and charge more</p><p>12:50 — Three things to focus on for strategic sessions</p><p>15:57 — What’s inside&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><em>Behind the Shot</em></a></p><p>16:33 — Live call details in BTS + new pricing module</p><p>17:16 — How to join the course and get $150 off!</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Behind the Shot</a>: the full system of planning, posing, shooting, and delivering, so you can stop feeling like an imposter and start showing up like the expert brand photographer you are.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">$150 off with code SUMMER25!</a></p><ul><li>The August summer sprint inside BTS includes live calls, a new pricing module, and the accountability you've been needing to actually finish the course</li></ul><br/><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/roxanne-tripled-her-prices-and-feels-more-confident-than-ever/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Roxanne's TIP podcast episode</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-mistake-thats-keeping-you-from-charging-4-figures/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You want to charge four figures for brand photography, whether that’s $1,000 or $5,000. But deep down, if you’re still crossing your fingers that your clients are happy with their photos or treating every session like a guessing game, it’s going to be hard to raise your prices with confidence.</p><p>In this episode of Take It Personally, we’re talking about the one mistake that might be holding you back from charging what your work is worth: not having a strategic, repeatable process behind your sessions. I'm walking you through why your clients are looking for ROI, not just pretty photos, and how a thoughtful brand photography process creates results, for your clients and your business.</p><p>If you’re tired of feeling unsure about your pricing, nervous on shoot day, or unsure how to talk about the value you provide, this episode is a must-listen.</p><p>1:07 — The mistake that’s keeping you from charging four figures</p><p>1:40 — Why your photos need more than “just vibes” to be premium</p><p>2:57 — My client Roxanne: from unsure to confidently charging $3K+</p><p>3:53 — What clients&nbsp;<em>really</em>&nbsp;get from brand photography</p><p>6:27 — The importance of consistent client experience</p><p>9:04 — Repeatable strategy = premium pricing + better referrals</p><p>9:55 — Why strategic planning helps your clients (and your time!)</p><p>12:30 — How to build confidence and charge more</p><p>12:50 — Three things to focus on for strategic sessions</p><p>15:57 — What’s inside&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><em>Behind the Shot</em></a></p><p>16:33 — Live call details in BTS + new pricing module</p><p>17:16 — How to join the course and get $150 off!</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Behind the Shot</a>: the full system of planning, posing, shooting, and delivering, so you can stop feeling like an imposter and start showing up like the expert brand photographer you are.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">$150 off with code SUMMER25!</a></p><ul><li>The August summer sprint inside BTS includes live calls, a new pricing module, and the accountability you've been needing to actually finish the course</li></ul><br/><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/roxanne-tripled-her-prices-and-feels-more-confident-than-ever/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Roxanne's TIP podcast episode</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-mistake-thats-keeping-you-from-charging-4-figures/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/180-the-mistake-thats-keeping-you-from-charging-4-figures]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">bb6844cd-4c99-4d5f-9146-fc3ef1d13924</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Fri, 08 Aug 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/bb6844cd-4c99-4d5f-9146-fc3ef1d13924.mp3" length="18926579" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:43</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>180</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>180</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#179: My Favorite Lighting Setups at Brand Sessions (Natural and Artificial!)</title><itunes:title>#179: My Favorite Lighting Setups at Brand Sessions (Natural and Artificial!)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Lighting can feel <em>so</em> intimidating—especially if you’re used to relying only on natural light. I used to be that photographer who prayed for big windows and white walls and <em>sweated</em> at the thought of using flash. But once I started actually practicing with artificial light, it completely changed my confidence behind the camera.</p><p>In this episode, I’m sharing the lighting setups I use most often during brand sessions—from natural light to flash to strobes—and how to know which one to use when. Plus, we’re diving into why lighting isn’t just technical, it’s part of your <em>brand.</em></p><p><strong>Here’s what we’re talking about:</strong></p><ul><li>My journey from natural-light-only to confidently using artificial light</li><li>The exact gear I use on brand shoots (hello, Profoto A10 😍)</li><li>Why modified natural light is my go-to setup</li><li>How lighting helps create a cohesive, elevated brand portfolio</li><li>What’s included in <em>Behind the Shot</em> and why now’s the perfect time to join</li></ul><br/><p>✨ Join <em>Behind the Shot</em> and get $150 off with code <strong>SUMMER25</strong>: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot</a></p><p>The August summer sprint inside BTS includes live calls, a new pricing module, and the accountability you’ve been needing to actually finish the course.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lighting can feel <em>so</em> intimidating—especially if you’re used to relying only on natural light. I used to be that photographer who prayed for big windows and white walls and <em>sweated</em> at the thought of using flash. But once I started actually practicing with artificial light, it completely changed my confidence behind the camera.</p><p>In this episode, I’m sharing the lighting setups I use most often during brand sessions—from natural light to flash to strobes—and how to know which one to use when. Plus, we’re diving into why lighting isn’t just technical, it’s part of your <em>brand.</em></p><p><strong>Here’s what we’re talking about:</strong></p><ul><li>My journey from natural-light-only to confidently using artificial light</li><li>The exact gear I use on brand shoots (hello, Profoto A10 😍)</li><li>Why modified natural light is my go-to setup</li><li>How lighting helps create a cohesive, elevated brand portfolio</li><li>What’s included in <em>Behind the Shot</em> and why now’s the perfect time to join</li></ul><br/><p>✨ Join <em>Behind the Shot</em> and get $150 off with code <strong>SUMMER25</strong>: <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot</a></p><p>The August summer sprint inside BTS includes live calls, a new pricing module, and the accountability you’ve been needing to actually finish the course.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/179-my-favorite-lighting-setups-at-brand-sessions-natural-and-artificial]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">1141e1d0-a83b-4af5-85b1-fadd99d2cf9a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 24 Jul 2025 17:21:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/1141e1d0-a83b-4af5-85b1-fadd99d2cf9a.mp3" length="26293434" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:55</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>179</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>179</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/c12066d0-364c-43d2-af09-ec34d0013d27/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/c12066d0-364c-43d2-af09-ec34d0013d27/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/c12066d0-364c-43d2-af09-ec34d0013d27/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#178: BTS of My Client Experience Workflow</title><itunes:title>#178: BTS of My Client Experience Workflow</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Ever wonder what the client experience&nbsp;<em>actually</em>&nbsp;looks like inside a premium brand photography business? In this episode, I'm walking you through the exact workflow I use with every single client—from initial inquiry to gallery delivery and beyond. You’ll hear about the systems, templates, automations, and even the personal touches that make a huge difference. If managing your clients feels messy or exhausting, this episode is your permission to simplify it.</p><p>Plus, don’t miss the invite to my&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">free webinar with Colie James</a>&nbsp;where we’ll help you streamline your client experience and charge more with less stress.</p><p>0:00 – Why client experience workflows matter</p><p>2:15 – Why every client starts with my contact form</p><p>4:50 – The first email they get after inquiring</p><p>7:05 – How I set up calls and book discovery sessions</p><p>9:30 – The discovery call map that leads to more bookings</p><p>12:20 – Proposals, automations, and payment reminders</p><p>14:45 – My onboarding email and when I send questionnaires</p><p>17:10 – How I outsource shoot guides (and why that’s been a game changer)</p><p>19:20 – Invitation to the free workflow webinar</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>July 17 Webinar with Colie James: Charge More Stress Less - Learn how to automate the sales process for your luxury brand photography offer.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Save your spot now!</a></p><p><a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dubsado: 20% off</a></p><p><a href="https://share.honeybook.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Honeybook: 25%</a></p><p><a href="https://cloudspot.io/?af2=_NxiEqcCieBH" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Cloudspot: 50% off</a></p><p><a href="https://imagen-ai.com/?ref=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Imagen</a></p><p><a href="https://www.evoto.ai/payment?_uuid=qxzpsrsn&amp;sId=zdhshrnm&amp;utm_campaign=Referral+Program-1+&amp;utm_medium=Operation&amp;utm_source=referral&amp;referral_code=KREFQGN680" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Evoto credits</a></p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.thrivecart.com/brand-photoshoot-planning-canva-template/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">My photoshoot planning guide template</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/bts-of-my-brand-photography-client-workflow/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Ever wonder what the client experience&nbsp;<em>actually</em>&nbsp;looks like inside a premium brand photography business? In this episode, I'm walking you through the exact workflow I use with every single client—from initial inquiry to gallery delivery and beyond. You’ll hear about the systems, templates, automations, and even the personal touches that make a huge difference. If managing your clients feels messy or exhausting, this episode is your permission to simplify it.</p><p>Plus, don’t miss the invite to my&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">free webinar with Colie James</a>&nbsp;where we’ll help you streamline your client experience and charge more with less stress.</p><p>0:00 – Why client experience workflows matter</p><p>2:15 – Why every client starts with my contact form</p><p>4:50 – The first email they get after inquiring</p><p>7:05 – How I set up calls and book discovery sessions</p><p>9:30 – The discovery call map that leads to more bookings</p><p>12:20 – Proposals, automations, and payment reminders</p><p>14:45 – My onboarding email and when I send questionnaires</p><p>17:10 – How I outsource shoot guides (and why that’s been a game changer)</p><p>19:20 – Invitation to the free workflow webinar</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>July 17 Webinar with Colie James: Charge More Stress Less - Learn how to automate the sales process for your luxury brand photography offer.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Save your spot now!</a></p><p><a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dubsado: 20% off</a></p><p><a href="https://share.honeybook.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Honeybook: 25%</a></p><p><a href="https://cloudspot.io/?af2=_NxiEqcCieBH" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Cloudspot: 50% off</a></p><p><a href="https://imagen-ai.com/?ref=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Imagen</a></p><p><a href="https://www.evoto.ai/payment?_uuid=qxzpsrsn&amp;sId=zdhshrnm&amp;utm_campaign=Referral+Program-1+&amp;utm_medium=Operation&amp;utm_source=referral&amp;referral_code=KREFQGN680" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Evoto credits</a></p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.thrivecart.com/brand-photoshoot-planning-canva-template/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">My photoshoot planning guide template</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/bts-of-my-brand-photography-client-workflow/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/178-bts-of-my-client-experience-workflow]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5c2a3d85-2568-48d2-8247-f386e4a7d886</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 14 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/5c2a3d85-2568-48d2-8247-f386e4a7d886.mp3" length="19601147" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:25</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>178</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>178</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#177: Scared of Using Automations? Listen to This</title><itunes:title>#177: Scared of Using Automations? Listen to This</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If you've ever avoided setting up automations in your business because you're scared something will break, sound robotic, or feel impersonal, this episode of Take It Personally is for you.</p><p>In this episode, I’m sharing a little tough love and a whole lot of encouragement for those of you who are automation-curious but stuck in perfectionism. I’ll walk you through real-life examples from my own brand photography business and show you how automations can&nbsp;<em>actually</em>&nbsp;give you more space for personal touch, creativity, and freedom. You don’t have to babysit your inbox forever. Let’s talk about what’s really holding you back—and how to fix it.</p><p>01:30 Why I avoided automations too (and what changed my mind)</p><p>03:40 What’s really holding you back from setting up workflows</p><p>05:15 Automations don’t have to be robotic</p><p>07:10 A behind-the-scenes look at how my CRM is set up</p><p>09:00 What to do if you’re scared of sending something by accident</p><p>11:35 Why human error is not the end of the world</p><p>14:00 Strategic automation vs. intentional personal touch</p><p>16:15 Why automations create more space for connection</p><p>18:10 Final pep talk (plus your invite to the free webinar!)</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>July 17 Webinar with Colie James: Charge More Stress Less - Learn how to automate the sales process for your luxury brand photography offer.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Save your spot now!</a></p><p><a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dubsado: 20% off</a></p><p><a href="https://share.honeybook.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Honeybook: 25%</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/scared-of-using-automations-listen-to-this/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you've ever avoided setting up automations in your business because you're scared something will break, sound robotic, or feel impersonal, this episode of Take It Personally is for you.</p><p>In this episode, I’m sharing a little tough love and a whole lot of encouragement for those of you who are automation-curious but stuck in perfectionism. I’ll walk you through real-life examples from my own brand photography business and show you how automations can&nbsp;<em>actually</em>&nbsp;give you more space for personal touch, creativity, and freedom. You don’t have to babysit your inbox forever. Let’s talk about what’s really holding you back—and how to fix it.</p><p>01:30 Why I avoided automations too (and what changed my mind)</p><p>03:40 What’s really holding you back from setting up workflows</p><p>05:15 Automations don’t have to be robotic</p><p>07:10 A behind-the-scenes look at how my CRM is set up</p><p>09:00 What to do if you’re scared of sending something by accident</p><p>11:35 Why human error is not the end of the world</p><p>14:00 Strategic automation vs. intentional personal touch</p><p>16:15 Why automations create more space for connection</p><p>18:10 Final pep talk (plus your invite to the free webinar!)</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>July 17 Webinar with Colie James: Charge More Stress Less - Learn how to automate the sales process for your luxury brand photography offer.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Save your spot now!</a></p><p><a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dubsado: 20% off</a></p><p><a href="https://share.honeybook.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Honeybook: 25%</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/scared-of-using-automations-listen-to-this/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/177-scared-of-using-automations-listen-to-this]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8bf08695-2f2c-44c8-999c-0b7966206c75</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 10 Jul 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/8bf08695-2f2c-44c8-999c-0b7966206c75.mp3" length="11997642" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>12:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>177</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>177</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#176: 3 Automations Every Brand Photographer Needs</title><itunes:title>#176: 3 Automations Every Brand Photographer Needs</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Feeling like your brand photography biz runs&nbsp;<em>you</em>&nbsp;during busy seasons (and disappears during slow ones)? This episode is your permission slip to take a break,&nbsp;<em>without</em>&nbsp;your business falling apart. I'm breaking down the three essential workflows every brand photographer should have in place to run a streamlined, premium-feeling business that keeps booking even when you're off the grid.</p><p>These automations will help you simplify your backend, lighten your mental load, and create an experience that gets clients talking (and referring). Whether you’re still sending paper contracts or already dabbling with CRMs like HoneyBook or Dubsado, you’ll walk away from this episode with easy, actionable ideas to uplevel your process.</p><p>Want even more help building a premium brand? Colie James and I are hosting a free masterclass:&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Charge More, Stress Less</a>, on July 17th to help you set up workflows that help you book dream clients, save hours every week, and make your brand feel premium.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Grab your free spot here!</a></p><p>1:40 Why summer slow seasons don’t mean your business has to stop</p><p>4:20 The power of automations (and what they&nbsp;<em>really</em>&nbsp;do for your brand)</p><p>6:15 The inquiry workflow automation and creating a strong first impression</p><p>9:20 The onboarding + delivery workflow (think start to finish steps for client)</p><p>17:35 Why communication matters more than speed for editing</p><p>21:10 The offboarding workflow and increasing rebookings and referrals</p><p>26:25 How these automations make you look&nbsp;<em>premium</em>&nbsp;and stand out to commercial clients</p><p>29:45 Getting started: simple places to begin automating today</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>July 17 Webinar with Colie James: Charge More Stress Less - Learn how to automate the sales process for your luxury brand photography offer.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Save your spot now!</a></p><p><a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dubsado: 20% off</a></p><p><a href="https://share.honeybook.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Honeybook: 25%</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/3-automations-every-brand-photographer-needs/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Feeling like your brand photography biz runs&nbsp;<em>you</em>&nbsp;during busy seasons (and disappears during slow ones)? This episode is your permission slip to take a break,&nbsp;<em>without</em>&nbsp;your business falling apart. I'm breaking down the three essential workflows every brand photographer should have in place to run a streamlined, premium-feeling business that keeps booking even when you're off the grid.</p><p>These automations will help you simplify your backend, lighten your mental load, and create an experience that gets clients talking (and referring). Whether you’re still sending paper contracts or already dabbling with CRMs like HoneyBook or Dubsado, you’ll walk away from this episode with easy, actionable ideas to uplevel your process.</p><p>Want even more help building a premium brand? Colie James and I are hosting a free masterclass:&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Charge More, Stress Less</a>, on July 17th to help you set up workflows that help you book dream clients, save hours every week, and make your brand feel premium.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Grab your free spot here!</a></p><p>1:40 Why summer slow seasons don’t mean your business has to stop</p><p>4:20 The power of automations (and what they&nbsp;<em>really</em>&nbsp;do for your brand)</p><p>6:15 The inquiry workflow automation and creating a strong first impression</p><p>9:20 The onboarding + delivery workflow (think start to finish steps for client)</p><p>17:35 Why communication matters more than speed for editing</p><p>21:10 The offboarding workflow and increasing rebookings and referrals</p><p>26:25 How these automations make you look&nbsp;<em>premium</em>&nbsp;and stand out to commercial clients</p><p>29:45 Getting started: simple places to begin automating today</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>July 17 Webinar with Colie James: Charge More Stress Less - Learn how to automate the sales process for your luxury brand photography offer.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Save your spot now!</a></p><p><a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dubsado: 20% off</a></p><p><a href="https://share.honeybook.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Honeybook: 25%</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/3-automations-every-brand-photographer-needs/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/176-3-automations-every-brand-photographer-needs]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ace62347-8f85-47cf-beb8-bf11dd5897c5</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 03 Jul 2025 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ace62347-8f85-47cf-beb8-bf11dd5897c5.mp3" length="17590772" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>176</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>176</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#175: Charge More and Stress Less with Colie James</title><itunes:title>#175: Charge More and Stress Less with Colie James</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve been around here for a while, you know I don’t shut up about the power of systems, mostly because of Colie and the backend magic she helped me set up in my brand photography business a few years ago.</p><p>In this episode, we’re diving into how to build a luxury brand photography business that basically runs itself. We’re talking about proposals that do the selling for you, onboarding workflows that prep your clients before you even show up with a camera, and offboarding strategies that bring in rebookings and referrals on autopilot. Whether you’re still DIY-ing every client touchpoint or already using a CRM like Dubsado or HoneyBook, this episode is packed with actionable ideas to save you time and up-level your client experience.</p><p>Plus, we’re hosting a free webinar on July 17 all about this: Charge More, Stress Less.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/maddie" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">You can save your spot right here</a>.</p><p>3:45 Why your proposal is not just a pricing list and how it can literally close the sale for you</p><p>9:12 The biggest places photographers lose clients in the booking process (and how to fix it)</p><p>17:30 – The onboarding gap no one talks about and why it affects your entire shoot</p><p>24:05 – Client prep with workflows, automations, and even video (don’t worry, it doesn’t have to be scary)</p><p>36:22 – The secret to better rebooking and referrals: your offboarding strategy</p><p>45:40 – Dubsado vs. HoneyBook: what’s actually working right now</p><p>56:10 – Why systems don’t have to be “all or nothing” to make a big difference</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH COLIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/coliejames/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://coliejames.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>July 17 Webinar with Colie James: Charge More Stress Less - Learn how to automate the sales process for your luxury brand photography offer.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Save your spot now!</a></p><p><a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dubsado: 20% off</a></p><p><a href="https://share.honeybook.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Honeybook: 25%</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/charge-more-and-stress-less-with-colie-james/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve been around here for a while, you know I don’t shut up about the power of systems, mostly because of Colie and the backend magic she helped me set up in my brand photography business a few years ago.</p><p>In this episode, we’re diving into how to build a luxury brand photography business that basically runs itself. We’re talking about proposals that do the selling for you, onboarding workflows that prep your clients before you even show up with a camera, and offboarding strategies that bring in rebookings and referrals on autopilot. Whether you’re still DIY-ing every client touchpoint or already using a CRM like Dubsado or HoneyBook, this episode is packed with actionable ideas to save you time and up-level your client experience.</p><p>Plus, we’re hosting a free webinar on July 17 all about this: Charge More, Stress Less.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/maddie" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">You can save your spot right here</a>.</p><p>3:45 Why your proposal is not just a pricing list and how it can literally close the sale for you</p><p>9:12 The biggest places photographers lose clients in the booking process (and how to fix it)</p><p>17:30 – The onboarding gap no one talks about and why it affects your entire shoot</p><p>24:05 – Client prep with workflows, automations, and even video (don’t worry, it doesn’t have to be scary)</p><p>36:22 – The secret to better rebooking and referrals: your offboarding strategy</p><p>45:40 – Dubsado vs. HoneyBook: what’s actually working right now</p><p>56:10 – Why systems don’t have to be “all or nothing” to make a big difference</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH COLIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/coliejames/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://coliejames.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p>July 17 Webinar with Colie James: Charge More Stress Less - Learn how to automate the sales process for your luxury brand photography offer.&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/charge-more?affiliate=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Save your spot now!</a></p><p><a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dubsado: 20% off</a></p><p><a href="https://share.honeybook.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Honeybook: 25%</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/charge-more-and-stress-less-with-colie-james/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/175-charge-more-and-stress-less-with-colie-james]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">44781759-2e99-4532-a408-c152baf8516a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 26 Jun 2025 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/44781759-2e99-4532-a408-c152baf8516a.mp3" length="48614629" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>50:38</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>175</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>175</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#174: The Business Tool Every Photographer Needs</title><itunes:title>#174: The Business Tool Every Photographer Needs</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>We are in the heat of summer right now, and if you’re anything like me, you don’t really want to spend your summer working. But you&nbsp;<em>do</em>&nbsp;want your business to keep running—and more importantly, to keep making money—while you’re taking time off.</p><p>That’s where systems and automations come in. And today, I’m kicking off a short summer series on the podcast to help you simplify the backend of your brand photography business—starting with the one tool I truly couldn’t live without: a CRM.</p><p>If the admin side of your business feels messy, inconsistent, or overwhelming, this episode is going to show you exactly what’s possible when you have the right tool in place.</p><p>01:26 How I still make money while working way less in the summer</p><p>03:15 What is a CRM, and why does it matter for brand photographers?</p><p>05:40 Signs you&nbsp;<em>need</em>&nbsp;a CRM ASAP</p><p>09:04 Dubsado vs. HoneyBook: Which one is better?</p><p>13:11 The automations I use in my CRM that save me hours every week</p><p>17:22 Why great client experience (not great photos) makes you premium</p><p>20:33 How to start small and still make a big impact with automations</p><p>26:04 My favorite time-saving CRM features (and how to use them)</p><p>Links</p><p>→&nbsp;<a href="http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dubsado Free Trial + Discount</a></p><p>→&nbsp;<a href="https://share.honeybook.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HoneyBook Free Trial + Discount</a></p><p>→&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/maddie" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join the July 17 Webinar with Colie James</a>&nbsp;(more details coming soon!)</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We are in the heat of summer right now, and if you’re anything like me, you don’t really want to spend your summer working. But you&nbsp;<em>do</em>&nbsp;want your business to keep running—and more importantly, to keep making money—while you’re taking time off.</p><p>That’s where systems and automations come in. And today, I’m kicking off a short summer series on the podcast to help you simplify the backend of your brand photography business—starting with the one tool I truly couldn’t live without: a CRM.</p><p>If the admin side of your business feels messy, inconsistent, or overwhelming, this episode is going to show you exactly what’s possible when you have the right tool in place.</p><p>01:26 How I still make money while working way less in the summer</p><p>03:15 What is a CRM, and why does it matter for brand photographers?</p><p>05:40 Signs you&nbsp;<em>need</em>&nbsp;a CRM ASAP</p><p>09:04 Dubsado vs. HoneyBook: Which one is better?</p><p>13:11 The automations I use in my CRM that save me hours every week</p><p>17:22 Why great client experience (not great photos) makes you premium</p><p>20:33 How to start small and still make a big impact with automations</p><p>26:04 My favorite time-saving CRM features (and how to use them)</p><p>Links</p><p>→&nbsp;<a href="http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Dubsado Free Trial + Discount</a></p><p>→&nbsp;<a href="https://share.honeybook.com/maddiepeschong" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">HoneyBook Free Trial + Discount</a></p><p>→&nbsp;<a href="https://coliejames.com/maddie" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join the July 17 Webinar with Colie James</a>&nbsp;(more details coming soon!)</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/174-the-business-tool-every-photographer-needs]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">20a6d003-a7df-4e0d-8660-13df7ad55ec9</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 23 Jun 2025 14:26:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/20a6d003-a7df-4e0d-8660-13df7ad55ec9.mp3" length="24873418" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:44</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>174</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>174</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/15945c97-70f6-4414-ad50-869d9f5c5bbd/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/15945c97-70f6-4414-ad50-869d9f5c5bbd/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/15945c97-70f6-4414-ad50-869d9f5c5bbd/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#173: How Nicole Transitioned from Family to Brand Photography</title><itunes:title>#173: How Nicole Transitioned from Family to Brand Photography</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>Take It Personally</em>, I’m chatting with Nicole Hodgson, a branding photographer based in Northern California, who made the leap from family photography to brand photography. As a mom of three and a former marriage and family therapist, Nicole shares the moments that led her to pursue brand photography and how Rebrand helped her elevate her business.</p><p>Nicole talks about her initial hesitation in offering branding sessions and how her passion for education and growth led her to Rebrand. Since joining, she’s gained the clarity, confidence, and tools needed to position herself as a sought-after brand photographer. She's also made an additional $6500 in revenue in just a couple months. </p><p><strong>In this episode, you’ll learn:</strong></p><ul><li>How Nicole transitioned from family photography to branding photography and the struggles she faced along the way</li><li>The key differences between the <em>Behind the Shot</em> course and the <em>Rebrand</em> program, and how Rebrand took her business to the next level</li><li>Why positioning yourself as a brand photographer is crucial for business growth, and how Nicole found the confidence to niche down</li><li>The impact of learning how to use flash in branding photography, and how Nicole pushed herself to grow in new areas</li><li>How the Rebrand community and support system helped Nicole gain clarity and actionable steps to grow her business</li><li>The power of discovery calls and how Nicole is now booking her highest packages with confidence</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>Join Rebrand</li><li><a href="https://www.instagram.com/nicolehodgson.photography/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Nicole’s Instagram</a></li></ul><br/><p>If you’re ready to gain clarity and confidence in your business, join us inside Rebrand, where we provide you with the tools, strategies, and support to become a booked out brand photographer.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of <em>Take It Personally</em>, I’m chatting with Nicole Hodgson, a branding photographer based in Northern California, who made the leap from family photography to brand photography. As a mom of three and a former marriage and family therapist, Nicole shares the moments that led her to pursue brand photography and how Rebrand helped her elevate her business.</p><p>Nicole talks about her initial hesitation in offering branding sessions and how her passion for education and growth led her to Rebrand. Since joining, she’s gained the clarity, confidence, and tools needed to position herself as a sought-after brand photographer. She's also made an additional $6500 in revenue in just a couple months. </p><p><strong>In this episode, you’ll learn:</strong></p><ul><li>How Nicole transitioned from family photography to branding photography and the struggles she faced along the way</li><li>The key differences between the <em>Behind the Shot</em> course and the <em>Rebrand</em> program, and how Rebrand took her business to the next level</li><li>Why positioning yourself as a brand photographer is crucial for business growth, and how Nicole found the confidence to niche down</li><li>The impact of learning how to use flash in branding photography, and how Nicole pushed herself to grow in new areas</li><li>How the Rebrand community and support system helped Nicole gain clarity and actionable steps to grow her business</li><li>The power of discovery calls and how Nicole is now booking her highest packages with confidence</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>Join Rebrand</li><li><a href="https://www.instagram.com/nicolehodgson.photography/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Nicole’s Instagram</a></li></ul><br/><p>If you’re ready to gain clarity and confidence in your business, join us inside Rebrand, where we provide you with the tools, strategies, and support to become a booked out brand photographer.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/173-how-nicole-transitioned-from-family-to-brand-photography]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">cf0b17c7-d532-4a14-887e-77ec00c42d15</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 22 May 2025 18:28:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/cf0b17c7-d532-4a14-887e-77ec00c42d15.mp3" length="29992895" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:00</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>173</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>173</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/c14446d1-3ca3-4dcc-9085-8554ba94e427/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/c14446d1-3ca3-4dcc-9085-8554ba94e427/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/c14446d1-3ca3-4dcc-9085-8554ba94e427/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#172: How Tori Transitioned from Wedding to Brand photography</title><itunes:title>#172: How Tori Transitioned from Wedding to Brand photography</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of <em>Take It Personally</em>, I'm featuring my client Tori Kelner, a talented wedding photographer who made a smooth and strategic transition into brand photography. Tori shares her journey of moving from wedding photography to branding, how Rebrand helped her sharpen her strategy, and the powerful lessons she’s learned along the way.</p><p>If you’re a photographer considering a shift toward brand photography, Tori’s story is filled with valuable insights. From navigating burnout to embracing a new niche, she shares the tools and confidence she’s gained to position herself as a brand photographer—and not just someone who "does brand photos occasionally."</p><p><strong>In this episode, you’ll learn:</strong></p><ul><li>How Tori decided to pivot from weddings to brand photography (and why it felt like the perfect move)</li><li>The strategic changes she implemented right away to get her business set up for success</li><li>The power of positioning yourself as a brand photographer and why it’s key to attracting the right clients</li><li>How Rebrand’s resources—like templates, questionnaires, and group coaching—accelerated her growth and confidence</li><li>The importance of building a portfolio that reflects your unique approach to brand photography</li><li>Tori’s thoughts on blending multiple photography niches and why it doesn’t have to be an all-or-nothing choice</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>Join <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a></li><li><a href="https://www.instagram.com/torikelner/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Tori’s Instagram</a></li></ul><br/><p>If you’re ready to take the next step in your photography business and pivot to brand photography, join us inside Rebrand where we help photographers like you build a strategy, find their niche, and gain the confidence to charge premium rates for their services.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In today’s episode of <em>Take It Personally</em>, I'm featuring my client Tori Kelner, a talented wedding photographer who made a smooth and strategic transition into brand photography. Tori shares her journey of moving from wedding photography to branding, how Rebrand helped her sharpen her strategy, and the powerful lessons she’s learned along the way.</p><p>If you’re a photographer considering a shift toward brand photography, Tori’s story is filled with valuable insights. From navigating burnout to embracing a new niche, she shares the tools and confidence she’s gained to position herself as a brand photographer—and not just someone who "does brand photos occasionally."</p><p><strong>In this episode, you’ll learn:</strong></p><ul><li>How Tori decided to pivot from weddings to brand photography (and why it felt like the perfect move)</li><li>The strategic changes she implemented right away to get her business set up for success</li><li>The power of positioning yourself as a brand photographer and why it’s key to attracting the right clients</li><li>How Rebrand’s resources—like templates, questionnaires, and group coaching—accelerated her growth and confidence</li><li>The importance of building a portfolio that reflects your unique approach to brand photography</li><li>Tori’s thoughts on blending multiple photography niches and why it doesn’t have to be an all-or-nothing choice</li></ul><br/><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>Join <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a></li><li><a href="https://www.instagram.com/torikelner/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Tori’s Instagram</a></li></ul><br/><p>If you’re ready to take the next step in your photography business and pivot to brand photography, join us inside Rebrand where we help photographers like you build a strategy, find their niche, and gain the confidence to charge premium rates for their services.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/172-how-tori-transitioned-from-wedding-to-brand-photography]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ef6c19bb-1c5d-4285-8d1b-f4e6dd0a245c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 22 May 2025 11:04:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ef6c19bb-1c5d-4285-8d1b-f4e6dd0a245c.mp3" length="33729973" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>172</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>172</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/f0c27495-07b3-4e03-a55c-f8a4e90e0e53/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/f0c27495-07b3-4e03-a55c-f8a4e90e0e53/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/f0c27495-07b3-4e03-a55c-f8a4e90e0e53/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#171: The Shift That Took Catie from $1,200 to $3,500 Sessions</title><itunes:title>#171: The Shift That Took Catie from $1,200 to $3,500 Sessions</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve been doing brand photography for a while but feel stuck at that $1,200–$1,500 price point, this episode is for you!</p><p>Catie has been a pro photographer for 15 years—weddings, seniors, and then a pivot into brand photography when her son started preschool. Even though she was booking solid sessions, she knew her work was worth more. She just didn’t know how to get clients to see that.</p><p>In this episode, Catie breaks down:</p><ul><li>How she restructured her packages so price wasn’t tied to time</li><li>The pricing differentiator that made discovery calls effortless</li><li>The confidence shift that turned a $1,500 average into a $3,500 booking—without a single pushback</li><li>What happened when she leaned into positioning herself as the expert</li><li>Her top networking move (it wasn’t cold-DM’ing!) that brought in referrals</li><li>How the Rebrand community and coaching kept her accountable and inspired</li></ul><br/><p><strong>00:00</strong> Introduction &amp; Catie's journey from weddings to brand photography</p><p><strong>02:15</strong> The “good but not great” plateau at $1,200–$1,500 sessions</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> The moment she decided she needed more than referrals</p><p><strong>06:05</strong> Why she finally joined Rebrand—trusting a current photographer, not a retired one</p><p><strong>08:22</strong> Restructuring packages: moving off “hourly” pricing</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> Discovery calls that sell strategy—not just pretty photos</p><p><strong>14:30</strong> Booking her first $3,500 session in just 4 weeks</p><p><strong>17:50</strong> Leveraging referrals and coffee chats for client attraction</p><p><strong>20:05</strong> The mindset and positioning shifts that made it all click</p><p><strong>22:40</strong> How the Rebrand community fueled her momentum</p><p><strong>25:15</strong> Advice for experienced photographers on leveling up</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>Join Rebrand (doors close Friday!): <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</a></li><li>Catie Ronquillo Photography: <a href="https://catieronquillo.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://catieronquillo.com/</a></li><li>DM Catie about her Rebrand experience: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/catieronquillo/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.instagram.com/catieronquillo/</a> </li></ul><br/>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve been doing brand photography for a while but feel stuck at that $1,200–$1,500 price point, this episode is for you!</p><p>Catie has been a pro photographer for 15 years—weddings, seniors, and then a pivot into brand photography when her son started preschool. Even though she was booking solid sessions, she knew her work was worth more. She just didn’t know how to get clients to see that.</p><p>In this episode, Catie breaks down:</p><ul><li>How she restructured her packages so price wasn’t tied to time</li><li>The pricing differentiator that made discovery calls effortless</li><li>The confidence shift that turned a $1,500 average into a $3,500 booking—without a single pushback</li><li>What happened when she leaned into positioning herself as the expert</li><li>Her top networking move (it wasn’t cold-DM’ing!) that brought in referrals</li><li>How the Rebrand community and coaching kept her accountable and inspired</li></ul><br/><p><strong>00:00</strong> Introduction &amp; Catie's journey from weddings to brand photography</p><p><strong>02:15</strong> The “good but not great” plateau at $1,200–$1,500 sessions</p><p><strong>04:10</strong> The moment she decided she needed more than referrals</p><p><strong>06:05</strong> Why she finally joined Rebrand—trusting a current photographer, not a retired one</p><p><strong>08:22</strong> Restructuring packages: moving off “hourly” pricing</p><p><strong>11:45</strong> Discovery calls that sell strategy—not just pretty photos</p><p><strong>14:30</strong> Booking her first $3,500 session in just 4 weeks</p><p><strong>17:50</strong> Leveraging referrals and coffee chats for client attraction</p><p><strong>20:05</strong> The mindset and positioning shifts that made it all click</p><p><strong>22:40</strong> How the Rebrand community fueled her momentum</p><p><strong>25:15</strong> Advice for experienced photographers on leveling up</p><p><strong>Links &amp; Resources:</strong></p><ul><li>Join Rebrand (doors close Friday!): <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</a></li><li>Catie Ronquillo Photography: <a href="https://catieronquillo.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://catieronquillo.com/</a></li><li>DM Catie about her Rebrand experience: <a href="https://www.instagram.com/catieronquillo/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">https://www.instagram.com/catieronquillo/</a> </li></ul><br/>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/171-the-shift-that-took-catie-from-1-200-to-3-500-sessions]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">10d1a1eb-b8ff-4db7-b853-afb2c7039514</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 20 May 2025 10:47:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/10d1a1eb-b8ff-4db7-b853-afb2c7039514.mp3" length="39197401" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:40</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>171</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>171</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/0b8b4893-6b9d-490e-8dc5-692aa122213b/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/0b8b4893-6b9d-490e-8dc5-692aa122213b/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/0b8b4893-6b9d-490e-8dc5-692aa122213b/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#170: How Kayla Booked Two Brand Clients in Two Weeks on Social Media</title><itunes:title>#170: How Kayla Booked Two Brand Clients in Two Weeks on Social Media</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If you’re navigating a pivot in your photography business, or wondering how to actually get traction with brand photography, this episode is for you!</p><p>Kayla shares what it looked like to walk away from weddings, embrace a brand new niche, and finally build a business that fits her life as a military spouse and mom of two young boys. She talks about the unique challenges of moving every few years, how Rebrand helped her feel equipped and supported through her transition, and what gave her the confidence to start showing up consistently and signing brand clients.</p><p>In fact, since joining Rebrand, Kayla booked two brand clients in just two weeks and made back her investment in less than two months, even while offering portfolio-building rates. She also shares how she overcame imposter syndrome and created a content system (with a little help from our new AI assistant, Rebecca) that skyrocketed her Instagram reach and helped her connect with aligned clients.</p><p>00:22 Transition from Wedding to Brand Photography</p><p>01:18 Challenges of a Military Spouse Photographer</p><p>02:49 Pivoting to Brand Photography</p><p>04:37 Mindset Shift and Booking Differences</p><p>08:39 Joining the Rebrand Program</p><p>14:15 Initial Steps and Portfolio Building</p><p>17:34 Leveraging Content with Rebrand Custom GPT Rebecca</p><p>21:51 Gaining Confidence in Social Media</p><p>22:47 The Impact of Consistency</p><p>31:55 The Power of Rebrand Community Collaboration</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH KAYLA:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/kaylapetroskyphotography/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://kaylapetroskyphotography.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Rebrand</a>: My 12-month transformative brand program for photographers who want to book their highest paid sessions EVER (and feel damn good doing it). Become a booked out brand photographer when you join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Enrollment is open</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-kayla-booked-two-brand-clients-in-two-weeks-on-social-media/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’re navigating a pivot in your photography business, or wondering how to actually get traction with brand photography, this episode is for you!</p><p>Kayla shares what it looked like to walk away from weddings, embrace a brand new niche, and finally build a business that fits her life as a military spouse and mom of two young boys. She talks about the unique challenges of moving every few years, how Rebrand helped her feel equipped and supported through her transition, and what gave her the confidence to start showing up consistently and signing brand clients.</p><p>In fact, since joining Rebrand, Kayla booked two brand clients in just two weeks and made back her investment in less than two months, even while offering portfolio-building rates. She also shares how she overcame imposter syndrome and created a content system (with a little help from our new AI assistant, Rebecca) that skyrocketed her Instagram reach and helped her connect with aligned clients.</p><p>00:22 Transition from Wedding to Brand Photography</p><p>01:18 Challenges of a Military Spouse Photographer</p><p>02:49 Pivoting to Brand Photography</p><p>04:37 Mindset Shift and Booking Differences</p><p>08:39 Joining the Rebrand Program</p><p>14:15 Initial Steps and Portfolio Building</p><p>17:34 Leveraging Content with Rebrand Custom GPT Rebecca</p><p>21:51 Gaining Confidence in Social Media</p><p>22:47 The Impact of Consistency</p><p>31:55 The Power of Rebrand Community Collaboration</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH KAYLA:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/kaylapetroskyphotography/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://kaylapetroskyphotography.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Rebrand</a>: My 12-month transformative brand program for photographers who want to book their highest paid sessions EVER (and feel damn good doing it). Become a booked out brand photographer when you join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Enrollment is open</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-kayla-booked-two-brand-clients-in-two-weeks-on-social-media/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/kayla]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ed1fda71-d3ed-4db9-83d6-ebdf258ca4f0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 19 May 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/ed1fda71-d3ed-4db9-83d6-ebdf258ca4f0.mp3" length="40437218" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>42:07</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>170</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>170</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#169: How Niching Helped Jill Grow Her Revenue by 69%</title><itunes:title>#169: How Niching Helped Jill Grow Her Revenue by 69%</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve been thinking about niching down but feel nervous about how it might affect your income or your business overall, this episode is a must-listen.</p><p>Jill shares how niching was actually the thing that catapulted her business forward. After joining Rebrand, she was able to simplify her marketing, raise her prices, and see a 69% increase in revenue from Q1 of last year to Q1 of this year (all while working less).</p><p>In this episode, we walk through Jill’s journey of finding Rebrand, what it helped her clarify in her business, and how it gave her the confidence to go all in on brand photography. Now a highly-skilled and successful brand photographer, Jill continues to stick around in the Rebrand community because of the support and continued growth she experiences inside.&nbsp;</p><p>01:31 Jill's Photography Journey</p><p>02:32 Challenges Before Joining Rebrand</p><p>04:20 How Jill Found Rebrand and Took the Leap</p><p>06:27 Transitioning Exclusively to Brand Photography</p><p>11:55 Impact of Niching Down</p><p>17:51 Advice for Photographers Considering Niching</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH JILL:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/jill_neil/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.jillneilphotography.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Rebrand</a>: My 12-month transformative brand program for photographers who want to book their highest paid sessions EVER (and feel damn good doing it). Become a booked out brand photographer when you join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Enrollment is open</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-niching-helped-jill-grow-her-revenue-by-69/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve been thinking about niching down but feel nervous about how it might affect your income or your business overall, this episode is a must-listen.</p><p>Jill shares how niching was actually the thing that catapulted her business forward. After joining Rebrand, she was able to simplify her marketing, raise her prices, and see a 69% increase in revenue from Q1 of last year to Q1 of this year (all while working less).</p><p>In this episode, we walk through Jill’s journey of finding Rebrand, what it helped her clarify in her business, and how it gave her the confidence to go all in on brand photography. Now a highly-skilled and successful brand photographer, Jill continues to stick around in the Rebrand community because of the support and continued growth she experiences inside.&nbsp;</p><p>01:31 Jill's Photography Journey</p><p>02:32 Challenges Before Joining Rebrand</p><p>04:20 How Jill Found Rebrand and Took the Leap</p><p>06:27 Transitioning Exclusively to Brand Photography</p><p>11:55 Impact of Niching Down</p><p>17:51 Advice for Photographers Considering Niching</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH JILL:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/jill_neil/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.jillneilphotography.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Rebrand</a>: My 12-month transformative brand program for photographers who want to book their highest paid sessions EVER (and feel damn good doing it). Become a booked out brand photographer when you join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Enrollment is open</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-niching-helped-jill-grow-her-revenue-by-69/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/169-how-niching-helped-jill-grow-her-revenue-by-69]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">320fe78c-7292-4024-92f6-0000a810d473</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 15 May 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/320fe78c-7292-4024-92f6-0000a810d473.mp3" length="23073520" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:02</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>169</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>169</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#168: Why Playing It Safe Is Keeping You Stuck</title><itunes:title>#168: Why Playing It Safe Is Keeping You Stuck</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Today’s episode isn’t about your brand photography packages. It’s about what’s going on in your head. Because when it comes to pivoting into brand photography, so many photographers get stuck.</p><p>And it’s not because they don’t know what to do. It’s because they’re scared to actually do it.</p><p>If that sounds familiar, we’re diving into the fears and thoughts that might be holding you back from building the brand photography business and life you really want.</p><p>01:06 Mindset Matters in Brand Photography</p><p>02:19 Invitation to Double Your Prices Masterclass</p><p>03:30 Overcoming Common Fears in Brand Photography</p><p>06:01 The Importance of Clear Marketing</p><p>14:52 Building a Memorable Brand</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-playing-it-safe-is-keeping-you-stuck/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today’s episode isn’t about your brand photography packages. It’s about what’s going on in your head. Because when it comes to pivoting into brand photography, so many photographers get stuck.</p><p>And it’s not because they don’t know what to do. It’s because they’re scared to actually do it.</p><p>If that sounds familiar, we’re diving into the fears and thoughts that might be holding you back from building the brand photography business and life you really want.</p><p>01:06 Mindset Matters in Brand Photography</p><p>02:19 Invitation to Double Your Prices Masterclass</p><p>03:30 Overcoming Common Fears in Brand Photography</p><p>06:01 The Importance of Clear Marketing</p><p>14:52 Building a Memorable Brand</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-playing-it-safe-is-keeping-you-stuck/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/168-why-playing-it-safe-is-keeping-you-stuck]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">27c56500-9200-4b04-9fbf-bec2150de0ce</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 13 May 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/27c56500-9200-4b04-9fbf-bec2150de0ce.mp3" length="18916952" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:42</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>168</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>168</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#167: Why Photographers Struggle to Book Brand Photography Clients—and How to Fix It</title><itunes:title>#167: Why Photographers Struggle to Book Brand Photography Clients—and How to Fix It</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If I had a nickel for every time a photographer told me it’s harder to book brand photography clients than weddings or portraits, I’d have a lot of nickels.</p><p>And honestly? They’re not wrong. Brand clients are different. They’re usually business owners who know what they need and are actively looking for someone who specializes. They want an expert, not someone who shoots everything.</p><p>That’s why if you’re struggling to book brand sessions, it’s probably not your photos (they’re likely great), your pricing, or the algorithm. It’s your positioning. And before you roll your eyes about niching, stick with me. This goes deeper than that.</p><p>What I'm talking about today is the very specific way that trying to appeal to everyone is keeping you from booking the clients and sessions you actually want.</p><p>01:06 Challenges in Booking Brand Photography Clients</p><p>02:47 The Importance of Positioning in Brand Photography</p><p>03:11 Invitation to Double Your Prices Masterclass</p><p>03:54 Common Issues in Brand Photography Business</p><p>06:14 The Power of Niching Down</p><p>09:31 Steps to Improve Your Brand Photography Business</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-photographers-struggle-to-book-brand-photography-clients-and-how-to-fix-it/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If I had a nickel for every time a photographer told me it’s harder to book brand photography clients than weddings or portraits, I’d have a lot of nickels.</p><p>And honestly? They’re not wrong. Brand clients are different. They’re usually business owners who know what they need and are actively looking for someone who specializes. They want an expert, not someone who shoots everything.</p><p>That’s why if you’re struggling to book brand sessions, it’s probably not your photos (they’re likely great), your pricing, or the algorithm. It’s your positioning. And before you roll your eyes about niching, stick with me. This goes deeper than that.</p><p>What I'm talking about today is the very specific way that trying to appeal to everyone is keeping you from booking the clients and sessions you actually want.</p><p>01:06 Challenges in Booking Brand Photography Clients</p><p>02:47 The Importance of Positioning in Brand Photography</p><p>03:11 Invitation to Double Your Prices Masterclass</p><p>03:54 Common Issues in Brand Photography Business</p><p>06:14 The Power of Niching Down</p><p>09:31 Steps to Improve Your Brand Photography Business</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-photographers-struggle-to-book-brand-photography-clients-and-how-to-fix-it/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/167-why-photographers-struggle-to-book-brand-photography-clientsand-how-to-fix-it]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">b029c7c5-fb05-4d5b-9610-36b37894c03b</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 08 May 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/b029c7c5-fb05-4d5b-9610-36b37894c03b.mp3" length="12592852" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:07</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>167</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>167</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#166: How to Book Your Highest Priced Brand Photography Package–Consistently</title><itunes:title>#166: How to Book Your Highest Priced Brand Photography Package–Consistently</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>What if the reason that clients aren't booking your top package isn't the price, but rather how you have positioned it?</p><p>I hear so often from the brand photographers that I work with that they aren't able to sell the high price tag that they want to sell. They continually have people who are just booking a headshot or wanting to book their smallest package when it comes to personal brand photography.</p><p>And once we really dig into their offers and how each of them are positioned, it's typically quite clear why that keeps happening. And they don't need to slash prices to get people to book the package that they want to book. They need to make sure that they are positioned in a way that make them appealing to be booked.</p><p>This episode is all about creating offers that you want to sell as a brand photographer and that actually serve your clients.</p><p>01:06 Why Clients Aren't Booking Your Top Package</p><p>01:53 Upcoming Masterclass: Double Your Prices</p><p>02:48 Common Mistakes in Offer Positioning</p><p>05:49 The Importance of Asking the Right Questions</p><p>08:15 Creating a Signature Session</p><p>11:53 Ideal Session Length</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-to-book-your-highest-priced-brand-photography-package-consistently/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>What if the reason that clients aren't booking your top package isn't the price, but rather how you have positioned it?</p><p>I hear so often from the brand photographers that I work with that they aren't able to sell the high price tag that they want to sell. They continually have people who are just booking a headshot or wanting to book their smallest package when it comes to personal brand photography.</p><p>And once we really dig into their offers and how each of them are positioned, it's typically quite clear why that keeps happening. And they don't need to slash prices to get people to book the package that they want to book. They need to make sure that they are positioned in a way that make them appealing to be booked.</p><p>This episode is all about creating offers that you want to sell as a brand photographer and that actually serve your clients.</p><p>01:06 Why Clients Aren't Booking Your Top Package</p><p>01:53 Upcoming Masterclass: Double Your Prices</p><p>02:48 Common Mistakes in Offer Positioning</p><p>05:49 The Importance of Asking the Right Questions</p><p>08:15 Creating a Signature Session</p><p>11:53 Ideal Session Length</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-to-book-your-highest-priced-brand-photography-package-consistently/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/166-how-to-book-your-highest-priced-brand-photography-packageconsistently]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e440fb40-b6a3-4914-b241-0030ae1115ba</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 06 May 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://episodes.captivate.fm/episode/e440fb40-b6a3-4914-b241-0030ae1115ba.mp3" length="15536112" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:11</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>166</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>166</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#165: Is Your Website Repelling Brand Photography Clients?</title><itunes:title>#165: Is Your Website Repelling Brand Photography Clients?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Is your website actually attracting the&nbsp;<em>right</em>&nbsp;clients? I use my website as a major tool for booking, and it’s a big part of what I teach inside my coaching program. When you understand the power of a site that consistently converts visitors into clients, you’ll be so glad you took the time to invest in it.</p><p>Because honestly? You&nbsp;<em>can</em>&nbsp;get by without a website for a while. But if you’re ready to attract higher-value clients (<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/captivate-podcast/164-the-secret-to-landing-clients-who-elevate-your-portfolio-and-help-you-attract-more-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">champagne clients</a>), you need a site that makes your business look as legit as it actually is.</p><p>In this episode of&nbsp;<em>Take It Personally</em>, I’m sharing the biggest website mistakes I see brand photographers make—the ones that are keeping you from booking more of your dream clients.</p><p>01:08 The Power of a High-Ranking Website</p><p>03:47 Common Website Mistakes</p><p>03:55 The Importance of Niching</p><p>05:50 Showcasing Yourself Effectively</p><p>06:57 Beyond Pretty Photos</p><p>08:45 Effective Website Copy</p><p>10:48 Clear Calls to Action</p><p>12:06 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Masterclass</a> on May 14</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/is-your-website-repelling-brand-photography-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Is your website actually attracting the&nbsp;<em>right</em>&nbsp;clients? I use my website as a major tool for booking, and it’s a big part of what I teach inside my coaching program. When you understand the power of a site that consistently converts visitors into clients, you’ll be so glad you took the time to invest in it.</p><p>Because honestly? You&nbsp;<em>can</em>&nbsp;get by without a website for a while. But if you’re ready to attract higher-value clients (<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/captivate-podcast/164-the-secret-to-landing-clients-who-elevate-your-portfolio-and-help-you-attract-more-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">champagne clients</a>), you need a site that makes your business look as legit as it actually is.</p><p>In this episode of&nbsp;<em>Take It Personally</em>, I’m sharing the biggest website mistakes I see brand photographers make—the ones that are keeping you from booking more of your dream clients.</p><p>01:08 The Power of a High-Ranking Website</p><p>03:47 Common Website Mistakes</p><p>03:55 The Importance of Niching</p><p>05:50 Showcasing Yourself Effectively</p><p>06:57 Beyond Pretty Photos</p><p>08:45 Effective Website Copy</p><p>10:48 Clear Calls to Action</p><p>12:06 <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Masterclass</a> on May 14</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/is-your-website-repelling-brand-photography-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/165-is-your-website-repelling-brand-photography-clients]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">57a3b031-774c-4dbe-b136-979b46aec6bc</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 01 May 2025 03:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f3832c83-2b13-4ce1-9f03-028e28b9ee8e/165-Is-Your-Website-Repelling-Brand-Photography-Clients.mp3" length="13410352" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:58</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>165</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>165</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#164: The Secret to Landing Clients Who Elevate Your Portfolio and Help You Attract More Clients</title><itunes:title>#164: The Secret to Landing Clients Who Elevate Your Portfolio and Help You Attract More Clients</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In order to become the brand photographer everyone wants to book, you’ve got to start with clients—<em>but</em>&nbsp;not just any clients. When it comes to brand photography, not all clients are created equal.</p><p>Inside my group program,&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, where I teach photographers how to confidently double their prices, I talk a lot about focusing on what I call <em>champagne clients.</em></p><p>In this episode, we’re diving into what a champagne client actually is, how to identify them, and why booking more of them helps you attract even&nbsp;<em>more</em>&nbsp;dream clients.</p><p>01:06 The Importance of Champagne Clients</p><p>02:04 Identifying Champagne Clients</p><p>04:35 Characteristics of Champagne Clients</p><p>07:20 The Value of Client Experience</p><p>08:11 Recognizing and Attracting Champagne Clients</p><p>13:21 Sign Up for the Double Your Prices Masterclass</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-secret-to-landing-clients-who-elevate-your-portfolio-and-help-you-attract-more-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In order to become the brand photographer everyone wants to book, you’ve got to start with clients—<em>but</em>&nbsp;not just any clients. When it comes to brand photography, not all clients are created equal.</p><p>Inside my group program,&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>, where I teach photographers how to confidently double their prices, I talk a lot about focusing on what I call <em>champagne clients.</em></p><p>In this episode, we’re diving into what a champagne client actually is, how to identify them, and why booking more of them helps you attract even&nbsp;<em>more</em>&nbsp;dream clients.</p><p>01:06 The Importance of Champagne Clients</p><p>02:04 Identifying Champagne Clients</p><p>04:35 Characteristics of Champagne Clients</p><p>07:20 The Value of Client Experience</p><p>08:11 Recognizing and Attracting Champagne Clients</p><p>13:21 Sign Up for the Double Your Prices Masterclass</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-secret-to-landing-clients-who-elevate-your-portfolio-and-help-you-attract-more-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/164-the-secret-to-landing-clients-who-elevate-your-portfolio-and-help-you-attract-more-clients]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e1c65265-67e2-49a4-a407-d582816240f1</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 24 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/9f6205b9-8b12-4604-85a9-7178ccf24e54/164-The-Secret-to-Landing-Clients-who-Elevate-your-Portfolio-an.mp3" length="14622890" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:14</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>164</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>164</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#163: The 3 Factors That Make Brand Photography Clients Choose YOU</title><itunes:title>#163: The 3 Factors That Make Brand Photography Clients Choose YOU</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>About 10 years ago I moved to Sioux Falls, and my family wasn’t sure I’d make it as a full-time photographer. There were already so many in the area, and to them, the market felt saturated.</p><p>Now I run a full-time photography business that’s grown more than I ever imagined and a big part of that is the work I’ve put into building a strong personal brand.</p><p>My story, along with many of my Rebrand students’ stories, proves that even in a crowded market, you can become the go-to brand photographer people are excited to book.</p><p>I know personal branding can feel a little nebulous, so that’s what we’re diving into in this episode. I’m breaking down the three things that will actually help you stand out as a brand photographer.</p><p>01:06 The Journey to Full-Time Photography</p><p>01:56 The Power of Personal Branding</p><p>04:11 Understanding the 'Know, Like, Trust' Principle</p><p>05:26 The Importance of Reputation</p><p>13:31 Building Rapport with Clients</p><p>19:15 Creating Lasting Relationships</p><p>23:57 Masterclass Invitation</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-3-factors-that-make-brand-photography-clients-choose-you/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>About 10 years ago I moved to Sioux Falls, and my family wasn’t sure I’d make it as a full-time photographer. There were already so many in the area, and to them, the market felt saturated.</p><p>Now I run a full-time photography business that’s grown more than I ever imagined and a big part of that is the work I’ve put into building a strong personal brand.</p><p>My story, along with many of my Rebrand students’ stories, proves that even in a crowded market, you can become the go-to brand photographer people are excited to book.</p><p>I know personal branding can feel a little nebulous, so that’s what we’re diving into in this episode. I’m breaking down the three things that will actually help you stand out as a brand photographer.</p><p>01:06 The Journey to Full-Time Photography</p><p>01:56 The Power of Personal Branding</p><p>04:11 Understanding the 'Know, Like, Trust' Principle</p><p>05:26 The Importance of Reputation</p><p>13:31 Building Rapport with Clients</p><p>19:15 Creating Lasting Relationships</p><p>23:57 Masterclass Invitation</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Double Your Prices Masterclass</a>: May 14 at noon CST - Learn how to make more money with brand photography by attracting high-value clients on repeat.&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Register now</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-3-factors-that-make-brand-photography-clients-choose-you/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/163-the-3-factors-that-make-brand-photography-clients-choose-you]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">56b40cf8-6bad-4489-88e7-906eb8858f29</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 17 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/fb34fbc7-c6b0-4242-b03a-d295a34aa3ae/163-The-3-Factors-That-Make-Brand-Photography-Clients-Choose-YOU.mp3" length="24647611" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:40</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>163</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>163</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#162: The Discovery Call Framework My Students Use to Consistently Book Brand Photography Clients</title><itunes:title>#162: The Discovery Call Framework My Students Use to Consistently Book Brand Photography Clients</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>When I was a wedding and portrait photographer, I avoided discovery calls like the plague. I'm a classic millennial and just didn't want to get on a phone call.</p><p>Now, as a brand photographer, discovery calls are a major source of income, and I'm a huge advocate for them.</p><p>I know discovery calls can feel awkward and salesy, but this episode is going to flip that script. I’m walking you through the exact framework my students use to turn warm leads into dream brand photography clients through discovery calls.</p><p>01:06 The Importance of Discovery Calls</p><p>01:39 Framework for Successful Discovery Calls</p><p>03:02 Building Trust and Rapport</p><p>05:43 Setting Up and Conducting Discovery Calls</p><p>10:40 Understanding Client Needs</p><p>12:19 Concluding the Discovery Call</p><p>16:20 Client Follow-Up and Next Steps</p><p>18:05 Join the Rebrand Waitlist</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.myflodesk.com/u2ttq0pyaa" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join the Rebrand Waitlist</a>: my 12-month program to help you become a booked out brand photographer. Sign up <a href="https://maddiepeschong.myflodesk.com/u2ttq0pyaa" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a> or DM me the word WAITLIST on Instagram</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-discovery-call-framework-my-students-use-to-consistently-book-brand-photography-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When I was a wedding and portrait photographer, I avoided discovery calls like the plague. I'm a classic millennial and just didn't want to get on a phone call.</p><p>Now, as a brand photographer, discovery calls are a major source of income, and I'm a huge advocate for them.</p><p>I know discovery calls can feel awkward and salesy, but this episode is going to flip that script. I’m walking you through the exact framework my students use to turn warm leads into dream brand photography clients through discovery calls.</p><p>01:06 The Importance of Discovery Calls</p><p>01:39 Framework for Successful Discovery Calls</p><p>03:02 Building Trust and Rapport</p><p>05:43 Setting Up and Conducting Discovery Calls</p><p>10:40 Understanding Client Needs</p><p>12:19 Concluding the Discovery Call</p><p>16:20 Client Follow-Up and Next Steps</p><p>18:05 Join the Rebrand Waitlist</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.myflodesk.com/u2ttq0pyaa" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join the Rebrand Waitlist</a>: my 12-month program to help you become a booked out brand photographer. Sign up <a href="https://maddiepeschong.myflodesk.com/u2ttq0pyaa" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a> or DM me the word WAITLIST on Instagram</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-discovery-call-framework-my-students-use-to-consistently-book-brand-photography-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/162-the-discovery-call-framework-my-students-use-to-consistently-book-brand-photography-clients]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e832394f-e740-44d4-9658-8a3d9cc28d0b</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 10 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/adbdf674-2fd0-46e7-97bd-0f6963dbea6c/162-The-Discovery-Call-Framework-My-Students-Use-to-Consistentl.mp3" length="19076246" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:52</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>162</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>162</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#161: The ONE Thing You Need to Do to Create Diverse Brand Sessions</title><itunes:title>#161: The ONE Thing You Need to Do to Create Diverse Brand Sessions</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>One of the biggest challenges brand photographers face is making sure their sessions don’t all look the same. If you’re shooting in the same studio over and over, or if you tend to work with clients in similar industries (like realtors, photographers, or coaches), it can start to feel like your work is getting repetitive.</p><p>I’m breaking down why preparing before each session by doing research is the secret to making every shoot feel fresh and customized. This episode also dives into how to actually do this, starting with discovery calls to get the key details you need (I teach this process in Behind the Shot!).</p><p>01:07 Avoiding Repetitive Brand Photography Sessions</p><p>03:05 The Importance of Discovery Calls</p><p>05:12 Tailoring Shoots to Ideal Clients</p><p>08:39 Learn This Process in Behind the Shot Course</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Behind the Shot</a>: Learn how to plan, shoot, and deliver your first brand session to rave reviews.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Use code SPRING to save $250</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-one-thing-you-need-to-do-to-create-diverse-brand-sessions/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One of the biggest challenges brand photographers face is making sure their sessions don’t all look the same. If you’re shooting in the same studio over and over, or if you tend to work with clients in similar industries (like realtors, photographers, or coaches), it can start to feel like your work is getting repetitive.</p><p>I’m breaking down why preparing before each session by doing research is the secret to making every shoot feel fresh and customized. This episode also dives into how to actually do this, starting with discovery calls to get the key details you need (I teach this process in Behind the Shot!).</p><p>01:07 Avoiding Repetitive Brand Photography Sessions</p><p>03:05 The Importance of Discovery Calls</p><p>05:12 Tailoring Shoots to Ideal Clients</p><p>08:39 Learn This Process in Behind the Shot Course</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Behind the Shot</a>: Learn how to plan, shoot, and deliver your first brand session to rave reviews.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Use code SPRING to save $250</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-one-thing-you-need-to-do-to-create-diverse-brand-sessions/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/161-the-one-thing-you-need-to-do-to-create-diverse-brand-sessions]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">948ebd50-2d1c-418f-a19e-667352e54534</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 03 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f4573877-815e-4b32-80d1-1e16362e42fb/161-The-ONE-Thing-You-Need-to-do-to-Create-Diverse-Brand-Sessio.mp3" length="10620901" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>11:04</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>161</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>161</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#160: Book More Brand Sessions (When You Don&apos;t Have Any to Show)</title><itunes:title>#160: Book More Brand Sessions (When You Don&apos;t Have Any to Show)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Booking brand photography clients can feel tough when you're just starting out or when you don’t have much brand photography in your portfolio yet. And even if you've been shooting for a while, trying to attract a different type of client without the right work to showcase can feel just as challenging.</p><p>That’s why I’m such a big fan of portfolio building! It’s an incredibly helpful strategy, and honestly, it’s something I still do in my business.</p><p>In today’s episode, I’m walking you through the process of portfolio building: how it works and how you can use it to book more brand photography sessions.</p><p>01:32 Importance of Portfolio Building</p><p>02:26 Behind the Shot Spring Sale</p><p>03:48 Steps to Portfolio Building</p><p>05:39 Selecting the Right Clients for Portfolio Building</p><p>10:01 Pitching to Potential Clients</p><p>13:55 Executing the Perfect Portfolio Shoot</p><p>18:57 Post-Shoot Best Practices</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Behind the Shot</a>: Learn how to plan, shoot, and deliver your first brand session to rave reviews.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Use code SPRING to save $250</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/book-more-brand-photography-sessions-when-you-dont-have-any-to-show/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Booking brand photography clients can feel tough when you're just starting out or when you don’t have much brand photography in your portfolio yet. And even if you've been shooting for a while, trying to attract a different type of client without the right work to showcase can feel just as challenging.</p><p>That’s why I’m such a big fan of portfolio building! It’s an incredibly helpful strategy, and honestly, it’s something I still do in my business.</p><p>In today’s episode, I’m walking you through the process of portfolio building: how it works and how you can use it to book more brand photography sessions.</p><p>01:32 Importance of Portfolio Building</p><p>02:26 Behind the Shot Spring Sale</p><p>03:48 Steps to Portfolio Building</p><p>05:39 Selecting the Right Clients for Portfolio Building</p><p>10:01 Pitching to Potential Clients</p><p>13:55 Executing the Perfect Portfolio Shoot</p><p>18:57 Post-Shoot Best Practices</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Behind the Shot</a>: Learn how to plan, shoot, and deliver your first brand session to rave reviews.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Use code SPRING to save $250</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/book-more-brand-photography-sessions-when-you-dont-have-any-to-show/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/book-more-brand-sessions-when-you-dont-have-any-to-show]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7d794220-07e6-4b34-a089-403517739f10</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 01 Apr 2025 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/b137d39a-e091-4f85-b285-b0d101060d98/160-Book-More-Brand-Sessions-When-You-Don-t-Have-Any-to-Show.mp3" length="20923174" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:48</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>160</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>160</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#159: What is Brand Photography, Really?</title><itunes:title>#159: What is Brand Photography, Really?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>One of the biggest challenges in booking high-paying brand photography clients is helping them understand what brand photography actually is, and how it’s different from other types of photography.</p><p>Until they truly get this, it can be tough to get them to invest four figures in a session or see the full value of what you offer.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down what brand photography really is (because it’s so much more than just headshots) and how you as a photographer can clearly explain it to potential clients to book more sessions with confidence.</p><p>01:07 Behind the Shot Spring Sale</p><p>03:00 Understanding Brand Photography</p><p>05:56 Personal vs. Commercial Brand Photography</p><p>07:37 The Importance of Variety in Brand Photography</p><p>10:56 Building Trust and Planning for Success</p><p>14:23 Upcoming Challenges in Behind the Shot</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Behind the Shot</a>: Learn how to plan, shoot, and deliver your first brand session to rave reviews.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Use code SPRING to save $250</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-is-brand-photography-really/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One of the biggest challenges in booking high-paying brand photography clients is helping them understand what brand photography actually is, and how it’s different from other types of photography.</p><p>Until they truly get this, it can be tough to get them to invest four figures in a session or see the full value of what you offer.</p><p>In this episode, I’m breaking down what brand photography really is (because it’s so much more than just headshots) and how you as a photographer can clearly explain it to potential clients to book more sessions with confidence.</p><p>01:07 Behind the Shot Spring Sale</p><p>03:00 Understanding Brand Photography</p><p>05:56 Personal vs. Commercial Brand Photography</p><p>07:37 The Importance of Variety in Brand Photography</p><p>10:56 Building Trust and Planning for Success</p><p>14:23 Upcoming Challenges in Behind the Shot</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Behind the Shot</a>: Learn how to plan, shoot, and deliver your first brand session to rave reviews.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/behindtheshot" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Use code SPRING to save $250</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download&nbsp;<a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-is-brand-photography-really/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-is-brand-photography-really]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4037021b-3cfb-4c94-bba2-3bf7d3e58be2</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 27 Mar 2025 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/8b8b8cbd-5439-443e-88cd-f2c22238256b/159-What-is-brand-photography-really.mp3" length="15640982" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>159</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>159</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#158: My Studio is 5 Years Old! Ask Me Anything</title><itunes:title>#158: My Studio is 5 Years Old! Ask Me Anything</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>This episode celebrates five years of my photography studio, White Space, and one year in its new location. I'm detailing my journey, from finding the original space in 2019 to moving during the pandemic while five months pregnant. </p><p>I'm discussing the ups and downs, including dealing with a difficult landlord and eventually building a dream studio in collaboration with a supportive realtor and builder. </p><p>This episode also covers key lessons learned, and the non-negotiable features for my new space. I answer listener questions about finding and furnishing a studio space, encountering challenges, and assessing whether the venture was worth it. </p><p>03:46 Ask Me Anything: Studio Space Insights</p><p>05:01 The Journey to the Second Studio</p><p>07:04 Designing the Dream Studio</p><p>07:23 Financial Concerns and Solutions</p><p>21:57 Lessons Learned and Challenges Faced</p><p>25:58 Joys and Positives of Owning a Studio</p><p>29:35 Final Thoughts and Future Plans</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode celebrates five years of my photography studio, White Space, and one year in its new location. I'm detailing my journey, from finding the original space in 2019 to moving during the pandemic while five months pregnant. </p><p>I'm discussing the ups and downs, including dealing with a difficult landlord and eventually building a dream studio in collaboration with a supportive realtor and builder. </p><p>This episode also covers key lessons learned, and the non-negotiable features for my new space. I answer listener questions about finding and furnishing a studio space, encountering challenges, and assessing whether the venture was worth it. </p><p>03:46 Ask Me Anything: Studio Space Insights</p><p>05:01 The Journey to the Second Studio</p><p>07:04 Designing the Dream Studio</p><p>07:23 Financial Concerns and Solutions</p><p>21:57 Lessons Learned and Challenges Faced</p><p>25:58 Joys and Positives of Owning a Studio</p><p>29:35 Final Thoughts and Future Plans</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/158-my-studio-is-5-years-old-ask-me-anything]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">9891ded1-b2f2-470f-af6d-25454c74acc5</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 24 Mar 2025 05:30:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/b818a2d5-ece7-4f8c-a2bc-7c47b976e897/158-my-studio-is-5-years-old-ask-me-anything-converted.mp3" length="42313809" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>35:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>158</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>158</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/bd133834-ffee-4ecf-99c0-9ac876f3bd05/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/bd133834-ffee-4ecf-99c0-9ac876f3bd05/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/bd133834-ffee-4ecf-99c0-9ac876f3bd05/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#157: Laura booked her biggest VIP photo session (with ease and aligned sales)</title><itunes:title>#157: Laura booked her biggest VIP photo session (with ease and aligned sales)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Laura Pulliam joins us again. Laura is the owner of Simple Vintage Photography in North Houston. This conversation with Laura focuses on the ways that she has grown throughout the course of her being in Rebrand and how she's combined skills and strategy to create a business she loves.</p><p>We discuss her initial struggles with imposter syndrome, the transformations she experienced in her business, and her impressive leap in charging for her services (from $375 sessions to an $1875 VIP day!). Laura also talks about how selling brand photography can feel natural, as well as how she's navigated certain client situations recently. Tune in to hear about Laura's growth and other insights about building your brand photography business.</p><p>02:04 Laura's Journey and Mindset Transformation</p><p>02:50 The Rebrand Program: Building Confidence and Skills</p><p>03:36 Laura's Experience and Wins</p><p>07:57 The Importance of Authentic Selling</p><p>10:28 Navigating Client Inquiries and Staying True to Your Brand</p><p>19:06 Mindset Shifts and Business Integrity</p><p>22:26 Resentment around Business and Clients</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram @maddiepeschong</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH LAURA</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/simplevintagephotography/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram @simplevintagephotography</a></p><p><a href="https://www.laurapulliam.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/laura-booked-her-biggest-vip-photo-session-with-ease-and-aligned-sales/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Laura Pulliam joins us again. Laura is the owner of Simple Vintage Photography in North Houston. This conversation with Laura focuses on the ways that she has grown throughout the course of her being in Rebrand and how she's combined skills and strategy to create a business she loves.</p><p>We discuss her initial struggles with imposter syndrome, the transformations she experienced in her business, and her impressive leap in charging for her services (from $375 sessions to an $1875 VIP day!). Laura also talks about how selling brand photography can feel natural, as well as how she's navigated certain client situations recently. Tune in to hear about Laura's growth and other insights about building your brand photography business.</p><p>02:04 Laura's Journey and Mindset Transformation</p><p>02:50 The Rebrand Program: Building Confidence and Skills</p><p>03:36 Laura's Experience and Wins</p><p>07:57 The Importance of Authentic Selling</p><p>10:28 Navigating Client Inquiries and Staying True to Your Brand</p><p>19:06 Mindset Shifts and Business Integrity</p><p>22:26 Resentment around Business and Clients</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram @maddiepeschong</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH LAURA</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/simplevintagephotography/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram @simplevintagephotography</a></p><p><a href="https://www.laurapulliam.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/laura-booked-her-biggest-vip-photo-session-with-ease-and-aligned-sales/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/157-laura-booked-her-biggest-vip-photo-session-without-the-icky-sales-tactics]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ccb52c01-a093-4999-a101-668bb9ab072e</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2025 09:45:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/545f2660-f91e-43aa-b4c1-af86ed4bb644/157-Laura.mp3" length="26014702" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>157</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>157</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#156: Catie used coaching to refine her packages and land high-end clients</title><itunes:title>#156: Catie used coaching to refine her packages and land high-end clients</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with my friend and Rebrand student, Catie, a seasoned brand photographer from Dallas, Texas. She shares how she leveled up her business to attract higher-paying clients and book larger projects.</p><p>We dive into the importance of creating a signature session, setting effective pricing strategies, and building the confidence to communicate your value. Catie also opens up about her experience in my Rebrand group coaching program and how it helped her refine her packages, improve her marketing, and increase her bookings for high-end clients.&nbsp;</p><p>01:55 The Journey to Higher-Priced Sessions</p><p>02:56 Creating Your Signature Session</p><p>04:15 Catie's Experience and Insights</p><p>05:13 The Importance of Investing in Yourself</p><p>10:09 Navigating Client Expectations</p><p>14:35 The Value of Coaching and Community</p><p>22:05 Catie's thoughts on Rebrand</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram @maddiepeschong</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH CATIE</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/catieronquillo/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram @catieronquillo</a></p><p><a href="https://catieronquillo.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/catie-used-coaching-to-refine-her-packages-and-land-high-end-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I sit down with my friend and Rebrand student, Catie, a seasoned brand photographer from Dallas, Texas. She shares how she leveled up her business to attract higher-paying clients and book larger projects.</p><p>We dive into the importance of creating a signature session, setting effective pricing strategies, and building the confidence to communicate your value. Catie also opens up about her experience in my Rebrand group coaching program and how it helped her refine her packages, improve her marketing, and increase her bookings for high-end clients.&nbsp;</p><p>01:55 The Journey to Higher-Priced Sessions</p><p>02:56 Creating Your Signature Session</p><p>04:15 Catie's Experience and Insights</p><p>05:13 The Importance of Investing in Yourself</p><p>10:09 Navigating Client Expectations</p><p>14:35 The Value of Coaching and Community</p><p>22:05 Catie's thoughts on Rebrand</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram @maddiepeschong</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH CATIE</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/catieronquillo/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram @catieronquillo</a></p><p><a href="https://catieronquillo.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/catie-used-coaching-to-refine-her-packages-and-land-high-end-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/156-catie-used-coaching-to-refine-her-packages-and-land-high-end-clients]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">24810bc2-4434-4aba-a60d-7f8039fc9d0c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 13 Feb 2025 03:45:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/82052757-515d-441a-b353-4ca9600eaf47/156-Catie.mp3" length="29378438" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:36</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>156</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>156</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#155: Katie built confidence by positioning herself as a brand photographer and filled her brand minis</title><itunes:title>#155: Katie built confidence by positioning herself as a brand photographer and filled her brand minis</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I'm joined by Katie, a photographer specializing in both brand photography and family portraits—and a Rebrand student! We chat about her journey from family portraits to finding her passion for brand photography, the challenges she faced, and how <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a> transformed her business.</p><p>Katie shares the benefits of niching down, building confidence, and tips for running successful mini sessions. She also highlights the support inside Rebrand, from portfolio reviews to group calls.</p><p>Tune in for Katie’s inspiring story and insights on growing as a brand photographer!</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:07 Being a Dual Positioned Photographer&nbsp;</p><p>04:19 The Journey to Rebrand</p><p>05:16 The Appeal of Brand Photography</p><p>06:21 Standing Out in a Crowded Market</p><p>10:27 The Power of Mini Sessions</p><p>12:40 Community and Support in Rebrand</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">On Instagram @maddiepeschong</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH KATIE</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/katieonbrand/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">On Instagram @katieonbrand</a></p><p><a href="https://katieannecreative.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/katie-built-confidence-by-positioning-herself-as-a-brand-photographer-and-filled-her-brand-minis/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I'm joined by Katie, a photographer specializing in both brand photography and family portraits—and a Rebrand student! We chat about her journey from family portraits to finding her passion for brand photography, the challenges she faced, and how <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a> transformed her business.</p><p>Katie shares the benefits of niching down, building confidence, and tips for running successful mini sessions. She also highlights the support inside Rebrand, from portfolio reviews to group calls.</p><p>Tune in for Katie’s inspiring story and insights on growing as a brand photographer!</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:07 Being a Dual Positioned Photographer&nbsp;</p><p>04:19 The Journey to Rebrand</p><p>05:16 The Appeal of Brand Photography</p><p>06:21 Standing Out in a Crowded Market</p><p>10:27 The Power of Mini Sessions</p><p>12:40 Community and Support in Rebrand</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">On Instagram @maddiepeschong</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH KATIE</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/katieonbrand/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">On Instagram @katieonbrand</a></p><p><a href="https://katieannecreative.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/katie-built-confidence-by-positioning-herself-as-a-brand-photographer-and-filled-her-brand-minis/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/155-katie]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7e8415a9-e168-4e9a-a6e6-d340c128984d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 12 Feb 2025 19:15:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/bca7caf2-ae5d-4d2e-9c80-ffd1d32a9944/155-Katie.mp3" length="13993778" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>155</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>155</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#154: Jill quadrupled her January income year over year and launched her new brand</title><itunes:title>#154: Jill quadrupled her January income year over year and launched her new brand</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Today's episode features a conversation with my Rebrand student, Jill Neil! We're diving into not just her experience inside Rebrand but also the incredible personal rebrand she’s undergone over the past year.</p><p>It’s been amazing to watch her transformation, going from offering a mix of photography services to confidently positioning herself as a brand photographer. And the results speak for themselves! Jill has&nbsp;quadrupled&nbsp;her income, crediting both the strategy she gained inside Rebrand and the power of her rebrand in elevating her online presence.</p><p>She has truly led by example, showing her own clients what it means to build a strong personal brand.</p><p>Tune in as Jill shares her journey, the impact of getting her own brand photos done, and how she gained clarity in her marketing.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:06 Jill's Rebrand Journey</p><p>03:43 Jill's Background and Business Evolution</p><p>06:14 Challenges and Realizations in Niching Down</p><p>09:15 The Impact of Personal Branding</p><p>15:34 Marketing Strategies and the Booked Out Challenge</p><p>24:15 Final Thoughts and Rebrand Program Insights</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH JILL</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/jill_neil/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.jillneilphotography.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/jill-quadrupled-her-january-income-year-over-year-and-launched-her-new-brand/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today's episode features a conversation with my Rebrand student, Jill Neil! We're diving into not just her experience inside Rebrand but also the incredible personal rebrand she’s undergone over the past year.</p><p>It’s been amazing to watch her transformation, going from offering a mix of photography services to confidently positioning herself as a brand photographer. And the results speak for themselves! Jill has&nbsp;quadrupled&nbsp;her income, crediting both the strategy she gained inside Rebrand and the power of her rebrand in elevating her online presence.</p><p>She has truly led by example, showing her own clients what it means to build a strong personal brand.</p><p>Tune in as Jill shares her journey, the impact of getting her own brand photos done, and how she gained clarity in her marketing.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:06 Jill's Rebrand Journey</p><p>03:43 Jill's Background and Business Evolution</p><p>06:14 Challenges and Realizations in Niching Down</p><p>09:15 The Impact of Personal Branding</p><p>15:34 Marketing Strategies and the Booked Out Challenge</p><p>24:15 Final Thoughts and Rebrand Program Insights</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>CONNECT WITH JILL</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/jill_neil/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.jillneilphotography.com" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/jill-quadrupled-her-january-income-year-over-year-and-launched-her-new-brand/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/154-jill-quadrupled-her-january-income-year-over-year-and-launched-her-new-brand]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e9a0a237-5ea0-4703-b108-2018876bfae0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 12 Feb 2025 12:30:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/a1d7693c-e883-444b-94b2-7efdb1fef62a/154-Jill-quadrupled-her-January-income-year-over-year-and-launc.mp3" length="30861429" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:09</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>154</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>154</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#153: Malwina booked her biggest session living in a small town</title><itunes:title>#153: Malwina booked her biggest session living in a small town</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Take It Personally, I'm thrilled to interview my friend and student, Malwina Aviles. Malwina shares her journey from being a therapist to pursuing full-time brand photography after joining my group program, Rebrand. </p><p>The discussion covers overcoming common challenges like pricing and client communication, the importance of a signature session, and the benefits of investing in personal branding. Malwina also shares her strategies for rapid growth, including effective content creation, personalised client experience, and maintaining professionalism. Listen in to learn how to build a successful photography business and attract dream clients.</p><p>04:22 Malwina's Journey and Wins</p><p>08:52 The Importance of Personal Branding</p><p>10:22 Rebrand Program Insights</p><p>15:49 Building Trust and Professionalism</p><p>24:14 Encouragement and Final Thoughts</p><p>28:02 Conclusion and Call to Action</p><p>Links</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</li><li>Connect with Malwina on social <a href="https://www.instagram.com/malwina_brand_photographer/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@malwina_brand_photographer</a></li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/malwina-booked-her-biggest-session-living-in-a-small-town/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></li></ul><br/>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Take It Personally, I'm thrilled to interview my friend and student, Malwina Aviles. Malwina shares her journey from being a therapist to pursuing full-time brand photography after joining my group program, Rebrand. </p><p>The discussion covers overcoming common challenges like pricing and client communication, the importance of a signature session, and the benefits of investing in personal branding. Malwina also shares her strategies for rapid growth, including effective content creation, personalised client experience, and maintaining professionalism. Listen in to learn how to build a successful photography business and attract dream clients.</p><p>04:22 Malwina's Journey and Wins</p><p>08:52 The Importance of Personal Branding</p><p>10:22 Rebrand Program Insights</p><p>15:49 Building Trust and Professionalism</p><p>24:14 Encouragement and Final Thoughts</p><p>28:02 Conclusion and Call to Action</p><p>Links</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</li><li>Connect with Malwina on social <a href="https://www.instagram.com/malwina_brand_photographer/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">@malwina_brand_photographer</a></li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/malwina-booked-her-biggest-session-living-in-a-small-town/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></li></ul><br/>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/153-malwina-booked-her-biggest-session-living-in-a-small-town]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ac531a33-b959-468c-9f06-6cb60c95078e</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 11 Feb 2025 12:02:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/8e88df60-0fee-45e2-ae04-5236d16f4dea/copy-of-untitled-project-from-squadcast-converted.mp3" length="34970789" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:09</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>153</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>153</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/67ae7749-23c9-43a6-a663-b47c0bfd438d/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/67ae7749-23c9-43a6-a663-b47c0bfd438d/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/67ae7749-23c9-43a6-a663-b47c0bfd438d/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#152: Roxanne tripled her prices and feels more confident than ever</title><itunes:title>#152: Roxanne tripled her prices and feels more confident than ever</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Roxanne is a Rebrand student and she's sharing her transformative experience going from charging $450 per session to averaging $1,400 per session. In this episode we talk about the value of mindset shifts, resilience, and investing in self-development to provide exceptional value to clients. Through her journey, Roxanne highlights the significance of mentoring, community support, and having a mindset focused on continuous improvement and alignment with personal values. The episode culminates with practical advice for photographers on pricing strategies, personal branding, and the power of authenticity in business.</p><p>Links</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</li><li>Connect with Roxanne on social https://www.instagram.com/hawaimages/</li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/roxanne-tripled-her-prices-and-feels-more-confident-than-ever/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></li></ul><br/>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Roxanne is a Rebrand student and she's sharing her transformative experience going from charging $450 per session to averaging $1,400 per session. In this episode we talk about the value of mindset shifts, resilience, and investing in self-development to provide exceptional value to clients. Through her journey, Roxanne highlights the significance of mentoring, community support, and having a mindset focused on continuous improvement and alignment with personal values. The episode culminates with practical advice for photographers on pricing strategies, personal branding, and the power of authenticity in business.</p><p>Links</p><ul><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Rebrand</a>&nbsp;is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Learn more about the program here</a>.</li><li>Connect with Roxanne on social https://www.instagram.com/hawaimages/</li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List</a>: 10 must-have images that will get your clients singing your praises. Download here!</li><li><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/roxanne-tripled-her-prices-and-feels-more-confident-than-ever/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></li></ul><br/>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/152-roxanne-tripled-her-prices-and-feels-more-confident-than-ever]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ea747353-de39-42c9-a30d-71d270a48e03</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 10 Feb 2025 16:51:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/bf5d929c-240b-4f29-b12f-3bdd49953e91/roxanne-tripled-her-prices-and-feels-more-confident-than-ever-c.mp3" length="49073777" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>40:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>152</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>152</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/04b5fda5-af9f-4abf-abd4-ec0c4c39bc1a/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/04b5fda5-af9f-4abf-abd4-ec0c4c39bc1a/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/04b5fda5-af9f-4abf-abd4-ec0c4c39bc1a/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#151: You Don&apos;t Need a Bigger Audience to Sell Brand Photography</title><itunes:title>#151: You Don&apos;t Need a Bigger Audience to Sell Brand Photography</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Oftentimes, I hear from people wanting to book more brand photography that they think they need to go out and find brand photography clients. They believe their current followers aren’t interested, so they need to look elsewhere for potential clients.</p><p>I’m here to tell you that you don’t need a huge or brand-new audience to succeed in selling brand photography. Instead, your first focus should be on how to convert the people who already follow you. There are already people in your audience who would make amazing brand photography clients! This episode walks you through what you can start doing to make that happen.</p><p>01:19 Understanding Your Audience for Brand Photography</p><p>03:41 Creating Engaging Content for Your Audience</p><p>07:00 Positioning and Marketing Your Brand Photography</p><p>09:05 The Importance of Client Experience and Referrals</p><p>10:20 Building a Personal Brand for Your Business</p><p>10:55 Exclusive Bonuses and Rebrand</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out Masterclass</a>: Learn how to find and book brand photography clients so you can get your nights and weekends back!&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here</a>&nbsp;to join me on February 5 at noon CST.</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Rebrand</a>: Doors open February 5 to my 12-month branding program that takes you from a photographer-who-shoots-brand-photography to a Booked Out Brand Photographer in just 90 days. Bonuses include a 1:1 pricing profit call for the first 10 sign ups, and a ShowIt website template for the first 15 sign ups.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/you-dont-need-a-bigger-audience-to-sell-brand-photography/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Oftentimes, I hear from people wanting to book more brand photography that they think they need to go out and find brand photography clients. They believe their current followers aren’t interested, so they need to look elsewhere for potential clients.</p><p>I’m here to tell you that you don’t need a huge or brand-new audience to succeed in selling brand photography. Instead, your first focus should be on how to convert the people who already follow you. There are already people in your audience who would make amazing brand photography clients! This episode walks you through what you can start doing to make that happen.</p><p>01:19 Understanding Your Audience for Brand Photography</p><p>03:41 Creating Engaging Content for Your Audience</p><p>07:00 Positioning and Marketing Your Brand Photography</p><p>09:05 The Importance of Client Experience and Referrals</p><p>10:20 Building a Personal Brand for Your Business</p><p>10:55 Exclusive Bonuses and Rebrand</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out Masterclass</a>: Learn how to find and book brand photography clients so you can get your nights and weekends back!&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here</a>&nbsp;to join me on February 5 at noon CST.</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Rebrand</a>: Doors open February 5 to my 12-month branding program that takes you from a photographer-who-shoots-brand-photography to a Booked Out Brand Photographer in just 90 days. Bonuses include a 1:1 pricing profit call for the first 10 sign ups, and a ShowIt website template for the first 15 sign ups.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/you-dont-need-a-bigger-audience-to-sell-brand-photography/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/151-you-dont-need-a-bigger-audience-to-sell-brand-photography]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">f78b95eb-2f61-4a22-a719-b4143e4ca4f7</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 06 Feb 2025 10:59:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/8ceb2577-a7db-4654-a549-b901befdfce2/151-You-don-t-need-a-bigger-audience-to-sell-brand-photography.mp3" length="14502905" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>151</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>151</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#150: Why You Need to Put Pricing On Your Website</title><itunes:title>#150: Why You Need to Put Pricing On Your Website</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>We're talking about the latest drama on Threads. This isn't a new conversation, but it's come up again, so I wanted to discuss it too. The topic is whether you should or shouldn't have pricing on your website.</p><p>I firmly believe you should put your pricing on your website! And in this episode, I want to talk about why.</p><p>00:46 Pricing on Your Website?</p><p>01:35 The Importance of Transparency in Business</p><p>03:24 Custom Pricing and Client Investment</p><p>04:59 Package Differentiators and Client Selection</p><p>08:12 The Role of Personal Branding in Sales</p><p>10:06 Masterclass and Rebrand Program Details</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out Masterclass</a>: Learn how to find and book brand photography clients so you can get your nights and weekends back!&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here</a>&nbsp;to join me on February 5 at noon CST.</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Rebrand</a>: Doors open February 5 to my 12-month branding program that takes you from a photographer-who-shoots-brand-photography to a Booked Out Brand Photographer in just 90 days. Bonuses include a 1:1 pricing profit call for the first 10 sign ups, and a ShowIt website template for the first 15 sign ups.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-you-need-to-put-pricing-on-your-website/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We're talking about the latest drama on Threads. This isn't a new conversation, but it's come up again, so I wanted to discuss it too. The topic is whether you should or shouldn't have pricing on your website.</p><p>I firmly believe you should put your pricing on your website! And in this episode, I want to talk about why.</p><p>00:46 Pricing on Your Website?</p><p>01:35 The Importance of Transparency in Business</p><p>03:24 Custom Pricing and Client Investment</p><p>04:59 Package Differentiators and Client Selection</p><p>08:12 The Role of Personal Branding in Sales</p><p>10:06 Masterclass and Rebrand Program Details</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out Masterclass</a>: Learn how to find and book brand photography clients so you can get your nights and weekends back!&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here</a>&nbsp;to join me on February 5 at noon CST.</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Join Rebrand</a>: Doors open February 5 to my 12-month branding program that takes you from a photographer-who-shoots-brand-photography to a Booked Out Brand Photographer in just 90 days. Bonuses include a 1:1 pricing profit call for the first 10 sign ups, and a ShowIt website template for the first 15 sign ups.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-you-need-to-put-pricing-on-your-website/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/150-why-you-need-to-put-pricing-on-your-website]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8d845037-d14b-4f01-97c9-74e7e93acfd0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 05 Feb 2025 14:59:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/93996b66-7ec3-45ae-99a6-ca5b107a8da2/150-Why-you-need-to-put-pricing-on-your-website.mp3" length="12968980" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:31</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>150</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>150</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#149: Two Simple Ways to Book More Brand Photography Clients</title><itunes:title>#149: Two Simple Ways to Book More Brand Photography Clients</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I hear from many people that referrals are a strong part of their business. While I love referrals, and they can be a great way to book more brand photography clients, I believe it's important to also have other strategies in place. And that's because you can't control the amount of referrals you're getting.</p><p>In this episode, I'm sharing two simple ways to book more brand photography clients. You don’t need more referrals or better skills to make these work, and the quality of your photos isn’t the problem. What’s missing are these two things.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>04:11&nbsp;Get Visible</p><p>04:49 Proper Positioning</p><p>07:02&nbsp;Speak Your Client's Language</p><p>09:37&nbsp;Masterclass Details</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Instagram</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Website</u></a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out Masterclass</a>: Learn how to find and book brand photography clients so you can get your nights and weekends back! <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here</a> to join me on February 5 at noon CST.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/two-simple-ways-to-book-more-brand-photography-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I hear from many people that referrals are a strong part of their business. While I love referrals, and they can be a great way to book more brand photography clients, I believe it's important to also have other strategies in place. And that's because you can't control the amount of referrals you're getting.</p><p>In this episode, I'm sharing two simple ways to book more brand photography clients. You don’t need more referrals or better skills to make these work, and the quality of your photos isn’t the problem. What’s missing are these two things.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>04:11&nbsp;Get Visible</p><p>04:49 Proper Positioning</p><p>07:02&nbsp;Speak Your Client's Language</p><p>09:37&nbsp;Masterclass Details</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Instagram</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Website</u></a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out Masterclass</a>: Learn how to find and book brand photography clients so you can get your nights and weekends back! <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here</a> to join me on February 5 at noon CST.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/two-simple-ways-to-book-more-brand-photography-clients/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/149-two-simple-ways-to-book-more-brand-photography-clients]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">45dfa0b4-f06b-42a1-8059-e33663e5cae1</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Fri, 17 Jan 2025 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/a15df5e1-3a51-48ab-bcc7-19b6f107f5cd/149-Two-simple-ways-to-book-more-brand-photography-clients.mp3" length="10994970" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>11:27</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>149</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>149</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#148: How Brand Photography Can Help Make Your Income More Consistent</title><itunes:title>#148: How Brand Photography Can Help Make Your Income More Consistent</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Income consistency is a hot topic because, historically, when I was a wedding and portrait photographer, I struggled with maintaining consistency in my business.</p><p>At the time, I just had to embrace it because I didn't feel like there was another way. However, when I started thinking about leaving my 9-5, I knew I couldn't afford to have months where I wasn't working.</p><p>Brand photography changed everything for me. It brought the consistency I was looking for because there isn't a specific time of year when brand photography is especially busy (unlike weddings, which are often crammed into the warm-weather months in South Dakota).</p><p>If you're ready to escape the feast and famine cycle, brand photography is the solution you've been looking for. Tune in to the episode to learn more, and sign up for my <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out</a> Masterclass below.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:11&nbsp;The Energy of January for Brand Photography</p><p>02:16&nbsp;Booking Out Q1-Strategies and Challenges</p><p>03:48&nbsp;Consistency in Income as a Photographer</p><p>06:20&nbsp;Embracing Slow Seasons in Brand Photography</p><p>07:49&nbsp;Unexpected Busy Seasons and Trends</p><p>14:32&nbsp;Masterclass Invitation and Final Thoughts</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Instagram</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Website</u></a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out Masterclass</a>: Learn how to find and book brand photography clients so you can get your nights and weekends back (plus income consistency!). <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here</a> to join me on February 5 at noon CST.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-brand-photography-can-help-make-your-income-more-consistent/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Income consistency is a hot topic because, historically, when I was a wedding and portrait photographer, I struggled with maintaining consistency in my business.</p><p>At the time, I just had to embrace it because I didn't feel like there was another way. However, when I started thinking about leaving my 9-5, I knew I couldn't afford to have months where I wasn't working.</p><p>Brand photography changed everything for me. It brought the consistency I was looking for because there isn't a specific time of year when brand photography is especially busy (unlike weddings, which are often crammed into the warm-weather months in South Dakota).</p><p>If you're ready to escape the feast and famine cycle, brand photography is the solution you've been looking for. Tune in to the episode to learn more, and sign up for my <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out</a> Masterclass below.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:11&nbsp;The Energy of January for Brand Photography</p><p>02:16&nbsp;Booking Out Q1-Strategies and Challenges</p><p>03:48&nbsp;Consistency in Income as a Photographer</p><p>06:20&nbsp;Embracing Slow Seasons in Brand Photography</p><p>07:49&nbsp;Unexpected Busy Seasons and Trends</p><p>14:32&nbsp;Masterclass Invitation and Final Thoughts</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Instagram</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Website</u></a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Booked Out Masterclass</a>: Learn how to find and book brand photography clients so you can get your nights and weekends back (plus income consistency!). <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here</a> to join me on February 5 at noon CST.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-brand-photography-can-help-make-your-income-more-consistent/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/148-how-brand-photography-can-help-make-your-income-more-consistent]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3218a7d9-8f33-4cfe-a596-51d58d74cee8</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 16 Jan 2025 14:58:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/ac7e8d84-f684-46ac-8d9e-f2879af105cd/148-How-brand-photography-can-help-make-your-income-more-consis.mp3" length="15686571" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:20</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>148</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>148</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#147 How I Booked a $20,000 Headshot Project</title><itunes:title>#147 How I Booked a $20,000 Headshot Project</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>At the end of 2022, I received an inquiry from a local business looking to update their headshots. It was a large firm with multiple locations, and I quickly realized it would be a major project.</p><p>I was very much in head about sending a $20,000 proposal, but I knew the value I was offering went beyond just headshots (keep listening to hear more about my ecosystem approach).</p><p>I ended up booking the project, and it was one of the simplest projects I've ever done. It was not only a positive experience but also a confidence builder.</p><p>In this episode, I share how I booked the project and how you can land big projects too, even if you don't live in a large city or typically work with big brands (be sure to sign up for the&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">masterclass</a>&nbsp;to learn more on this).</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>03:05 Booking a $20,000 Project</p><p>05:27 Being positioned as a brand photographer</p><p>06:25 Building rapport with the client</p><p>08:23 Simplifying the experience and partnering with the client</p><p>09:50 Masterclass Details</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p>I'm hosting a live masterclass,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Three Secrets to Booking Brand Photography Clients</a>, on October 17th at 12pm Central.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here!</a>&nbsp;(Replay available if signed up)</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-booked-a-20000-headshot-project/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>At the end of 2022, I received an inquiry from a local business looking to update their headshots. It was a large firm with multiple locations, and I quickly realized it would be a major project.</p><p>I was very much in head about sending a $20,000 proposal, but I knew the value I was offering went beyond just headshots (keep listening to hear more about my ecosystem approach).</p><p>I ended up booking the project, and it was one of the simplest projects I've ever done. It was not only a positive experience but also a confidence builder.</p><p>In this episode, I share how I booked the project and how you can land big projects too, even if you don't live in a large city or typically work with big brands (be sure to sign up for the&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">masterclass</a>&nbsp;to learn more on this).</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>03:05 Booking a $20,000 Project</p><p>05:27 Being positioned as a brand photographer</p><p>06:25 Building rapport with the client</p><p>08:23 Simplifying the experience and partnering with the client</p><p>09:50 Masterclass Details</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p>I'm hosting a live masterclass,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Three Secrets to Booking Brand Photography Clients</a>, on October 17th at 12pm Central.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here!</a>&nbsp;(Replay available if signed up)</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-booked-a-20000-headshot-project/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/147]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">6f99f57b-862b-4acb-9b50-7935df62ded2</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 14 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/dddaef97-6e92-4e2d-9305-c2c0e4d60098/147-how-i-booked-a-20-000-headshot-project-converted.mp3" length="13910348" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>11:36</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>147</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>147</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/b14db64d-a63b-483a-a7f6-03e62319d575/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/b14db64d-a63b-483a-a7f6-03e62319d575/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/b14db64d-a63b-483a-a7f6-03e62319d575/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#146 How I Doubled My Prices and Stayed Booked</title><itunes:title>#146 How I Doubled My Prices and Stayed Booked</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In 2022, I doubled my photography prices. I was booking out a few months and knew I wanted to be able to elevate the client experience, so I ripped the bandaid off.</p><p>In this episode, I'm sharing how I doubled my prices and tips for elevating your business and still attracting dream clients.</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>00:00 Upcoming Masterclass Info</p><p>003:28 Doubling Photography Prices</p><p>06:23 Mindset Shift for Higher Pricing</p><p>08:40 Positioning as a High-End Photographer</p><p>10:31 Enhancing Client Experience</p><p>12:10 Success Stories</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS:</p><p>I'm hosting a live masterclass,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Three Secrets to Booking Brand Photography Clients</a>, on October 17th at 12pm Central.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here!</a>&nbsp;(Replay available if signed up)</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-doubled-my-prices-and-stayed-booked/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In 2022, I doubled my photography prices. I was booking out a few months and knew I wanted to be able to elevate the client experience, so I ripped the bandaid off.</p><p>In this episode, I'm sharing how I doubled my prices and tips for elevating your business and still attracting dream clients.</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>00:00 Upcoming Masterclass Info</p><p>003:28 Doubling Photography Prices</p><p>06:23 Mindset Shift for Higher Pricing</p><p>08:40 Positioning as a High-End Photographer</p><p>10:31 Enhancing Client Experience</p><p>12:10 Success Stories</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS:</p><p>I'm hosting a live masterclass,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Three Secrets to Booking Brand Photography Clients</a>, on October 17th at 12pm Central.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here!</a>&nbsp;(Replay available if signed up)</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-doubled-my-prices-and-stayed-booked/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/146]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">43931dc8-3ec8-46b0-8b61-e1913fe4c528</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 10 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/59309567-5d95-4db9-b5cd-f070451acbb2/146-how-i-doubled-my-prices-and-stayed-booked-converted.mp3" length="17897679" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:55</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>146</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>146</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/64d53bac-eec2-490a-999e-02a508781fff/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/64d53bac-eec2-490a-999e-02a508781fff/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/64d53bac-eec2-490a-999e-02a508781fff/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#145: What I Learned from my First Brand Photography Client</title><itunes:title>#145: What I Learned from my First Brand Photography Client</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>When I left my 9-5 job in 2018, I was a wedding photographer, and at one point I ventured into product photography.</p><p>I got connected with a brand called Little Sleepies and worked with them for a few years. They were my first official brand photography client, and I learned so much through that experience.</p><p>I think what really worked with this relationship was Little Sleepies and I were both new at the same time. This concept of connecting with new businesses is something I help my clients with who are looking to explore brand photography. Shooting for free or at discounted rates to get experience and build relationships is actually an unpopular opinion I have.</p><p>This episode shares my thoughts on that, my experience with Little Sleepies, and details for a live masterclass happening October 17th.</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>00:00 Masterclass Details</p><p>01:57 Transition from Wedding to Brand Photography</p><p>03:50 First Brand Photography Client: Little Sleepies</p><p>06:01 Lessons Learned from Little Sleepies</p><p>10:04 The Value of Free Shoots</p><p>14:35 Client-Centric Approach in Brand Photography</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p>I'm hosting a live masterclass,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Three Secrets to Booking Brand Photography Clients</a>, on October 17th at 12pm Central.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here!</a>&nbsp;(Replay available if signed up)</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-i-learned-from-my-first-brand-photography-client/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>When I left my 9-5 job in 2018, I was a wedding photographer, and at one point I ventured into product photography.</p><p>I got connected with a brand called Little Sleepies and worked with them for a few years. They were my first official brand photography client, and I learned so much through that experience.</p><p>I think what really worked with this relationship was Little Sleepies and I were both new at the same time. This concept of connecting with new businesses is something I help my clients with who are looking to explore brand photography. Shooting for free or at discounted rates to get experience and build relationships is actually an unpopular opinion I have.</p><p>This episode shares my thoughts on that, my experience with Little Sleepies, and details for a live masterclass happening October 17th.</p><p>Episode Highlights:</p><p>00:00 Masterclass Details</p><p>01:57 Transition from Wedding to Brand Photography</p><p>03:50 First Brand Photography Client: Little Sleepies</p><p>06:01 Lessons Learned from Little Sleepies</p><p>10:04 The Value of Free Shoots</p><p>14:35 Client-Centric Approach in Brand Photography</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p>I'm hosting a live masterclass,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Three Secrets to Booking Brand Photography Clients</a>, on October 17th at 12pm Central.&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/masterclass" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Sign up here!</a>&nbsp;(Replay available if signed up)</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-i-learned-from-my-first-brand-photography-client/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/145]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c97905b2-1a88-44ba-a6be-57df9930dfc4</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 03 Oct 2024 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/6c7d9afb-b358-4898-8b03-33c368c2d046/144-what-i-learned-from-my-first-brand-photography-client-conve.mp3" length="24481581" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>145</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>145</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/da4ba1d4-5a12-45b7-84f0-d5c3b27d02bd/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/da4ba1d4-5a12-45b7-84f0-d5c3b27d02bd/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/da4ba1d4-5a12-45b7-84f0-d5c3b27d02bd/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#144: How I Made $7k in One Day with Mini Sessions</title><itunes:title>#144: How I Made $7k in One Day with Mini Sessions</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>You still have time to sign up for my free training on Thursday with Zenfolio! Learn how to make 4-figures with mini sessions. Register here: https://events.teams.microsoft.com/event/e03c3d64-de85-419c-909c-8fd8f07286d1@f53224c4-9d71-44c1-9fad-19b66d9d1121</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You still have time to sign up for my free training on Thursday with Zenfolio! Learn how to make 4-figures with mini sessions. Register here: https://events.teams.microsoft.com/event/e03c3d64-de85-419c-909c-8fd8f07286d1@f53224c4-9d71-44c1-9fad-19b66d9d1121</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/144-how-i-made-7k-in-one-day-with-mini-sessions]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c0cfcf96-fd10-40b3-869a-94fa96bb87fa</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2024 09:29:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/850caf11-85cc-47c6-b009-77729bd6f66e/tip-2-23-2023-7k-session-converted.mp3" length="27408653" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>144</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>144</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/fd5ad593-770d-460d-9668-8fbaf25f7cb5/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/fd5ad593-770d-460d-9668-8fbaf25f7cb5/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/fd5ad593-770d-460d-9668-8fbaf25f7cb5/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#143: The Elite Brand Photographer</title><itunes:title>#143: The Elite Brand Photographer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>This episode is part of my quiz series, where I tell you all about the four archetypes of brand photographers. You can go&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>&nbsp;to take the quiz,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Are You Ready to Be a Brand Photographer</a>, and I will tell you what your brand photographer archetype is!</p><p>This episode is diving into the fourth archetype, The Elite Brand Photographer. If you got this result in the quiz, keep listening to discover your best next step towards becoming a successful brand photographer.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:31 Understanding the Elite Brand Photographer</p><p>01:59 Challenges and Solutions for Elite Brand Photographers</p><p>05:27 Scaling Your Business to Six Figures</p><p>06:42 Quiz and Private Podcast</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Instagram</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Website</u></a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Quiz: Are You Ready to Be A Brand Photographer?</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brand-photographer-archetypes-the-elite-brand-photographer/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Full Show Notes</u></a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode is part of my quiz series, where I tell you all about the four archetypes of brand photographers. You can go&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>&nbsp;to take the quiz,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Are You Ready to Be a Brand Photographer</a>, and I will tell you what your brand photographer archetype is!</p><p>This episode is diving into the fourth archetype, The Elite Brand Photographer. If you got this result in the quiz, keep listening to discover your best next step towards becoming a successful brand photographer.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:31 Understanding the Elite Brand Photographer</p><p>01:59 Challenges and Solutions for Elite Brand Photographers</p><p>05:27 Scaling Your Business to Six Figures</p><p>06:42 Quiz and Private Podcast</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Instagram</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Website</u></a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Quiz: Are You Ready to Be A Brand Photographer?</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brand-photographer-archetypes-the-elite-brand-photographer/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Full Show Notes</u></a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/143]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">f4d21a80-1943-4a5c-acaa-1adf75134efd</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2024 04:30:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/6fc76702-e330-4602-9de4-429a31cbe699/143-the-elite-brand-photographer-converted.mp3" length="10093858" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>08:25</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>143</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>143</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/fc982631-2dbb-4bdd-92c4-0e71b4486404/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/fc982631-2dbb-4bdd-92c4-0e71b4486404/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/fc982631-2dbb-4bdd-92c4-0e71b4486404/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#142: The Exclusive Brand Photographer</title><itunes:title>#142: The Exclusive Brand Photographer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>This episode is part of my quiz series, where I tell you all about the four archetypes of brand photographers. You can go&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>&nbsp;to take the quiz,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Are You Ready to Be a Brand Photographer</a>, and I will tell you what your brand photographer archetype is!</p><p>This episode is diving into the third archetype, The Exclusive Brand Photographer. If you got this result in the quiz, keep listening to discover your best next step towards becoming a successful brand photographer.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:46 Understanding the Exclusive Brand Photographer</p><p>02:39 Challenges and Strategies for Exclusive Brand Photographers</p><p>04:27 Marketing and Client Acquisition for Brand Photographers</p><p>05:49 Transitioning Skills from Wedding and Portrait Photography</p><p>06:08 Engage and Connect: Share Your Journey</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Instagram</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Website</u></a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Quiz: Are You Ready to Be A Brand Photographer?</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brand-photographer-archetypes-the-exclusive-brand-photographer/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode is part of my quiz series, where I tell you all about the four archetypes of brand photographers. You can go&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>&nbsp;to take the quiz,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Are You Ready to Be a Brand Photographer</a>, and I will tell you what your brand photographer archetype is!</p><p>This episode is diving into the third archetype, The Exclusive Brand Photographer. If you got this result in the quiz, keep listening to discover your best next step towards becoming a successful brand photographer.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:46 Understanding the Exclusive Brand Photographer</p><p>02:39 Challenges and Strategies for Exclusive Brand Photographers</p><p>04:27 Marketing and Client Acquisition for Brand Photographers</p><p>05:49 Transitioning Skills from Wedding and Portrait Photography</p><p>06:08 Engage and Connect: Share Your Journey</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Instagram</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Website</u></a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Quiz: Are You Ready to Be A Brand Photographer?</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brand-photographer-archetypes-the-exclusive-brand-photographer/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/142]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">9fde5024-11af-4b4d-a87c-5a1c6b009d17</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2024 04:15:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/3e2a7e30-580a-4904-a978-1ad85533d5bf/142-the-exclusive-brand-photographer-converted.mp3" length="9337352" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>07:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>142</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>142</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/62fc0c8c-991a-4aac-9bda-7dc4763764d9/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/62fc0c8c-991a-4aac-9bda-7dc4763764d9/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/62fc0c8c-991a-4aac-9bda-7dc4763764d9/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#141: The Dual Positioned Photographer</title><itunes:title>#141: The Dual Positioned Photographer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>This episode is part of my quiz series, where I tell you all about the four archetypes of brand photographers. You can go&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>&nbsp;to take the quiz,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Are You Ready to Be a Brand Photographer</a>, and I will tell you what your brand photographer archetype is!</p><p>This episode is diving into the second archetype, The Dual Positioned Photographer. If you got this result in your quiz, keep listening to discover your best next step towards becoming a successful brand photographer.</p><p>01:08 Exploring Brand Photographer Archetypes</p><p>01:30 Understanding the Dual Positioned Brand Photographer</p><p>02:37 Key Considerations for Dual Positioned Photographers</p><p>03:41 Marketing Strategies for Brand Photography</p><p>04:21 Enhancing Client Experience</p><p>05:06 Final Thoughts and Encouragement</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Instagram</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Website</u></a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Quiz: Are You Ready to Be A Brand Photographer?</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brand-photographer-archetypes-the-dual-positioned-photographer/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Full Show Notes</u></a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode is part of my quiz series, where I tell you all about the four archetypes of brand photographers. You can go&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>&nbsp;to take the quiz,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Are You Ready to Be a Brand Photographer</a>, and I will tell you what your brand photographer archetype is!</p><p>This episode is diving into the second archetype, The Dual Positioned Photographer. If you got this result in your quiz, keep listening to discover your best next step towards becoming a successful brand photographer.</p><p>01:08 Exploring Brand Photographer Archetypes</p><p>01:30 Understanding the Dual Positioned Brand Photographer</p><p>02:37 Key Considerations for Dual Positioned Photographers</p><p>03:41 Marketing Strategies for Brand Photography</p><p>04:21 Enhancing Client Experience</p><p>05:06 Final Thoughts and Encouragement</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Instagram</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Website</u></a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Quiz: Are You Ready to Be A Brand Photographer?</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</u></a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brand-photographer-archetypes-the-dual-positioned-photographer/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><u>Full Show Notes</u></a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/141]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">04f68e1a-9fd7-4947-b96e-67c4d2f05883</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2024 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/548836c4-23fc-4753-b9aa-22b456a83ad8/141-the-dual-positioned-photographer-converted.mp3" length="8255883" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>06:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>141</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>141</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/b086751e-7447-4876-a195-abe9daa3f51e/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/b086751e-7447-4876-a195-abe9daa3f51e/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/b086751e-7447-4876-a195-abe9daa3f51e/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#140: The Brand New Photographer</title><itunes:title>#140: The Brand New Photographer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>This episode is part of my quiz series, where I tell you all about the four archetypes of brand photographers. You can go&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>&nbsp;to take the quiz,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Are You Ready to Be a Brand Photographer</a>, and I will tell you what your brand photographer archetype is!</p><p>This episode is diving into the first archetype, the Brand New Photographer. If you got this result from the quiz, keep listening to discover your best next step towards becoming a successful brand photographer.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:27 The Brand New Photographer: Starting from Scratch</p><p>03:08 Building Your Portfolio and Client Base</p><p>05:26 Rewind Program</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Quiz: Are You Ready to Be A Brand Photographer?</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brand-photographer-archetypes-the-brand-new-photographer/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episode is part of my quiz series, where I tell you all about the four archetypes of brand photographers. You can go&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>&nbsp;to take the quiz,&nbsp;<a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Are You Ready to Be a Brand Photographer</a>, and I will tell you what your brand photographer archetype is!</p><p>This episode is diving into the first archetype, the Brand New Photographer. If you got this result from the quiz, keep listening to discover your best next step towards becoming a successful brand photographer.</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:27 The Brand New Photographer: Starting from Scratch</p><p>03:08 Building Your Portfolio and Client Base</p><p>05:26 Rewind Program</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Quiz: Are You Ready to Be A Brand Photographer?</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brand-photographer-archetypes-the-brand-new-photographer/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full Show Notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/140]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7b6be6b4-0339-4dad-b38e-932255752f8d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2024 03:45:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/5b839068-3da2-4144-9f36-cb850cdaa9b8/140-the-brand-new-photographer-converted.mp3" length="8762658" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>07:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>140</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>140</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/7cedefa2-de23-4fc0-b7fe-ba05ce0b9aa5/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/7cedefa2-de23-4fc0-b7fe-ba05ce0b9aa5/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/7cedefa2-de23-4fc0-b7fe-ba05ce0b9aa5/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#139: Are You Ready to be a Brand Photographer? Take the Quiz!</title><itunes:title>#139: Are You Ready to be a Brand Photographer? Take the Quiz!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>One of the most common questions I get is, "Am I ready to be a brand photographer?" And this is actually a loaded question.</p><p>In my experience, there are four types of photographers who are interested in brand photography. To help you figure out where you stand and what steps you should take next, I created a quiz called <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">"Are You Ready To Be a Brand Photographer?"&nbsp;</a></p><p>In this episode, we'll dive into the quiz and these four brand photographer types. By taking the quiz, you'll discover your type and get a clear roadmap for what you should focus on to start charging four figures as a brand photographer.</p><p>In the next four episodes of the Take It Personally, we'll explore each brand photographer type in more depth, giving you actionable steps to become the go-to brand photographer in your area.</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><strong>Take the quiz!</strong></a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One of the most common questions I get is, "Am I ready to be a brand photographer?" And this is actually a loaded question.</p><p>In my experience, there are four types of photographers who are interested in brand photography. To help you figure out where you stand and what steps you should take next, I created a quiz called <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">"Are You Ready To Be a Brand Photographer?"&nbsp;</a></p><p>In this episode, we'll dive into the quiz and these four brand photographer types. By taking the quiz, you'll discover your type and get a clear roadmap for what you should focus on to start charging four figures as a brand photographer.</p><p>In the next four episodes of the Take It Personally, we'll explore each brand photographer type in more depth, giving you actionable steps to become the go-to brand photographer in your area.</p><p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/quiz" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank"><strong>Take the quiz!</strong></a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/139]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">9106dc19-c051-4563-9f71-db9cf2ed38e0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 19 Sep 2024 03:30:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/1280ef38-2c70-44ed-abff-fd41202d0a28/139-are-you-ready-to-be-a-brand-photographer-converted.mp3" length="8450234" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>07:03</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>139</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>139</podcast:episode><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/fb1eecf4-806a-4624-a371-3441c89b2676/transcript.json" type="application/json"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/fb1eecf4-806a-4624-a371-3441c89b2676/transcript.srt" type="application/srt" rel="captions"/><podcast:transcript url="https://transcripts.captivate.fm/transcript/fb1eecf4-806a-4624-a371-3441c89b2676/index.html" type="text/html"/></item><item><title>#138: Why I Don&apos;t Believe in Imposter Syndrome Anymore</title><itunes:title>#138: Why I Don&apos;t Believe in Imposter Syndrome Anymore</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to today's episode, where I am going to rant about why I don't believe in imposter syndrome anymore.</p><p>There are a few reasons, which we'll get into, but specifically I believe that people are often using the phrase "imposter syndrome" incorrectly. What's typically behind that feeling is actually a lack of confidence because you are doing something new.</p><p>And that can be a good thing! Because you can work on building that confidence. Tune in to hear the rest of this discussion.&nbsp;</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:18 Defining Imposter Syndrome</p><p>01:39 Imposter Syndrome in Minority Groups</p><p>02:30 Mislabeling Lack of Confidence as Imposter Syndrome</p><p>04:09 Building Confidence Through Practice</p><p>06:28 Personal Experiences and Overcoming Challenges</p><p>07:46 Practical Advice for Photographers</p><p>09:33 Embracing Lack of Confidence</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-i-dont-believe-in-imposter-syndrome-anymore/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Welcome to today's episode, where I am going to rant about why I don't believe in imposter syndrome anymore.</p><p>There are a few reasons, which we'll get into, but specifically I believe that people are often using the phrase "imposter syndrome" incorrectly. What's typically behind that feeling is actually a lack of confidence because you are doing something new.</p><p>And that can be a good thing! Because you can work on building that confidence. Tune in to hear the rest of this discussion.&nbsp;</p><p>Episode highlights:</p><p>01:18 Defining Imposter Syndrome</p><p>01:39 Imposter Syndrome in Minority Groups</p><p>02:30 Mislabeling Lack of Confidence as Imposter Syndrome</p><p>04:09 Building Confidence Through Practice</p><p>06:28 Personal Experiences and Overcoming Challenges</p><p>07:46 Practical Advice for Photographers</p><p>09:33 Embracing Lack of Confidence</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-i-dont-believe-in-imposter-syndrome-anymore/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/138]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4ca53d15-afeb-41f5-82d7-1d73070153f6</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 29 Aug 2024 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/3a445bb1-119c-4bd2-9c21-b7a2bc48419b/TIP-8-29-2024-138-dont-believe-in-imposter-syndrome-converted.mp3" length="9322499" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>11:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>138</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>138</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#137: Slow Season? Do THIS</title><itunes:title>#137: Slow Season? Do THIS</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I've been hearing from so many photographers lately that they feel bookings are slow right now. Their inquiries are down, and they're not booking as much as usual.</p><p>And while these seasons can be very challenging, I know from experience that sitting in your feelings is only helpful for so long. If you are needing to provide for your family, it's okay for it to feel discouraging, but you also can't just keep waiting around. Instead, you need to take action and do something about not booking as much business. That is what this episode is about.</p><p>I'm exploring reasons behind fewer bookings, mindset shifts to make, and key money-making strategies to implement to help with this season.</p><p>00:53 Personal Experience with Business Downturns</p><p>02:22 Mindset Shift: Don't Overthink Slow Bookings</p><p>03:45 Analyzing Past Data to Understand Trends</p><p>09:37 Immediate Actions to Boost Bookings</p><p>09:51 Money-Making Activities to Implement Now</p><p>14:35 Brand Building During Slow Seasons</p><p>17:55 Enhancing Client Experience</p><p>I know that it can feel really frustrating to be in a slow season. But what I want to remind you of is that it is truly just that - a season!</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/slow-season-do-this/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I've been hearing from so many photographers lately that they feel bookings are slow right now. Their inquiries are down, and they're not booking as much as usual.</p><p>And while these seasons can be very challenging, I know from experience that sitting in your feelings is only helpful for so long. If you are needing to provide for your family, it's okay for it to feel discouraging, but you also can't just keep waiting around. Instead, you need to take action and do something about not booking as much business. That is what this episode is about.</p><p>I'm exploring reasons behind fewer bookings, mindset shifts to make, and key money-making strategies to implement to help with this season.</p><p>00:53 Personal Experience with Business Downturns</p><p>02:22 Mindset Shift: Don't Overthink Slow Bookings</p><p>03:45 Analyzing Past Data to Understand Trends</p><p>09:37 Immediate Actions to Boost Bookings</p><p>09:51 Money-Making Activities to Implement Now</p><p>14:35 Brand Building During Slow Seasons</p><p>17:55 Enhancing Client Experience</p><p>I know that it can feel really frustrating to be in a slow season. But what I want to remind you of is that it is truly just that - a season!</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/slow-season-do-this/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/137]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4129e8be-f824-4040-aeb7-cfecbb1cc0ed</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 22 Aug 2024 04:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/8ce21ad9-ba87-4ffa-8efe-902977d4f8a8/TIP-8-22-2024-137-slow-do-this-converted.mp3" length="16649302" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:49</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>137</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>137</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#136: The Sneaky Way You&apos;re Jeopardizing Client Relationships</title><itunes:title>#136: The Sneaky Way You&apos;re Jeopardizing Client Relationships</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, the Maddie delves into the recent trend of photographers posting their editing queues on social media and argues why this practice is detrimental to their brand. The episode explores the reasons why photographers might choose to share their workload publicly and reveal the negative perceptions and impacts it can have on clients and potential customers. Tune in for a nuanced discussion on business branding and client management in the photography industry.</p><p>00:38 The Controversial Threads Post</p><p>01:58 The Trend of Sharing Editing Queues</p><p>03:13 Client Communication Issues</p><p>05:09 Poll Results and Client Perceptions</p><p>06:56 The Importance of Clear Communication</p><p>11:53 Effective Client Communication Strategies</p><p>15:34 Automating Client Communication</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p><p><a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Flodesk:</a> My favorite email marketing platform. Get 50% off your subscription&nbsp;<a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>&nbsp;or with the code <a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">MADDIE</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-sneaky-way-youre-jeopardizing-client-relationships/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p><p><br></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, the Maddie delves into the recent trend of photographers posting their editing queues on social media and argues why this practice is detrimental to their brand. The episode explores the reasons why photographers might choose to share their workload publicly and reveal the negative perceptions and impacts it can have on clients and potential customers. Tune in for a nuanced discussion on business branding and client management in the photography industry.</p><p>00:38 The Controversial Threads Post</p><p>01:58 The Trend of Sharing Editing Queues</p><p>03:13 Client Communication Issues</p><p>05:09 Poll Results and Client Perceptions</p><p>06:56 The Importance of Clear Communication</p><p>11:53 Effective Client Communication Strategies</p><p>15:34 Automating Client Communication</p><p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p><p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Instagram</a></p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Website</a></p><p><br></p><p>LINKS:</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p><p><a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Flodesk:</a> My favorite email marketing platform. Get 50% off your subscription&nbsp;<a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">here</a>&nbsp;or with the code <a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">MADDIE</a>.</p><p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-sneaky-way-youre-jeopardizing-client-relationships/" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">Full show notes</a></p><p><br></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/136]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">91397170-4185-47eb-a5ed-83e65f89d897</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 08 Aug 2024 05:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/942bf393-59eb-4dc3-b42a-a23720b19bc1/TIP-8-15-2024-136-sneaky-converted.mp3" length="16104009" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>136</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>136</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#135 Getting Started as an Educator ETHICALLY with Laylee Emadi</title><itunes:title>#135 Getting Started as an Educator ETHICALLY with Laylee Emadi</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Today's episode is a previously published episode from my friend Laylee's podcast, <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/so-heres-the-thing-with-laylee-emadi/id1465909426" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">So, Here's the Thing</a>. I've been asked frequently about getting into education, and honestly, this episode is the perfect one to listen to if you're thinking about making the move! </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today's episode is a previously published episode from my friend Laylee's podcast, <a href="https://podcasts.apple.com/us/podcast/so-heres-the-thing-with-laylee-emadi/id1465909426" rel="noopener noreferrer" target="_blank">So, Here's the Thing</a>. I've been asked frequently about getting into education, and honestly, this episode is the perfect one to listen to if you're thinking about making the move! </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/135-getting-started-as-an-educater-ethically-with-laylee-emadi]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3f584bb8-dd55-442a-9962-a7e0ee50fc04</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 01 Aug 2024 05:30:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f0cfe3d5-f29a-4a50-b1f9-e88161e8fe92/TIP-8-8-2024-135-education-ethically-converted.mp3" length="29877657" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>35:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType><itunes:episode>135</itunes:episode><podcast:episode>135</podcast:episode></item><item><title>#134: I&apos;ve Been Feeling Overwhelmed - Here&apos;s What I&apos;m Doing About It</title><itunes:title>#134: I&apos;ve Been Feeling Overwhelmed - Here&apos;s What I&apos;m Doing About It</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Lately I have found myself feeling overwhelmed after having a marathon in my business in the spring that went past its original end date. I feel I've gotten into the habit of taking on too much and not having enough boundaries. I'm trying to reset things, and I wanted to walk through the process of what I do when I start to feel this way.</p> <p>This episode will discuss what can contribute to overwhelm and some actionable steps to overcome it. Highlights from this episode:</p> <p>01:21 Identifying the Source of Overwhelm</p> <p>03:52 Learning New Skills and Systems</p> <p>06:15 Unrealistic Expectations</p> <p>09:29 Overconsumption and Digital Detox</p> <p>10:57 Taking Control: Steps to Overcome Overwhelm</p> <p>12:28 Setting Boundaries and Self-Care</p> <p>23:12 Finding Balance and Perspective</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/ive-been-feeling-overwhelmed-heres-what-im-doing-about-it/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lately I have found myself feeling overwhelmed after having a marathon in my business in the spring that went past its original end date. I feel I've gotten into the habit of taking on too much and not having enough boundaries. I'm trying to reset things, and I wanted to walk through the process of what I do when I start to feel this way.</p> <p>This episode will discuss what can contribute to overwhelm and some actionable steps to overcome it. Highlights from this episode:</p> <p>01:21 Identifying the Source of Overwhelm</p> <p>03:52 Learning New Skills and Systems</p> <p>06:15 Unrealistic Expectations</p> <p>09:29 Overconsumption and Digital Detox</p> <p>10:57 Taking Control: Steps to Overcome Overwhelm</p> <p>12:28 Setting Boundaries and Self-Care</p> <p>23:12 Finding Balance and Perspective</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/ive-been-feeling-overwhelmed-heres-what-im-doing-about-it/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/134-ive-been-feeling-overwhelmed-heres-what-im-doing-about-it]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">00124c1b-5db5-41da-8625-8452fce4fae4</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 25 Jul 2024 09:00:51 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/ec6f91ba-e808-4567-a275-de0c6c6fc789/tip-7-25-2024-134-overwhelmed-converted.mp3" length="24954514" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:42</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#133: What&apos;s in My Gear Bag for a Brand Photography Session?</title><itunes:title>#133: What&apos;s in My Gear Bag for a Brand Photography Session?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I'm sharing my minimalist approach to photography gear! I doubt that it's a surprise when I tell you that I am not much of a gear-head when it comes to my photography business. Obviously there are certain tools that I need to do my job and do it well, but I am not the person to go out and buy the newest camera out there.</p> <p>I got my start in photography with a $300 camera. It was a crappy camera, but I loved it. I had it for years until I upgraded. Truthfully, it is so much more about knowing how to use the tools than it is the newest and latest and greatest gear.</p> <p>That said, gear can still make a difference, and that's why I want to take you inside my gear bag on a typical brand photography session. It's not super fancy. It's definitely not complicated. And it's what I have at 99% of sessions.</p> <p>Episode highlights:</p> <p>00:31 My First Camera - Humble Beginnings</p> <p>01:26 Upgrading Over the Years</p> <p>01:48 The Importance of Skill Over Gear</p> <p>02:26 Inside My Gear Bag - Current Essentials</p> <p>02:46 My Camera Body</p> <p>09:09 Lens Choices</p> <p>13:30 Lighting Equipment</p> <p>18:29 Additional Tools</p> <p>22:43 Keep It Simple</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/whats-in-my-gear-bag-for-a-brand-photography-session/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I'm sharing my minimalist approach to photography gear! I doubt that it's a surprise when I tell you that I am not much of a gear-head when it comes to my photography business. Obviously there are certain tools that I need to do my job and do it well, but I am not the person to go out and buy the newest camera out there.</p> <p>I got my start in photography with a $300 camera. It was a crappy camera, but I loved it. I had it for years until I upgraded. Truthfully, it is so much more about knowing how to use the tools than it is the newest and latest and greatest gear.</p> <p>That said, gear can still make a difference, and that's why I want to take you inside my gear bag on a typical brand photography session. It's not super fancy. It's definitely not complicated. And it's what I have at 99% of sessions.</p> <p>Episode highlights:</p> <p>00:31 My First Camera - Humble Beginnings</p> <p>01:26 Upgrading Over the Years</p> <p>01:48 The Importance of Skill Over Gear</p> <p>02:26 Inside My Gear Bag - Current Essentials</p> <p>02:46 My Camera Body</p> <p>09:09 Lens Choices</p> <p>13:30 Lighting Equipment</p> <p>18:29 Additional Tools</p> <p>22:43 Keep It Simple</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/whats-in-my-gear-bag-for-a-brand-photography-session/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/133-whats-in-my-gear-bag-for-a-brand-photography-session]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">9714ce45-4a70-416a-adf2-588eeb4d0803</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 18 Jul 2024 09:00:51 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/80752a8f-bff6-4577-af6e-b023ae752ce5/tip-7-18-2024-133-converted.mp3" length="19982777" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#132: My Favorite Business Books (and fiction reads, too!)</title><itunes:title>#132: My Favorite Business Books (and fiction reads, too!)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If you have been in a conversation with me for longer than 5 or 10 minutes, we've probably talked about what I'm reading. This is one of my favorite topics, and in this episode I'm sharing my specific reading routine, plus my top favorite book recommendations.</p> <p>00:58 The Power of Nonfiction and Fiction</p> <p>04:13 Favorite Business Books</p> <p>14:51 Top Fiction Picks</p> <p>25:55 Embracing a Reading Ritual</p> <p>I would love to hear your top favorite reads or if you feel inspired to implement the reading routine I shared! Come and <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong">connect on Instagram</a> to let me know.</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-favorite-business-books-and-fiction-reads-too"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you have been in a conversation with me for longer than 5 or 10 minutes, we've probably talked about what I'm reading. This is one of my favorite topics, and in this episode I'm sharing my specific reading routine, plus my top favorite book recommendations.</p> <p>00:58 The Power of Nonfiction and Fiction</p> <p>04:13 Favorite Business Books</p> <p>14:51 Top Fiction Picks</p> <p>25:55 Embracing a Reading Ritual</p> <p>I would love to hear your top favorite reads or if you feel inspired to implement the reading routine I shared! Come and <a href="https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong">connect on Instagram</a> to let me know.</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-favorite-business-books-and-fiction-reads-too"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/132-my-favorite-business-books-and-fiction-reads-too]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">19eafde2-00bd-4cfd-833e-b58af47b0927</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jul 2024 09:00:54 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/fb036f95-60dc-4af8-9b30-fe7f8ad45f72/tip-7-11-2024-132-converted.mp3" length="21291849" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#131: Ready for Your Business to Explode? Do THIS (with Green Chair Stories)</title><itunes:title>#131: Ready for Your Business to Explode? Do THIS (with Green Chair Stories)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Rachel Greiman is a copywriter and documentary family photographer in Denver, CO. She owns Green Chair Stories, a company committed to writing websites that get photographers booked. The episode conversation dives into the benefits and challenges of niching down in the photography and copywriting industries.</p> <p>Rachel offers practical advice on how photographers can effectively market their services when juggling multiple niches, the importance of having a focused brand voice, and strategies for DIY-ing your website. Whether you're a photographer looking to specialize or someone interested in improving your website copy, this episode is packed with valuable insights.</p> <p>00:17 Rachel's Background and Journey</p> <p>02:49 The Evolution of Green Chair Stories</p> <p>05:53 Challenges Photographers Face with Copywriting</p> <p>10:05 DIY Tips for Photographers' Websites</p> <p>13:52 Balancing Multiple Photography Niches</p> <p>20:46 The Importance of Niching Down</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH RACHEL</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/greenchairstories/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://greenchairstories.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/ready-for-your-business-to-explode-do-this/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rachel Greiman is a copywriter and documentary family photographer in Denver, CO. She owns Green Chair Stories, a company committed to writing websites that get photographers booked. The episode conversation dives into the benefits and challenges of niching down in the photography and copywriting industries.</p> <p>Rachel offers practical advice on how photographers can effectively market their services when juggling multiple niches, the importance of having a focused brand voice, and strategies for DIY-ing your website. Whether you're a photographer looking to specialize or someone interested in improving your website copy, this episode is packed with valuable insights.</p> <p>00:17 Rachel's Background and Journey</p> <p>02:49 The Evolution of Green Chair Stories</p> <p>05:53 Challenges Photographers Face with Copywriting</p> <p>10:05 DIY Tips for Photographers' Websites</p> <p>13:52 Balancing Multiple Photography Niches</p> <p>20:46 The Importance of Niching Down</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH RACHEL</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/greenchairstories/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://greenchairstories.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/ready-for-your-business-to-explode-do-this/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/131-ready-for-your-business-to-explode-do-this-with-green-chair-stories]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">49b2d356-d660-4659-acd3-10a4a43b2875</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 08 Jul 2024 08:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/46d167cc-1fa8-4450-a291-f68a3488c288/tip-6-27-2024-131-green-chair-converted.mp3" length="25071465" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:51</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#130: Rebrand Spotlight - Balancing Creativity and Strategy with Laura Pulliam</title><itunes:title>#130: Rebrand Spotlight - Balancing Creativity and Strategy with Laura Pulliam</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Laura Pulliam shares her journey of officially starting her own photography business two and a half years ago. She shares her interactions with <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, from initially signing up during a chaotic time to fully committing.</p> <p>Laura talks about how <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a> helped her discover her niche in brand photography, build confidence, and implement crucial business systems and processes. She highlights the valuable resources, community support, and coaching that enabled her to flourish in her business.</p> <p>00:48 Connecting with Rebrand</p> <p>03:58 The Decision to Join Rebrand</p> <p>06:56 Implementing Rebrand Strategies</p> <p>17:04 Success Stories and Client Experiences</p> <p>19:45 The Value of Rebrand</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH LAURA</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/simplevintagephotography/">Instagram</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand</a> is now enrolling! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls start on July 17. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand. <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/130-rebrand-spotlight-balancing-creativity-and-strategy-with-laura-pulliam/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, Laura Pulliam shares her journey of officially starting her own photography business two and a half years ago. She shares her interactions with <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, from initially signing up during a chaotic time to fully committing.</p> <p>Laura talks about how <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a> helped her discover her niche in brand photography, build confidence, and implement crucial business systems and processes. She highlights the valuable resources, community support, and coaching that enabled her to flourish in her business.</p> <p>00:48 Connecting with Rebrand</p> <p>03:58 The Decision to Join Rebrand</p> <p>06:56 Implementing Rebrand Strategies</p> <p>17:04 Success Stories and Client Experiences</p> <p>19:45 The Value of Rebrand</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH LAURA</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/simplevintagephotography/">Instagram</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand</a> is now enrolling! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls start on July 17. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand. <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/130-rebrand-spotlight-balancing-creativity-and-strategy-with-laura-pulliam/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/130-rebrand-spotlight-balancing-creativity-and-strategy-with-laura-pulliam]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">6e63fa29-8484-42c0-b69b-77534881cd40</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 27 Jun 2024 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/e8347d08-35ca-46c4-a0c6-294472343874/tip-6-27-2024-130-laura-converted.mp3" length="26471625" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:31</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#129: Finding Clarity in Rebrand with Krista Marie</title><itunes:title>#129: Finding Clarity in Rebrand with Krista Marie</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Krista Marie is a photographer, podcast host and business coach for women creatives & small business owners. Her experience as a personal brand photographer also helps to support her clients in identifying their own unique personal brand. Krista was part of my last Rebrand cohort.</p> <p>In this episode, Krista discusses her journey from wedding and engagement photography to brand photography. Krista speaks about the pivotal moments that led to her shifting focus, including her experience with burnout and the need for creative fulfillment. She shares insights on the changes she implemented in her business after joining <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, particularly the restructuring of her photography packages. Krista also emphasizes the significance of coaching and the role it played in her business transformation.</p> <p>01:40 Krista's transition to Brand Photography</p> <p>04:00 Challenges Before Joining Rebrand</p> <p>06:51 Restructuring Packages and Pricing</p> <p>13:41 Impact of Coaching and Rebrand</p> <p>22:02 Advice for Future Rebrand Participants</p> <p>25:36 Favorite Features of Rebrand</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH KRISTA:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/heykristamarie/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://heykristamarie.com/">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand</a> is now enrolling! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls start on July 17. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand. <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/finding-clarity-in-rebrand-with-krista-marie/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Krista Marie is a photographer, podcast host and business coach for women creatives & small business owners. Her experience as a personal brand photographer also helps to support her clients in identifying their own unique personal brand. Krista was part of my last Rebrand cohort.</p> <p>In this episode, Krista discusses her journey from wedding and engagement photography to brand photography. Krista speaks about the pivotal moments that led to her shifting focus, including her experience with burnout and the need for creative fulfillment. She shares insights on the changes she implemented in her business after joining <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, particularly the restructuring of her photography packages. Krista also emphasizes the significance of coaching and the role it played in her business transformation.</p> <p>01:40 Krista's transition to Brand Photography</p> <p>04:00 Challenges Before Joining Rebrand</p> <p>06:51 Restructuring Packages and Pricing</p> <p>13:41 Impact of Coaching and Rebrand</p> <p>22:02 Advice for Future Rebrand Participants</p> <p>25:36 Favorite Features of Rebrand</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH KRISTA:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/heykristamarie/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://heykristamarie.com/">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand</a> is now enrolling! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls start on July 17. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to join Rebrand. <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Learn more about the program here</a>.</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/finding-clarity-in-rebrand-with-krista-marie/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/129-finding-clarity-in-rebrand-with-krista-marie]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">d0b42bd1-90fb-4b27-844e-421c043038f4</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 20 Jun 2024 09:00:11 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/5e584320-da66-4ece-87d1-1f6acdd16681/tip-6-20-2024-129-converted.mp3" length="29228798" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>34:48</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#128: Everything You Need to Know about Rebrand</title><itunes:title>#128: Everything You Need to Know about Rebrand</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, learn about <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, my 16-week group coaching program for photographers who want to transition into personal brand photography. The program aims to help participants charge four figures per session while enhancing their confidence in brand photography. The episode discusses the structure of Rebrand, including weekly coaching calls, a comprehensive curriculum with swipe files and templates, and a Slack community for continuous support. Key features include portfolio reviews, a booking tracker for measuring success, and the upcoming Rewind video training series. Enrollment begins on June 14 with the new cohort starting on July 17. <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Learn more about Rebrand here!</a></p> <p>Highlights from this episode:</p> <p>00:00 Introduction to Rebrand Enrollment</p> <p>00:29 Why Rebrand Was Created</p> <p>01:42 The Importance of Personal Branding</p> <p>04:00 Rebrand Program Structure</p> <p>05:10 Resources and Tools in Rebrand</p> <p>10:21 The Rewind Feature</p> <p>11:47 Group Calls and Community Support</p> <p>15:24 One-on-One Support and Portfolio Reviews</p> <p>19:08 Accountability and Success Tracking</p> <p>23:09 Enrollment Details</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand Waitlist: Enrollment opens June 14</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/everything-you-need-to-know-about-rebrand/"> Full show notes</a></p> <p> </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, learn about <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, my 16-week group coaching program for photographers who want to transition into personal brand photography. The program aims to help participants charge four figures per session while enhancing their confidence in brand photography. The episode discusses the structure of Rebrand, including weekly coaching calls, a comprehensive curriculum with swipe files and templates, and a Slack community for continuous support. Key features include portfolio reviews, a booking tracker for measuring success, and the upcoming Rewind video training series. Enrollment begins on June 14 with the new cohort starting on July 17. <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Learn more about Rebrand here!</a></p> <p>Highlights from this episode:</p> <p>00:00 Introduction to Rebrand Enrollment</p> <p>00:29 Why Rebrand Was Created</p> <p>01:42 The Importance of Personal Branding</p> <p>04:00 Rebrand Program Structure</p> <p>05:10 Resources and Tools in Rebrand</p> <p>10:21 The Rewind Feature</p> <p>11:47 Group Calls and Community Support</p> <p>15:24 One-on-One Support and Portfolio Reviews</p> <p>19:08 Accountability and Success Tracking</p> <p>23:09 Enrollment Details</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand Waitlist: Enrollment opens June 14</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/everything-you-need-to-know-about-rebrand/"> Full show notes</a></p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/128-everything-you-need-to-know-about-rebrand]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">41b43802-6344-4cb8-8654-9feab51c3364</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 13 Jun 2024 09:00:59 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/02dff300-7599-4021-8567-ad8d0b6e459a/tip-6-13-2024-128-converted.mp3" length="19934044" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:44</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#127: Make Your First $500 with Brand Photography - Here&apos;s How</title><itunes:title>#127: Make Your First $500 with Brand Photography - Here&apos;s How</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If you're looking to pivot into personal brand photography, I'm running a <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">live mini-workshop</a> running from June 10-14 to help you make your first $500. This episodes walk you through what will be covered in the training to help you successfully transition into the personal brand photography niche and ultimately start making money. Listen in to this episode to get an overview, and be sure to <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">sign up for the free Brand Photography Jumpstart Mini Course here</a>.</p> <p>Highlights from this episode:</p> <p>00:00 Embarking on the Personal Brand Photography Journey</p> <p>00:54 Introducing the Brand Photography Jumpstart Mini Course</p> <p>02:58 Day 1: Establishing Your Position as a Brand Photographer</p> <p>04:04 Day 2: Crafting Your First Brand Photography Package</p> <p>05:04 Day 3: Identifying and Connecting with Your Ideal Client</p> <p>06:34 Day 4: Marketing Strategies for Brand Photographers</p> <p>08:00 Day 5: The Importance of Building Your Personal Brand</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer">Brand Photography Jumpstart: Free training to help you make your first $500</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/make-your-first-500-with-brand-photography-heres-how/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you're looking to pivot into personal brand photography, I'm running a <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">live mini-workshop</a> running from June 10-14 to help you make your first $500. This episodes walk you through what will be covered in the training to help you successfully transition into the personal brand photography niche and ultimately start making money. Listen in to this episode to get an overview, and be sure to <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">sign up for the free Brand Photography Jumpstart Mini Course here</a>.</p> <p>Highlights from this episode:</p> <p>00:00 Embarking on the Personal Brand Photography Journey</p> <p>00:54 Introducing the Brand Photography Jumpstart Mini Course</p> <p>02:58 Day 1: Establishing Your Position as a Brand Photographer</p> <p>04:04 Day 2: Crafting Your First Brand Photography Package</p> <p>05:04 Day 3: Identifying and Connecting with Your Ideal Client</p> <p>06:34 Day 4: Marketing Strategies for Brand Photographers</p> <p>08:00 Day 5: The Importance of Building Your Personal Brand</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer">Brand Photography Jumpstart: Free training to help you make your first $500</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/make-your-first-500-with-brand-photography-heres-how/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/127-make-your-first-500-with-brand-photography-heres-how]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4c3243be-d858-476a-97e1-899fa4baa089</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 06 Jun 2024 09:00:40 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/5fde1a72-d41f-4747-baeb-4484a07b3ff6/tip-6-06-2024-127-converted.mp3" length="10819737" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>12:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#126: Are Your Thoughts Making Your Business Harder?</title><itunes:title>#126: Are Your Thoughts Making Your Business Harder?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>This episodes discusses the transformative impact of positive thinking and mindset work on running a photography business. When running your own business, it can be easy to have negative thoughts, get discouraged, or experience jealousy. I think everyone's been there.</p> <p>But learning to recognize unhelpful thoughts and reframe them can make a huge impact on how you show up in your business. This episode shares tips for overcoming these challenges. Here are the highlights:</p> <p>01:11 The Impact of Mindset on Business Success</p> <p>03:56 Navigating Negative Thoughts and Reframing Your Mindset</p> <p>10:39 Practical Steps to Shift Your Business Mindset</p> <p>13:27 Real-World Examples of Mindset Shifting in Action</p> <p>15:56 Encouragement to Embrace Mindset Work for Business Growth</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Join the Rebrand waitlist here</a>: opening June 2024</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/are-your-thoughts-making-your-business-harder/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This episodes discusses the transformative impact of positive thinking and mindset work on running a photography business. When running your own business, it can be easy to have negative thoughts, get discouraged, or experience jealousy. I think everyone's been there.</p> <p>But learning to recognize unhelpful thoughts and reframe them can make a huge impact on how you show up in your business. This episode shares tips for overcoming these challenges. Here are the highlights:</p> <p>01:11 The Impact of Mindset on Business Success</p> <p>03:56 Navigating Negative Thoughts and Reframing Your Mindset</p> <p>10:39 Practical Steps to Shift Your Business Mindset</p> <p>13:27 Real-World Examples of Mindset Shifting in Action</p> <p>15:56 Encouragement to Embrace Mindset Work for Business Growth</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Join the Rebrand waitlist here</a>: opening June 2024</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/are-your-thoughts-making-your-business-harder/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/126-are-your-thoughts-making-your-business-harder]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">146626dc-f7c0-408a-bc47-95592e31d965</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 30 May 2024 09:00:36 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/4c484705-eb40-498e-8d6b-1a9bc85fa3d1/tip-5-30-2024-126-converted.mp3" length="15420557" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#125: Can You Be a Brand Photographer if You&apos;re not a Branding Expert?</title><itunes:title>#125: Can You Be a Brand Photographer if You&apos;re not a Branding Expert?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I'm talking about the misconception that you need to be a branding expert to excel in brand photography. Your business background and marketing knowledge can be sufficient. And truly what brand photography comes down to is asking the right questions and understanding the client's goals. Crafting strategic brand sessions is key!</p> <p>If you're willing to think strategically with your brand sessions and figure things out, brand photography is definitely for you, even if you don't feel like a branding expert. Here are the highlights of this episode:</p> <p>00:30 Overcoming the Brand Expertise Myth</p> <p>00:59 The Power of Asking the Right Questions</p> <p>02:17 Embracing New Challenges in Brand Photography</p> <p>02:56 Creative Approaches to Unfamiliar Industries</p> <p>04:19 Leveraging Existing Resources for Inspiration</p> <p>05:50 The Importance of Strategy in Brand Photography</p> <p>07:31 Adopting a Figure-It-Out Mindset</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/planning">Sign up for the free training: Plan a Strategic Brand Session</a></p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Join the Rebrand waitlist here</a>: opening June 2024</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/can-you-be-a-brand-photographer-if-youre-not-a-branding-expert/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I'm talking about the misconception that you need to be a branding expert to excel in brand photography. Your business background and marketing knowledge can be sufficient. And truly what brand photography comes down to is asking the right questions and understanding the client's goals. Crafting strategic brand sessions is key!</p> <p>If you're willing to think strategically with your brand sessions and figure things out, brand photography is definitely for you, even if you don't feel like a branding expert. Here are the highlights of this episode:</p> <p>00:30 Overcoming the Brand Expertise Myth</p> <p>00:59 The Power of Asking the Right Questions</p> <p>02:17 Embracing New Challenges in Brand Photography</p> <p>02:56 Creative Approaches to Unfamiliar Industries</p> <p>04:19 Leveraging Existing Resources for Inspiration</p> <p>05:50 The Importance of Strategy in Brand Photography</p> <p>07:31 Adopting a Figure-It-Out Mindset</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/planning">Sign up for the free training: Plan a Strategic Brand Session</a></p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Join the Rebrand waitlist here</a>: opening June 2024</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/can-you-be-a-brand-photographer-if-youre-not-a-branding-expert/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/125-can-you-be-a-brand-photographer-if-youre-not-a-branding-expert]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">d5691d99-51cc-4c03-8d99-2eb3234d3d2d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 23 May 2024 09:00:47 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/9a78107c-3829-4a70-acba-256abcd4c2f0/tip-5-23-2024-125-converted.mp3" length="10811673" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>12:52</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#124: Everything Changed When I Started Doing THIS for Brand Sessions</title><itunes:title>#124: Everything Changed When I Started Doing THIS for Brand Sessions</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>As a baby brand photographer, I would sometimes get frustrated after delivering photos to clients and having them not use their photos. It wasn't because they didn't like the photos. They sent positive reviews and sent referrals even. But they wouldn't post their photos.</p> <p>The consensus was often that they were overwhelmed, didn't know where to start, or were busy with the next step in their business by the time they got their images back. I even implemented additional steps like offering post-session strategy calls, Loom videos, and an after session guide, but it still wasn't working.</p> <p>It wasn't until I switched around my approach that I was able to not only better plan for my client's brand sessions but also help them have a plan for when they got their images back. This episode is talking about what I changed. Here are the highlights:</p> <p>00:36 Enhancing Brand Sessions with Post-Session Support</p> <p>02:25 A Lightbulb Moment for a New Approach</p> <p>02:58 The Power of the Discovery Call</p> <p>05:09 Designing Sessions with Strategy and Purpose</p> <p>06:09 The Importance of Asking the Right Questions</p> <p>10:51 The Impact of Strategic Planning on Brand Photography</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/planning">Sign up for the free training: Plan a Strategic Brand Session on May 21st at 12pm CST</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/everything-changed-when-i-started-doing-this-for-brand-sessions/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>As a baby brand photographer, I would sometimes get frustrated after delivering photos to clients and having them not use their photos. It wasn't because they didn't like the photos. They sent positive reviews and sent referrals even. But they wouldn't post their photos.</p> <p>The consensus was often that they were overwhelmed, didn't know where to start, or were busy with the next step in their business by the time they got their images back. I even implemented additional steps like offering post-session strategy calls, Loom videos, and an after session guide, but it still wasn't working.</p> <p>It wasn't until I switched around my approach that I was able to not only better plan for my client's brand sessions but also help them have a plan for when they got their images back. This episode is talking about what I changed. Here are the highlights:</p> <p>00:36 Enhancing Brand Sessions with Post-Session Support</p> <p>02:25 A Lightbulb Moment for a New Approach</p> <p>02:58 The Power of the Discovery Call</p> <p>05:09 Designing Sessions with Strategy and Purpose</p> <p>06:09 The Importance of Asking the Right Questions</p> <p>10:51 The Impact of Strategic Planning on Brand Photography</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/planning">Sign up for the free training: Plan a Strategic Brand Session on May 21st at 12pm CST</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/everything-changed-when-i-started-doing-this-for-brand-sessions/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/124-everything-changed-when-i-started-doing-this-for-brand-sessions]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">f05ed89b-d338-468f-a2e1-413a2d15faf3</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 16 May 2024 09:00:54 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/0fc1c236-072e-4e04-b4c7-4f65e8e2bd93/tip-5-16-2024-converted.mp3" length="12207074" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#123: Hear from my Real Client! Why Your Brand Sessions Need Strategy</title><itunes:title>#123: Hear from my Real Client! Why Your Brand Sessions Need Strategy</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Cassie Beech, owner of Made with Grace and Grit, is a brand photography client of mine and joined me for a conversation about the significance of brand photography in business.</p> <p>Cassie shares her initial struggles with DIY brand content and the transformation after adopting a strategic approach to brand photography, which includes collaboration and planning, professional hair and makeup, and selecting optimal locations. We delve into how strategic, professional brand photos can boost business image, attract the ideal clients, and provide a bank of quality content for various marketing needs. Here are the highlights from this episode:</p> <p>00:32 The Power of Interior Design and Personal Connections</p> <p>01:18 Interior Design vs. Interior Decorating: Cassie's Expertise</p> <p>02:36 Strategic Brand Photography and Interior Design Synergy</p> <p>03:52 Elevating Business with Strategic Brand Photography</p> <p>15:50 Maximizing Brand Potential with Professional Photography</p> <p>23:11 The Strategic Edge in Brand Photography</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH CASSIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/madewithgraceandgrit/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://madewithgraceandgrit.com/">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/planning">Sign up for the free training: Plan a Strategic Brand Session on May 21st at 12pm CST</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/hear-from-my-real-client-why-your-brand-sessions-need-strategy/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Cassie Beech, owner of Made with Grace and Grit, is a brand photography client of mine and joined me for a conversation about the significance of brand photography in business.</p> <p>Cassie shares her initial struggles with DIY brand content and the transformation after adopting a strategic approach to brand photography, which includes collaboration and planning, professional hair and makeup, and selecting optimal locations. We delve into how strategic, professional brand photos can boost business image, attract the ideal clients, and provide a bank of quality content for various marketing needs. Here are the highlights from this episode:</p> <p>00:32 The Power of Interior Design and Personal Connections</p> <p>01:18 Interior Design vs. Interior Decorating: Cassie's Expertise</p> <p>02:36 Strategic Brand Photography and Interior Design Synergy</p> <p>03:52 Elevating Business with Strategic Brand Photography</p> <p>15:50 Maximizing Brand Potential with Professional Photography</p> <p>23:11 The Strategic Edge in Brand Photography</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH CASSIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/madewithgraceandgrit/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://madewithgraceandgrit.com/">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/planning">Sign up for the free training: Plan a Strategic Brand Session on May 21st at 12pm CST</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/hear-from-my-real-client-why-your-brand-sessions-need-strategy/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/123-hear-from-my-real-client-why-your-brand-sessions-need-strategy]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8b1ab81a-8bde-4798-b5c3-29f620069fb8</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 09 May 2024 09:00:14 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/d24b5a13-72e3-4ce4-b785-801c4a36560b/tip-5-9-2024-converted.mp3" length="26252217" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:15</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#122: How Rachael Transformed Her Brand Session Experience</title><itunes:title>#122: How Rachael Transformed Her Brand Session Experience</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Rachel, of Rhody Ray, shares her journey from having a scattered approach to photography to niching down and strategizing her brand photography business. Through the Build a Strategic Brand Session training and Rebrand coaching, Rachel was able to have a plan to transition from wedding photography to brand photography, while keeping her clients top of mind.</p> <p>Rachel discusses the challenges of shifting her brand's focus, the importance of strategic planning and client questionnaires, and how pitching to potential clients has enhanced her business and confidence. Her experience with returning clients since her strategic pivot showcases the long-term benefits and growth opportunities in brand photography. Here are the episode highlights:</p> <p>00:34 Rachel's Journey Before and After Rebrand</p> <p>04:03 Transitioning from Wedding to Brand Photography</p> <p>06:25 The Power of Pitching and Embracing Rejection</p> <p>11:27 Gaining Confidence and Strategy Through Training</p> <p>19:47 Evolving Brand Photography with Strategy</p> <p>25:46 Attracting and Retaining Dream Clients</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH RACHAEL:</p> <p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/rhodyray/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://rhodyray.com/">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/planning">Sign up for the free training: Plan a Strategic Brand Session on May 21st at 12pm CST</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-rachael-transformed-her-brand-session-experience/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rachel, of Rhody Ray, shares her journey from having a scattered approach to photography to niching down and strategizing her brand photography business. Through the Build a Strategic Brand Session training and Rebrand coaching, Rachel was able to have a plan to transition from wedding photography to brand photography, while keeping her clients top of mind.</p> <p>Rachel discusses the challenges of shifting her brand's focus, the importance of strategic planning and client questionnaires, and how pitching to potential clients has enhanced her business and confidence. Her experience with returning clients since her strategic pivot showcases the long-term benefits and growth opportunities in brand photography. Here are the episode highlights:</p> <p>00:34 Rachel's Journey Before and After Rebrand</p> <p>04:03 Transitioning from Wedding to Brand Photography</p> <p>06:25 The Power of Pitching and Embracing Rejection</p> <p>11:27 Gaining Confidence and Strategy Through Training</p> <p>19:47 Evolving Brand Photography with Strategy</p> <p>25:46 Attracting and Retaining Dream Clients</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH RACHAEL:</p> <p><a href="https://www.instagram.com/rhodyray/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://rhodyray.com/">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/planning">Sign up for the free training: Plan a Strategic Brand Session on May 21st at 12pm CST</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p><a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-rachael-transformed-her-brand-session-experience/"> Full show notes</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/122-how-rachael-transformed-her-brand-session-experience]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8ba2fd32-7c27-4b66-87b5-e70b72347df9</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 02 May 2024 09:00:57 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/7ca95b6f-354d-495b-a977-7f43e161396b/tip-5-2-2024-rachael-transformed-her-brand-converted.mp3" length="24436137" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:05</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#121: The One Thing You Need to Sell Out Your Mini Sessions</title><itunes:title>#121: The One Thing You Need to Sell Out Your Mini Sessions</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>So often I hear from other photographers that their mini sessions were a failure. When asking them about it, they share they only promoted it a few times but because no one was booking, they stopped sharing about it. This mistake of essentially quitting before starting is something I commonly see with mini sessions.</p> <p>The only way to fill your mini sessions though is to talk about them! Many photographers get really in their head about marketing their mini sessions, but their mindset around it is so important, which is the topic of this episode. Any time you are struggling to market your mini sessions, it feels like a failure, or it feels like you're being annoying - come back to this episode! Here are the highlights:</p> <p>00:44 The Power of Persistence in Marketing</p> <p>02:23 Switching to a Launch Mindset for Mini Sessions</p> <p>03:40 Understanding Audience Engagement and Frequency</p> <p>05:08 Pricing Strategies for Mini Sessions</p> <p>07:24 Handling Unsubscribes and Unfollows Positively</p> <p>11:17 Adopting a Business Mindset for Success</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/mini">Make 4-Figures with Mini Sessions Free Live Training on April 25 at 12pm CST: Sign up now!</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p> </p> <p>FULL SHOW NOTES <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-one-thing-you-need-to-sell-out-your-mini-sessions/"> HERE</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>So often I hear from other photographers that their mini sessions were a failure. When asking them about it, they share they only promoted it a few times but because no one was booking, they stopped sharing about it. This mistake of essentially quitting before starting is something I commonly see with mini sessions.</p> <p>The only way to fill your mini sessions though is to talk about them! Many photographers get really in their head about marketing their mini sessions, but their mindset around it is so important, which is the topic of this episode. Any time you are struggling to market your mini sessions, it feels like a failure, or it feels like you're being annoying - come back to this episode! Here are the highlights:</p> <p>00:44 The Power of Persistence in Marketing</p> <p>02:23 Switching to a Launch Mindset for Mini Sessions</p> <p>03:40 Understanding Audience Engagement and Frequency</p> <p>05:08 Pricing Strategies for Mini Sessions</p> <p>07:24 Handling Unsubscribes and Unfollows Positively</p> <p>11:17 Adopting a Business Mindset for Success</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/mini">Make 4-Figures with Mini Sessions Free Live Training on April 25 at 12pm CST: Sign up now!</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p> </p> <p>FULL SHOW NOTES <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-one-thing-you-need-to-sell-out-your-mini-sessions/"> HERE</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/121-the-one-thing-you-need-to-sell-out-your-mini-sessions]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">42d92c8e-3941-4812-b656-03476d3e5cb0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 25 Apr 2024 09:00:45 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f4f7ed35-0a67-4275-beb7-d0fbb2cdbef6/tip-4-25-2024-mini-mindset-converted.mp3" length="11742393" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:59</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#120: How Sean Booked 30 Mini Sessions as a New Photographer</title><itunes:title>#120: How Sean Booked 30 Mini Sessions as a New Photographer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Take It Personally, Sean, owner of Unique Unicorn Photography, shares his transformative experience with the <em><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/mini" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Make Four Figures with Mini Sessions training</a></em>. Initially struggling to attract clients after deciding to fully commit to their photography business, Sean and his wife discovered mini sessions as a strategic entry point for client acquisition. The episode delves into how this approach not only built their portfolio rapidly but also significantly increased their client base by booking 30 families during a single weekend.</p> <p>Sean discusses the importance of marketing, branding consistency, and the value of community building. He reflects on how mini sessions became a key component for business growth, client satisfaction, and a means to efficiently showcase their work and get referrals. This story is a testament to the power of mini sessions in kickstarting and expanding a photography business.</p> <p>00:12 The Journey to Unique Unicorn Photography</p> <p>00:37 Discovering Mini Sessions: A Game Changer</p> <p>04:01 The Impact of Training on Business Strategy</p> <p>10:43 The Success Story: Booking 30 Families</p> <p>18:12 Marketing Strategies and Building a Client Base</p> <p>19:44 The Future of Mini Sessions</p> <p>21:58 Wrapping Up: The Power of Mini Sessions</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH SEAN</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/uniqueunicornphoto/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://www.uniqueunicornphotography.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/mini">Make 4-Figures with Mini Sessions Free Training on April 25, 2024 at 12pm CST: Sign up now!</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p> </p> <p>FULL SHOW NOTES <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-sean-booked-30-mini-sessions-as-a-new-photographer/">here</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode of Take It Personally, Sean, owner of Unique Unicorn Photography, shares his transformative experience with the <em><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/mini" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Make Four Figures with Mini Sessions training</a></em>. Initially struggling to attract clients after deciding to fully commit to their photography business, Sean and his wife discovered mini sessions as a strategic entry point for client acquisition. The episode delves into how this approach not only built their portfolio rapidly but also significantly increased their client base by booking 30 families during a single weekend.</p> <p>Sean discusses the importance of marketing, branding consistency, and the value of community building. He reflects on how mini sessions became a key component for business growth, client satisfaction, and a means to efficiently showcase their work and get referrals. This story is a testament to the power of mini sessions in kickstarting and expanding a photography business.</p> <p>00:12 The Journey to Unique Unicorn Photography</p> <p>00:37 Discovering Mini Sessions: A Game Changer</p> <p>04:01 The Impact of Training on Business Strategy</p> <p>10:43 The Success Story: Booking 30 Families</p> <p>18:12 Marketing Strategies and Building a Client Base</p> <p>19:44 The Future of Mini Sessions</p> <p>21:58 Wrapping Up: The Power of Mini Sessions</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH SEAN</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/uniqueunicornphoto/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://www.uniqueunicornphotography.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/mini">Make 4-Figures with Mini Sessions Free Training on April 25, 2024 at 12pm CST: Sign up now!</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p> </p> <p>FULL SHOW NOTES <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-sean-booked-30-mini-sessions-as-a-new-photographer/">here</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/120-how-sean-booked-30-mini-sessions-as-a-new-photographer]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7c3ca53d-178c-4ae0-ba6e-9b27f0f2f46e</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 18 Apr 2024 09:00:22 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/27d15357-7886-41ae-be96-bdf8c9804b7b/tip-4-18-2024-sean-30-mini-sessions-converted.mp3" length="20860406" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#119: How I Consistently Have High-4-Figure Mini Session Days</title><itunes:title>#119: How I Consistently Have High-4-Figure Mini Session Days</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I share my successful strategy for conducting high-4-figure mini session days! Since starting mini sessions in 2020, I have seen significant revenue growth and average $7,000 on these mini session days. I'll be sharing an overview of the simple strategy I have in my business that allows me to accomplish this. Here are the main highlights from this episode:</p> <p>00:52 My Mini Session Journey: From Start to Success</p> <p>01:58 Strategic Insights: Transforming Mini Sessions into Brand Builders</p> <p>03:29 Yearly Growth: A Deep Dive into My Mini Session Evolution</p> <p>05:55 Maximizing Profits with Smart Mini Session Strategies</p> <p>10:59 The Power of Limitations: Crafting the Perfect Mini Session Offer</p> <p>15:24 Marketing Mastery: How to Promote Your Mini Sessions Effectively</p> <p>16:14 Next Steps & Free Training</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/mini">Make 4-Figures with Mini Sessions Free Live Training on April 25 at 12pm CST: Sign up now!</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p> </p> <p>FULL SHOW NOTES <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-consistently-have-high-4-figure-mini-session-days/"> HERE</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In this episode, I share my successful strategy for conducting high-4-figure mini session days! Since starting mini sessions in 2020, I have seen significant revenue growth and average $7,000 on these mini session days. I'll be sharing an overview of the simple strategy I have in my business that allows me to accomplish this. Here are the main highlights from this episode:</p> <p>00:52 My Mini Session Journey: From Start to Success</p> <p>01:58 Strategic Insights: Transforming Mini Sessions into Brand Builders</p> <p>03:29 Yearly Growth: A Deep Dive into My Mini Session Evolution</p> <p>05:55 Maximizing Profits with Smart Mini Session Strategies</p> <p>10:59 The Power of Limitations: Crafting the Perfect Mini Session Offer</p> <p>15:24 Marketing Mastery: How to Promote Your Mini Sessions Effectively</p> <p>16:14 Next Steps & Free Training</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/mini">Make 4-Figures with Mini Sessions Free Live Training on April 25 at 12pm CST: Sign up now!</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p> </p> <p>FULL SHOW NOTES <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-consistently-have-high-4-figure-mini-session-days/"> HERE</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/119-how-i-consistently-have-high-4-figure-mini-session-days]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">d879f1d1-5575-4b0d-b3a1-624902735b29</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 11 Apr 2024 09:00:44 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/63711425-9f7b-4a1f-a122-e20e46972837/tip-4-11-2024-4-figure-converted.mp3" length="13389129" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:56</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#118: Do I Really Need an Email List as a Local Business?</title><itunes:title>#118: Do I Really Need an Email List as a Local Business?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>The topic of email marketing seems to be coming up more and more both inside of <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, my group coaching program, and just in general. When I am talking to other creatives, it's always things like, "Do I really need an email list? Should I start using email as opposed to social media?"</p> <p>I've utilized email marketing in my business and am a huge believer in it. But I personally have a few issues with how email is being sold to a lot of creative entrepreneurs, specifically local service providers, like photographers who serve a local market.</p> <p>If that is you and you've had related questions about email before, this episode focuses on the power and nuances of email marketing. Here are highlights from this episode:</p> <p>01:00 The Rising Importance of Email Marketing in Creative Industries 03:25 The Misconceptions and Realities of Email Marketing for Local Service Providers 06:43 Navigating the Challenges of Email List Building and Marketing Strategies 11:20 Determining if Email Marketing is the Right Strategy for You 16:49 Lazy Email List Growth: A Game-Changer for Local Service Providers 26:40 Maximizing Your Business with Effective Email Marketing Techniques and Waitlists 27:40 Exclusive Training Opportunity: Elevate Your Mini Session Game</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/mini">Make 4-Figures with Mini Sessions Free Live Training on April 25 at 12pm CST: Sign up now!</a></p> <p><a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Flodesk Email Marketing (50% off your first year with this link)</a></p> <p> </p> <p>FULL SHOW NOTES <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/do-i-really-need-an-email-list-as-a-local-business/"> HERE</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>The topic of email marketing seems to be coming up more and more both inside of <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, my group coaching program, and just in general. When I am talking to other creatives, it's always things like, "Do I really need an email list? Should I start using email as opposed to social media?"</p> <p>I've utilized email marketing in my business and am a huge believer in it. But I personally have a few issues with how email is being sold to a lot of creative entrepreneurs, specifically local service providers, like photographers who serve a local market.</p> <p>If that is you and you've had related questions about email before, this episode focuses on the power and nuances of email marketing. Here are highlights from this episode:</p> <p>01:00 The Rising Importance of Email Marketing in Creative Industries 03:25 The Misconceptions and Realities of Email Marketing for Local Service Providers 06:43 Navigating the Challenges of Email List Building and Marketing Strategies 11:20 Determining if Email Marketing is the Right Strategy for You 16:49 Lazy Email List Growth: A Game-Changer for Local Service Providers 26:40 Maximizing Your Business with Effective Email Marketing Techniques and Waitlists 27:40 Exclusive Training Opportunity: Elevate Your Mini Session Game</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/mini">Make 4-Figures with Mini Sessions Free Live Training on April 25 at 12pm CST: Sign up now!</a></p> <p><a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Flodesk Email Marketing (50% off your first year with this link)</a></p> <p> </p> <p>FULL SHOW NOTES <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/do-i-really-need-an-email-list-as-a-local-business/"> HERE</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/118-do-i-really-need-an-email-list-as-a-local-business]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">725d9f95-ac0d-4638-b0fd-c031096cdb92</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 04 Apr 2024 09:00:20 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/7cadd8e5-fd1c-4f99-9028-7b6a58038efb/tip-4-4-2024-converted.mp3" length="21629865" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:45</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#117: Leveraging AI in your Photo Business with Tech Savvy Creative</title><itunes:title>#117: Leveraging AI in your Photo Business with Tech Savvy Creative</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Dawn is a former software engineer, turned wedding photographer, who pivoted back to technology to assist creatives in overcoming their intimidation with tech. Dawn is currently juggling roles as a Product Marketing Manager at Flodesk and running Tech Savvy Creative.</p> <p>In this episode, she shares her journey and the importance of integrating technology into creative professions. Topics we discuss in this episode are the transformative power of AI in photography, tools like ChatGPT for content creation, highlighting how AI tools can significantly save time and enhance productivity, and tools for improving business efficiency. Through her expertise, Dawn emphasizes the potential of AI to handle mundane tasks, enabling creatives to focus on their passions and excel in their craft. Here are highlights from this episode:</p> <p>01:31 Dawn's Journey into Tech and Product Marketing</p> <p>02:42 The Power of AI in Photography and Business</p> <p>04:47 Exploring AI Tools for Content Creation</p> <p>08:24 The Revolution of AI in Photo Editing</p> <p>16:50 Maximizing Efficiency with AI in Meetings and Video Content</p> <p>23:02 The Future of AI and Its Impact on Creativity</p> <p>24:31 Closing Thoughts and Where to Find Dawn</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH DAWN:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/techsavvycreative/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://techsavvycreative.com">Website</a> | <a href= "https://www.youtube.com/@techsavvycreative">YouTube</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">Flodesk Email Marketing - get 50% off your first year</a></p> <p><a href="https://techsavvycreative.com/ai">Dawn's AI Toolkit for Creatives</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p> </p> <p>FULL SHOW NOTES <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/tip-117/">HERE</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dawn is a former software engineer, turned wedding photographer, who pivoted back to technology to assist creatives in overcoming their intimidation with tech. Dawn is currently juggling roles as a Product Marketing Manager at Flodesk and running Tech Savvy Creative.</p> <p>In this episode, she shares her journey and the importance of integrating technology into creative professions. Topics we discuss in this episode are the transformative power of AI in photography, tools like ChatGPT for content creation, highlighting how AI tools can significantly save time and enhance productivity, and tools for improving business efficiency. Through her expertise, Dawn emphasizes the potential of AI to handle mundane tasks, enabling creatives to focus on their passions and excel in their craft. Here are highlights from this episode:</p> <p>01:31 Dawn's Journey into Tech and Product Marketing</p> <p>02:42 The Power of AI in Photography and Business</p> <p>04:47 Exploring AI Tools for Content Creation</p> <p>08:24 The Revolution of AI in Photo Editing</p> <p>16:50 Maximizing Efficiency with AI in Meetings and Video Content</p> <p>23:02 The Future of AI and Its Impact on Creativity</p> <p>24:31 Closing Thoughts and Where to Find Dawn</p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH DAWN:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/techsavvycreative/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://techsavvycreative.com">Website</a> | <a href= "https://www.youtube.com/@techsavvycreative">YouTube</a></p> <p> </p> <p>CONNECT WITH MADDIE:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p> </p> <p>LINKS:</p> <p><a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">Flodesk Email Marketing - get 50% off your first year</a></p> <p><a href="https://techsavvycreative.com/ai">Dawn's AI Toolkit for Creatives</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p> </p> <p>FULL SHOW NOTES <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/tip-117/">HERE</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/117-leveraging-ai-in-your-photo-business-with-tech-savvy-creative]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5cc5a9d2-e856-422d-a123-0ff5f6dc1cc4</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 28 Mar 2024 09:00:03 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/61e56966-7788-424b-adfb-7bce233ef17c/tip-3-28-2024-tech-savy-converted.mp3" length="23349727" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:48</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#116: How I&apos;d Handle Business Money Differently If I Were Starting Over with Gina Knox</title><itunes:title>#116: How I&apos;d Handle Business Money Differently If I Were Starting Over with Gina Knox</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>One of my goals at the beginning of 2024 was to act like a grown up when it comes to my finances, and I have to say, I'm killing it so far–and that is in huge part to the program 6 Figure Saver. I'm thrilled to have Gina Knox, the financial coach behind 6 Figure Saver, on the podcast today.</p> <p> </p> <p>Gina is known in her circle as Money's Mom, and helps entrepreneurs with variable income save six figures in their businesses. In under three months, I've saved just shy of $40,000 in this program without cutting expenses or strict budgeting. Instead, Gina emphasizes the significance of spending on the right things, and paying yourself as part of your operating expenses–not an afterthought.</p> <p> </p> <p>The episode delves into what Gina (and I) would do differently if starting our businesses again, with a strong focus on financial strategies including setting realistic income goals, focusing on current problems rather than future ones, avoiding unnecessary spending, and the importance of paying oneself as a business owner. Here are some highlights:</p> <p> </p> <p>01:10 The Impact of Gina's Program: Six Figure Saver 05:07 Gina's Advice on Organizing Business Finances 06:22 Introduction to the Cashflow Waterfall Strategy 10:09 The Importance of Strategic Spending in Business 10:52 Creating an Annual Investment Plan 11:58 The Dangers of Future Problem Spending 18:59 Setting Realistic Goals for Business Growth 20:59 Overcoming Money Blocking Thoughts 23:31 The Value of Focusing on One Service 25:19 The Importance of Paying Yourself as a Business Owner</p> <p> </p> <p>You can follow Gina on <a href= "https://www.instagram.com/ginaknox/">Instagram</a>, and find more information about 6 Figure Saver <a href= "https://maddiepeschong--ginaknoxco.thrivecart.com/6-figure-saver/"> here</a>. The program is now enrolling.</p> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>One of my goals at the beginning of 2024 was to act like a grown up when it comes to my finances, and I have to say, I'm killing it so far–and that is in huge part to the program 6 Figure Saver. I'm thrilled to have Gina Knox, the financial coach behind 6 Figure Saver, on the podcast today.</p> <p> </p> <p>Gina is known in her circle as Money's Mom, and helps entrepreneurs with variable income save six figures in their businesses. In under three months, I've saved just shy of $40,000 in this program without cutting expenses or strict budgeting. Instead, Gina emphasizes the significance of spending on the right things, and paying yourself as part of your operating expenses–not an afterthought.</p> <p> </p> <p>The episode delves into what Gina (and I) would do differently if starting our businesses again, with a strong focus on financial strategies including setting realistic income goals, focusing on current problems rather than future ones, avoiding unnecessary spending, and the importance of paying oneself as a business owner. Here are some highlights:</p> <p> </p> <p>01:10 The Impact of Gina's Program: Six Figure Saver 05:07 Gina's Advice on Organizing Business Finances 06:22 Introduction to the Cashflow Waterfall Strategy 10:09 The Importance of Strategic Spending in Business 10:52 Creating an Annual Investment Plan 11:58 The Dangers of Future Problem Spending 18:59 Setting Realistic Goals for Business Growth 20:59 Overcoming Money Blocking Thoughts 23:31 The Value of Focusing on One Service 25:19 The Importance of Paying Yourself as a Business Owner</p> <p> </p> <p>You can follow Gina on <a href= "https://www.instagram.com/ginaknox/">Instagram</a>, and find more information about 6 Figure Saver <a href= "https://maddiepeschong--ginaknoxco.thrivecart.com/6-figure-saver/"> here</a>. The program is now enrolling.</p> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/116-how-id-handle-business-money-differently-if-i-were-starting-over-with-gina-knox]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">b5c589c2-d43e-402d-89ec-b37fd20a68b0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 07 Mar 2024 12:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/1d40fb60-46b1-45bb-8249-3059364f46da/tip-116-gina.mp3" length="35979706" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>37:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#115: Using Blogging to Connect with Ideal Clients with Kate Wark</title><itunes:title>#115: kate</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Kate has been on the podcast before talking about <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand-client-spotlight-kate/" data-type="post" data-id="10122">Rebrand</a>, and I love what Kate is doing with her business. Her photography business sort of started “accidentally” and after working together in <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand</a>, she was able to drop down to part-time in her 9-5 to be able to spend more time on her photography business.</p> <p>Alongside taking brand photos, Kate also helps clients with copywriting! She took her PR skills to be able to grow another arm in her business where she offers blogging services to creatives.</p> <p>Visuals are a huge part of personal branding, but messaging is so important too. Kate is sharing tips for how blogging can be a huge part of growing your business, connect with clients, and help you stand out. Here are the main things talked about in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Why blogging isn’t dead</li> <li>SEO and Google searches</li> <li>Providing value to clients</li> <li>Repurposing content</li> <li>How to utilize frequently asked questions to direct people to your blog</li> <li>Being seen as a thought leader</li> <li>Consistency tips for blogging</li> <li>Kate’s 5 favorite blog topics for photographer</li> <li>Connecting with clients</li> <li>Use blogs to cover client questions</li> </ul><br/> <p>Connect with Kate:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/katewarkphotography/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://www.katewarkphotography.com">Website</a></p> <p>Connect with Maddie:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p>Links mentioned:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand Coaching Program for Brand Photographers</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p>See the full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/using-blogging-to-connect-with-ideal-clients-with-kate-wark/"> here</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kate has been on the podcast before talking about <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand-client-spotlight-kate/" data-type="post" data-id="10122">Rebrand</a>, and I love what Kate is doing with her business. Her photography business sort of started “accidentally” and after working together in <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand</a>, she was able to drop down to part-time in her 9-5 to be able to spend more time on her photography business.</p> <p>Alongside taking brand photos, Kate also helps clients with copywriting! She took her PR skills to be able to grow another arm in her business where she offers blogging services to creatives.</p> <p>Visuals are a huge part of personal branding, but messaging is so important too. Kate is sharing tips for how blogging can be a huge part of growing your business, connect with clients, and help you stand out. Here are the main things talked about in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Why blogging isn’t dead</li> <li>SEO and Google searches</li> <li>Providing value to clients</li> <li>Repurposing content</li> <li>How to utilize frequently asked questions to direct people to your blog</li> <li>Being seen as a thought leader</li> <li>Consistency tips for blogging</li> <li>Kate’s 5 favorite blog topics for photographer</li> <li>Connecting with clients</li> <li>Use blogs to cover client questions</li> </ul><br/> <p>Connect with Kate:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/katewarkphotography/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://www.katewarkphotography.com">Website</a></p> <p>Connect with Maddie:</p> <p><a href= "https://www.instagram.com/maddiepeschong/">Instagram</a> | <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com">Website</a></p> <p>Links mentioned:</p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand Coaching Program for Brand Photographers</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images</a></p> <p>See the full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/using-blogging-to-connect-with-ideal-clients-with-kate-wark/"> here</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/115-using-blogging-to-connect-with-ideal-clients-with-kate-wark]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">26f014cb-f546-4c65-a051-f3b7b7d56800</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 07 Mar 2024 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/d365030a-d763-42cb-92d6-eb8c186fe6a9/tip-3-14-kate-wark-converted.mp3" length="26518934" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:34</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#114: Why Personal Branding is CRUCIAL as a Photographer</title><itunes:title>#114: Why Personal Branding is CRUCIAL as a Photographer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I did my annual mini session day in January, and I had multiple photographers be a part of it. They admitted to me they felt uncomfortable on the other side of the camera. It essentially allowed them to have more empathy for their clients because they can understand how it feels being in front of the camera during a branding session.</p> <p>I think this is a crucial part of building a personal brand and specifically as a brand photographer. You can tell your clients everything about how branding photos are important and how people will connect with photos of themselves more and they can help them update their website, etc., but it’s not going to mean anything to them until you start practicing what you preach. This is a show-don’t tell scenario. Your clients aren’t taking the action because they are scared, and you need to go first! Lead the way, and show them what’s possible. Become a credible source for them.</p> <p>This episode is sharing more on this and how this can help you build trust with your clients. Personal branding is crucial as a photographer, and this episode is covering why.</p> <ul> <li>Why I get my own brand photos done</li> <li>Why brand photography can help showcase YOU and help you stand out</li> <li>Increasing trust</li> <li>Why my strategy and process is better because I have done personal brand sessions myself</li> <li>Speaking from experience and reassuring your client</li> <li>What are your client's goals and how that can direct the session</li> <li>Being able to empathize and connect on the common ground</li> <li>Expediting the photo delivery because this is what the client really wants</li> <li>Personal branding as a brand photographer is a crucial part of the strategy</li> </ul><br/> <p>Building my own personal brand has helped my business grow and succeed and this concept is exactly what we cover in my group coaching program, <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, which is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls start on March 6. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">join Rebrand</a>. Learn more about the program <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-personal-branding-is-crucial-as-a-photographer/"> here</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I did my annual mini session day in January, and I had multiple photographers be a part of it. They admitted to me they felt uncomfortable on the other side of the camera. It essentially allowed them to have more empathy for their clients because they can understand how it feels being in front of the camera during a branding session.</p> <p>I think this is a crucial part of building a personal brand and specifically as a brand photographer. You can tell your clients everything about how branding photos are important and how people will connect with photos of themselves more and they can help them update their website, etc., but it’s not going to mean anything to them until you start practicing what you preach. This is a show-don’t tell scenario. Your clients aren’t taking the action because they are scared, and you need to go first! Lead the way, and show them what’s possible. Become a credible source for them.</p> <p>This episode is sharing more on this and how this can help you build trust with your clients. Personal branding is crucial as a photographer, and this episode is covering why.</p> <ul> <li>Why I get my own brand photos done</li> <li>Why brand photography can help showcase YOU and help you stand out</li> <li>Increasing trust</li> <li>Why my strategy and process is better because I have done personal brand sessions myself</li> <li>Speaking from experience and reassuring your client</li> <li>What are your client's goals and how that can direct the session</li> <li>Being able to empathize and connect on the common ground</li> <li>Expediting the photo delivery because this is what the client really wants</li> <li>Personal branding as a brand photographer is a crucial part of the strategy</li> </ul><br/> <p>Building my own personal brand has helped my business grow and succeed and this concept is exactly what we cover in my group coaching program, <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, which is enrolling now! When you join, you get immediate access to the curriculum, and live coaching calls start on March 6. If you want to be THE brand photographer in your area, become more confident in your business, and charge four figures for brand sessions, I would love for you to <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">join Rebrand</a>. Learn more about the program <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-personal-branding-is-crucial-as-a-photographer/"> here</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/114-why-personal-branding-is-crucial-as-a-photographer]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8fdd222f-ecb6-46c1-bf88-fccfc32cf3c5</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 22 Feb 2024 10:00:32 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/89b72170-359a-4f87-ab72-e402396d3fb5/tip-2-22-2024-ep114-crucial-converted.mp3" length="14036086" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:43</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#113: What to Post If You Want to Book More Clients</title><itunes:title>#113: What to Post If You Want to Book More Clients</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In the last episode of Take It Personally, we talked about attracting your dream clients and treating social media like a giant networking event. A second part to this is related to a question I get asked frequently in various ways: “What should I be posting?”</p> <p>If you’ve wondered what you should post if you want to book more clients, grow your business, stand out as a brand photographer, etc., this episode will be covering it all. Here are the main topics discussed:</p> <ul> <li>Getting back into a place of service and figuring out how you can help</li> <li>Using frequently asked questions for content</li> <li>Addressing questions that haven’t been asked yet</li> <li>Getting into your client’s shoes</li> <li>Showing what photography provides (more than just photos)</li> <li>Highlighting past clients</li> <li>Incorporating content about yourself</li> <li>The importance of messaging</li> </ul><br/> <p>We discuss this even more in my group coaching program, Rebrand! Enrollment opens February 16. Rebrand is both a curriculum and coaching. We are following these same steps talked about in this episode to help you build a successful brand photography business (that makes six figures and charges four figures for a brand session). <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Learn more here</a>!</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-to-post-if-you-want-to-book-more-clients/"> here</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In the last episode of Take It Personally, we talked about attracting your dream clients and treating social media like a giant networking event. A second part to this is related to a question I get asked frequently in various ways: “What should I be posting?”</p> <p>If you’ve wondered what you should post if you want to book more clients, grow your business, stand out as a brand photographer, etc., this episode will be covering it all. Here are the main topics discussed:</p> <ul> <li>Getting back into a place of service and figuring out how you can help</li> <li>Using frequently asked questions for content</li> <li>Addressing questions that haven’t been asked yet</li> <li>Getting into your client’s shoes</li> <li>Showing what photography provides (more than just photos)</li> <li>Highlighting past clients</li> <li>Incorporating content about yourself</li> <li>The importance of messaging</li> </ul><br/> <p>We discuss this even more in my group coaching program, Rebrand! Enrollment opens February 16. Rebrand is both a curriculum and coaching. We are following these same steps talked about in this episode to help you build a successful brand photography business (that makes six figures and charges four figures for a brand session). <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Learn more here</a>!</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-to-post-if-you-want-to-book-more-clients/"> here</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/113-what-to-post-if-you-want-to-book-more-clients]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3ac6a9ab-13a6-4de2-b8f6-53742b9cb32f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 15 Feb 2024 10:00:43 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/40d3d746-1ad9-4059-a66b-725c6f308d93/tip-2-15-2024-what-to-post-converted.mp3" length="17287712" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#112: Attracting Dream Clients to Your Business</title><itunes:title>#112: Attracting Dream Clients to Your Business</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[    Social media can be an incredible tool for business. This episode explores how you can use social media to attract dream clients, and use it in a way that feels strategic and not draining.    Join the Brand Photography Jumpstart here: <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer">https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer</a>   ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[    Social media can be an incredible tool for business. This episode explores how you can use social media to attract dream clients, and use it in a way that feels strategic and not draining.    Join the Brand Photography Jumpstart here: <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer">https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer</a>   ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/112-attracting-dream-clients-to-your-business]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">48acf68d-449b-4a19-9dfe-2b9b20241cc4</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 13 Feb 2024 23:24:37 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/9f2022e5-bcf3-445b-a5c5-d690081a4314/tip-112-attracting-dream-clients-to-your-business.mp3" length="16383291" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:04</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#111: Here&apos;s How I Would Make My First $100,000 If I Were Starting Over</title><itunes:title>#111: Here&apos;s How I Would Make My First $100,000 If I Were Starting Over</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>A 100k year is a huge milestone for entrepreneurs, and there seems to be chatter in the online business community that's split into two camps: 1) there's nothing magical about 100k, and 2) it's absolutely everything to get to 100k. No surprise, I fall somewhere in the middle. My business coach refers to 100k as a sustainability point for business and I totally agree. We all know we're not taking home all of the money we make, so at 100k that typically gives you room to pay for expenses, pay yourself, pay your taxes, maybe start outsourcing a little bit, maybe have some profit leftover if you're lucky. While it's not EVERYTHING to hit 100k, I do think it's a big deal because it gets you to a point where you can really sustain and start to look at growth and scaling. </p> <p>I talked in a <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-you-shouldnt-add-an-income-stream-in-your-business/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" data-type="post" data-id= "10148">previous episode about multiple streams of income</a> and how I didn't start pursuing that until after I hit 6 figures, and this got me thinking about what I would do if I were starting my business over and striving for that 6 figure mark from scratch. In this episode, I am talking about every step I would take if I were starting over and trying to make six figures with my photography business. Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Picking a service to focus on</li> <li>Being seen as an expert when you have a specialty</li> <li>Doing a few free or low priced sessions to build your portfolio</li> <li>How to create an awesome experience that creates chatter</li> <li>Taking your images from your free/low priced sessions and using them  to market yourself, grow your social media, and build your personal brand</li> <li>My thoughts on taking on most clients that inquire if trying to reach 100k and being aware of your capacity</li> <li>Slowly raising prices as your calendar fills up</li> <li>How hiring an editor can help you book more sessions (yes, it’s okay to give up some of this control!)</li> <li>Get more specific about the work you take as you become busier</li> <li>After 6 figures, looking where you can trade money for TIME and outsource</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>This is also the process I walk you through in my mini course, <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Brand Photography Jumpstart</a>: learn how to make your first $500 with brand photography. This free course runs February 12-16, 2024. Join me for about 30 minutes a day for 5 days over the lunch hour to learn AND be coached. <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Claim your spot here</a>!</p> <p>That mini course tees up my group coaching program, <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, as enrollment will be opening February 16. Rebrand is both a curriculum and coaching. We follow these same steps talked about in this episode to help you build a successful brand photography business that makes six figures and charges four figures for a brand session. <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Learn more about Rebrand here!</a></p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/heres-how-i-would-make-my-first-100000-if-i-were-starting-over/"> here</a></p> <p> </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>A 100k year is a huge milestone for entrepreneurs, and there seems to be chatter in the online business community that's split into two camps: 1) there's nothing magical about 100k, and 2) it's absolutely everything to get to 100k. No surprise, I fall somewhere in the middle. My business coach refers to 100k as a sustainability point for business and I totally agree. We all know we're not taking home all of the money we make, so at 100k that typically gives you room to pay for expenses, pay yourself, pay your taxes, maybe start outsourcing a little bit, maybe have some profit leftover if you're lucky. While it's not EVERYTHING to hit 100k, I do think it's a big deal because it gets you to a point where you can really sustain and start to look at growth and scaling. </p> <p>I talked in a <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-you-shouldnt-add-an-income-stream-in-your-business/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" data-type="post" data-id= "10148">previous episode about multiple streams of income</a> and how I didn't start pursuing that until after I hit 6 figures, and this got me thinking about what I would do if I were starting my business over and striving for that 6 figure mark from scratch. In this episode, I am talking about every step I would take if I were starting over and trying to make six figures with my photography business. Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Picking a service to focus on</li> <li>Being seen as an expert when you have a specialty</li> <li>Doing a few free or low priced sessions to build your portfolio</li> <li>How to create an awesome experience that creates chatter</li> <li>Taking your images from your free/low priced sessions and using them  to market yourself, grow your social media, and build your personal brand</li> <li>My thoughts on taking on most clients that inquire if trying to reach 100k and being aware of your capacity</li> <li>Slowly raising prices as your calendar fills up</li> <li>How hiring an editor can help you book more sessions (yes, it’s okay to give up some of this control!)</li> <li>Get more specific about the work you take as you become busier</li> <li>After 6 figures, looking where you can trade money for TIME and outsource</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>This is also the process I walk you through in my mini course, <a href="https://maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Brand Photography Jumpstart</a>: learn how to make your first $500 with brand photography. This free course runs February 12-16, 2024. Join me for about 30 minutes a day for 5 days over the lunch hour to learn AND be coached. <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Claim your spot here</a>!</p> <p>That mini course tees up my group coaching program, <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, as enrollment will be opening February 16. Rebrand is both a curriculum and coaching. We follow these same steps talked about in this episode to help you build a successful brand photography business that makes six figures and charges four figures for a brand session. <a href= "https://maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Learn more about Rebrand here!</a></p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/heres-how-i-would-make-my-first-100000-if-i-were-starting-over/"> here</a></p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/111-heres-how-i-would-make-my-first-100-000-if-i-were-starting-over]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">95c8c553-8710-4274-8bc5-e7c4ae8b2bbd</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 25 Jan 2024 10:00:08 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/bd714bdc-5782-407a-9d97-42ff84e8dff4/tip-1-25-2024-100k-converted.mp3" length="20509126" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>24:25</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#110: How to Book Repeat Brand Photography Clients</title><itunes:title>#110: How to Book Repeat Brand Photography Clients</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>One of the reasons I love brand photography is the potential for repeat clients. When it comes to brand photography, you are working with clients who regularly need updated images. This allows for repeat clients often, if we treat our clients well.</p> <p>This episode I’m sharing the top things we can be doing as photographers to keep our clients coming back (and referring more amazing clients our way). Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>How to create a really easy experience from top to bottom</li> <li>Setting up email autoresponders</li> <li>Always making sure your client knows what's happening next</li> <li>Making a smooth onboarding experience</li> <li>Helping clients with their overwhelm (in preparing for shoot or after with how to use their photos)</li> <li>Automations and workflows (a huge piece of what we cover in my group coaching program, <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>)</li> <li>Managing client gallery delivery times</li> <li>The two things clients share when talking about us to friends and family</li> <li>Adding value to the experience by utilizing community</li> <li>Surprise and delight strategy</li> <li>Asking for reviews/referrals and staying in touch</li> <li>Designing a brand session with strategy (sign up for the free training on this <a href="http://maddiepeschong.com/planning" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>!)</li> </ul><br/> <p>There is so much potential for booking return clients, and a lot of it comes from strategy! On January 23, 2023, you can join me for a free workshop where I will show you how to plan a strategic brand session. This includes from when people inquire with you to when they are leaving you a glowing review. <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/planning" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Sign up for the training here!</a></p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-to-book-repeat-brand-photography-clients/"> here</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>One of the reasons I love brand photography is the potential for repeat clients. When it comes to brand photography, you are working with clients who regularly need updated images. This allows for repeat clients often, if we treat our clients well.</p> <p>This episode I’m sharing the top things we can be doing as photographers to keep our clients coming back (and referring more amazing clients our way). Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>How to create a really easy experience from top to bottom</li> <li>Setting up email autoresponders</li> <li>Always making sure your client knows what's happening next</li> <li>Making a smooth onboarding experience</li> <li>Helping clients with their overwhelm (in preparing for shoot or after with how to use their photos)</li> <li>Automations and workflows (a huge piece of what we cover in my group coaching program, <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>)</li> <li>Managing client gallery delivery times</li> <li>The two things clients share when talking about us to friends and family</li> <li>Adding value to the experience by utilizing community</li> <li>Surprise and delight strategy</li> <li>Asking for reviews/referrals and staying in touch</li> <li>Designing a brand session with strategy (sign up for the free training on this <a href="http://maddiepeschong.com/planning" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>!)</li> </ul><br/> <p>There is so much potential for booking return clients, and a lot of it comes from strategy! On January 23, 2023, you can join me for a free workshop where I will show you how to plan a strategic brand session. This includes from when people inquire with you to when they are leaving you a glowing review. <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/planning" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Sign up for the training here!</a></p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-to-book-repeat-brand-photography-clients/"> here</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/110-how-to-book-repeat-brand-photography-clients]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">75815aa5-ced7-4b27-871d-3c75a52f7ec7</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 11 Jan 2024 10:00:01 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/262d036f-9759-4091-8a6c-aad3dc0331f7/tip-1-12-2024-repeat-clients-converted.mp3" length="15650361" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:38</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#109: SEO Mistakes You&apos;re Making On Your Website (and How to Fix Them) with Inkpot Creative</title><itunes:title>#109: SEO Mistakes You&apos;re Making On Your Website (and How to Fix Them) with Inkpot Creative</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>KP and Jessie (both she/her) are the design duo behind Inkpot Creative®️, a queer-led design studio building unconventional, impactful brand and website experiences for photographers who are leading their industry by creating something different. In addition to building brands and websites, the studio also focuses on creating ways for photographers to get leads in more sustainable ways through SEO and blogging. When they're not working in their studio, they can usually be found hiking in a national park or working on their travel blog, Volumes & Voyages.</p> <ul> <li>How KP & Jessie got started in business and website design</li> <li>Who KP & Jessica typically work with</li> <li>What is SEO and what do photographers need to know about it</li> <li>What keywords to focus on using on your website</li> <li>Where and how to infuse keywords on to your website</li> <li>Alt text tips</li> <li>Doing keyword research for blog posts</li> <li>Making blog posts more quality and informative</li> <li>What type of posts rank well</li> </ul><br/> <p>Check out resources from Inkpot Creative here: <a href= "http://inkpotcreative.com/photographer" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">blog post idea freebie</a>, <a href= "http://inkpotcreative.com/club" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">membership club</a>, and <a href= "http://notyouraveragetemplateshop.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">template shop</a>.</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/seo-mistakes-youre-making-on-your-website-and-how-to-fix-them-with-inkpot-creative/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p> </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>KP and Jessie (both she/her) are the design duo behind Inkpot Creative®️, a queer-led design studio building unconventional, impactful brand and website experiences for photographers who are leading their industry by creating something different. In addition to building brands and websites, the studio also focuses on creating ways for photographers to get leads in more sustainable ways through SEO and blogging. When they're not working in their studio, they can usually be found hiking in a national park or working on their travel blog, Volumes & Voyages.</p> <ul> <li>How KP & Jessie got started in business and website design</li> <li>Who KP & Jessica typically work with</li> <li>What is SEO and what do photographers need to know about it</li> <li>What keywords to focus on using on your website</li> <li>Where and how to infuse keywords on to your website</li> <li>Alt text tips</li> <li>Doing keyword research for blog posts</li> <li>Making blog posts more quality and informative</li> <li>What type of posts rank well</li> </ul><br/> <p>Check out resources from Inkpot Creative here: <a href= "http://inkpotcreative.com/photographer" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">blog post idea freebie</a>, <a href= "http://inkpotcreative.com/club" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">membership club</a>, and <a href= "http://notyouraveragetemplateshop.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">template shop</a>.</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/seo-mistakes-youre-making-on-your-website-and-how-to-fix-them-with-inkpot-creative/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/109-seo-mistakes-youre-making-on-your-website-and-how-to-fix-them-with-inkpot-creative]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">fde41a1a-66f9-4833-aebb-acb53e87e5ca</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 21 Dec 2023 10:00:52 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/d0a616ef-b409-4aad-b6b8-fb9f3dad82ab/tip-12-21-2023-inkpot-converted.mp3" length="27167974" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:21</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#108: 2023 Annual Recap: Wins, Struggles, and What&apos;s Next</title><itunes:title>#108: 2023 Annual Recap: Wins, Struggles, and What&apos;s Next</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’m so excited to share an annual recap in this episode! I'm sharing the wins, the struggles, and the changes that 2023 brought for me and my businesses. I also am touching on what’s coming for 2024. Here are the main things discussed in episode 108:</p> <ul> <li>Record setting mini session day</li> <li>Events, big projects, and work trips</li> <li>Focusing on my own personal style for my personal brand</li> <li>Managing my screen limits</li> <li>Taylor Swift live!!</li> <li>Hiring in my business</li> <li>Our new White Space studio</li> <li>Rebrand launch</li> <li>Hitting my revenue goal</li> <li>Tough client situations</li> <li>Managing finances better</li> <li>Intentional podcast topics</li> <li>Different summer schedule</li> <li>More automation</li> <li>2024 goals</li> </ul><br/> <p>2023 was great, and I’m excited for 2024. Take a little recap of your wins and goals, and come and share them with me on Instagram @maddiepeschong!</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/2023-annual-recap-wins-struggles-and-whats-next/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’m so excited to share an annual recap in this episode! I'm sharing the wins, the struggles, and the changes that 2023 brought for me and my businesses. I also am touching on what’s coming for 2024. Here are the main things discussed in episode 108:</p> <ul> <li>Record setting mini session day</li> <li>Events, big projects, and work trips</li> <li>Focusing on my own personal style for my personal brand</li> <li>Managing my screen limits</li> <li>Taylor Swift live!!</li> <li>Hiring in my business</li> <li>Our new White Space studio</li> <li>Rebrand launch</li> <li>Hitting my revenue goal</li> <li>Tough client situations</li> <li>Managing finances better</li> <li>Intentional podcast topics</li> <li>Different summer schedule</li> <li>More automation</li> <li>2024 goals</li> </ul><br/> <p>2023 was great, and I’m excited for 2024. Take a little recap of your wins and goals, and come and share them with me on Instagram @maddiepeschong!</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/2023-annual-recap-wins-struggles-and-whats-next/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/108-2023-annual-recap-wins-struggles-and-whats-next]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c521bef8-2db6-4eb6-9b99-6fb69cd838d1</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 07 Dec 2023 10:00:43 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/2d749ded-87ab-4634-8ab1-eb720824cc0b/tip-12-7-2023-year-end-converted.mp3" length="33228514" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>39:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#107: Why You SHOULDN&apos;T Add an Income Stream in Your Business</title><itunes:title>#107: Why You SHOULDN&apos;T Add an Income Stream in Your Business</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’m a little nervous for this episode, but it’s been on my to-record list for quite a while. The reason I am nervous is that we are diving head first into why you <em>shouldn’t</em> have multiple streams of income in your business.</p> <p>I’ve been avoiding recording this episode because I personally have multiple streams of income in my own business. BUT I believe I could actually be making a lot more money if I didn’t have so many different streams.</p> <p>This episode is discussing that and how having more income streams isn’t always better. Here are the main topics in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>More businesses, more problems</li> <li>Getting to six figures before adding another income stream</li> <li>Adding income streams can split your attention</li> <li>Why being impatient can lead to the wrong business move</li> <li>Refining your core service</li> <li>Doing the hard and thoughtful work rather than busy work</li> <li>Passive income is not truly passive</li> <li>Don’t start a business/income stream from panic, worry, or fear</li> <li>Those opportunities aren’t going anywhere; you can make any time good timing</li> <li>You owe it to yourself to wait</li> <li>I thought the only way to scale my income was to add more streams</li> </ul><br/> <p>I’m so curious to hear your thoughts on this episode and not having multiple streams of income! Share in the Facebook group or DM on Instagram @maddiepeschong.</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-you-shouldnt-add-an-income-stream-in-your-business/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p> </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’m a little nervous for this episode, but it’s been on my to-record list for quite a while. The reason I am nervous is that we are diving head first into why you <em>shouldn’t</em> have multiple streams of income in your business.</p> <p>I’ve been avoiding recording this episode because I personally have multiple streams of income in my own business. BUT I believe I could actually be making a lot more money if I didn’t have so many different streams.</p> <p>This episode is discussing that and how having more income streams isn’t always better. Here are the main topics in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>More businesses, more problems</li> <li>Getting to six figures before adding another income stream</li> <li>Adding income streams can split your attention</li> <li>Why being impatient can lead to the wrong business move</li> <li>Refining your core service</li> <li>Doing the hard and thoughtful work rather than busy work</li> <li>Passive income is not truly passive</li> <li>Don’t start a business/income stream from panic, worry, or fear</li> <li>Those opportunities aren’t going anywhere; you can make any time good timing</li> <li>You owe it to yourself to wait</li> <li>I thought the only way to scale my income was to add more streams</li> </ul><br/> <p>I’m so curious to hear your thoughts on this episode and not having multiple streams of income! Share in the Facebook group or DM on Instagram @maddiepeschong.</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, to create a diverse gallery that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-you-shouldnt-add-an-income-stream-in-your-business/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/107-why-you-shouldnt-add-an-income-stream-in-your-business]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">59c98d73-c6ef-4571-96bb-7ef769646e69</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 23 Nov 2023 10:00:27 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/e7e4ccc4-0738-4c40-ab0a-e7db445affc4/tip-11-23-2023-income-stream-converted.mp3" length="24685606" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#106: What You Need to Know Before Your Next Launch with Melissa Heckel</title><itunes:title>#106: What You Need to Know Before Your Next Launch with Melissa Heckel</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Melissa owns Branch Creative Co., where she offers brand and design services. Melissa is a great friend, and we have worked together on projects in the past. Melissa has great insight on launching as she assists her clients with this and is preparing for a launch of her own soon.</p> <p>After last week’s episode about my Rebrand launch (episode #105), I thought it would be great to have Melissa come on and share important things to keep in mind when you are preparing to launch something in your business. Here are the main things we discussed:</p> <ul> <li>How a launch plan often gets forgotten about</li> <li>Ways to start sharing about your upcoming launch</li> <li>Sharing some behind the scenes throughout the different phases of the process (i.e. first proofs of your new logo design)</li> <li>Working backwards to form your launch plan</li> <li>Building your email list and audience in between launches</li> <li>Showing up where your audience is hanging out</li> <li>Thinking about your customer’s pain points and how your service/product helps solve those challenges</li> <li>Melissa’s new project she is launching soon</li> </ul><br/> <p>Check out Melissa’s <a href= "https://www.branchcreativeco.com/bemagnetic" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Be Magnetic program</a>, and use the code <em>maddiepeschong</em> for a discount when enrolling!</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-you-need-to-know-before-your-next-launch-with-melissa-heckel/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Melissa owns Branch Creative Co., where she offers brand and design services. Melissa is a great friend, and we have worked together on projects in the past. Melissa has great insight on launching as she assists her clients with this and is preparing for a launch of her own soon.</p> <p>After last week’s episode about my Rebrand launch (episode #105), I thought it would be great to have Melissa come on and share important things to keep in mind when you are preparing to launch something in your business. Here are the main things we discussed:</p> <ul> <li>How a launch plan often gets forgotten about</li> <li>Ways to start sharing about your upcoming launch</li> <li>Sharing some behind the scenes throughout the different phases of the process (i.e. first proofs of your new logo design)</li> <li>Working backwards to form your launch plan</li> <li>Building your email list and audience in between launches</li> <li>Showing up where your audience is hanging out</li> <li>Thinking about your customer’s pain points and how your service/product helps solve those challenges</li> <li>Melissa’s new project she is launching soon</li> </ul><br/> <p>Check out Melissa’s <a href= "https://www.branchcreativeco.com/bemagnetic" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Be Magnetic program</a>, and use the code <em>maddiepeschong</em> for a discount when enrolling!</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, that will get clients singing your praises! <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-you-need-to-know-before-your-next-launch-with-melissa-heckel/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/106-what-you-need-to-know-before-your-next-launch-with-melissa-heckel]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">eceddefe-b933-453c-aaab-196bbb230253</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 09 Nov 2023 10:00:45 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/a90eff7f-5b1d-4eb5-81c4-3ff6d276bc24/tip-11-9-2023-branch-creative-converted.mp3" length="15692697" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:48</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#105: Recapping my Latest Rebrand Launch</title><itunes:title>#105: Recapping my Latest Rebrand Launch</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I recently launched my group program, <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, for the third time, and I have been going over the launch - what went well, what I want to do differently next time, etc.</p> <p>This podcast episode will be recapping my Rebrand launch! I’m sharing what goes on behind the scenes, what I focused on during the launch, numbers, mindset, and more. Here are the main things I discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>My free mini course that kicked off the launch</li> <li>My goal for the number of people in the jumpstart free mini course and goal for enrollment in Rebrand</li> <li>Why I sent 68 emails over the course of 30 days</li> <li>Repurposing content from past launches</li> <li>Why a strong mindset is SO important and how I prioritized my mindset during this launch</li> <li>Why you need to be talking about your offer so much more than you are</li> <li>Being clear on your messaging and using client feedback to help</li> <li>Wins I experienced throughout the launch</li> <li>Protecting my calendar more during launches</li> <li>Pre-launch strategies</li> <li>Instagram and email list growth through launching</li> </ul><br/> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, that will get clients singing your praises! <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand-launch-recap/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p> </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I recently launched my group program, <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Rebrand</a>, for the third time, and I have been going over the launch - what went well, what I want to do differently next time, etc.</p> <p>This podcast episode will be recapping my Rebrand launch! I’m sharing what goes on behind the scenes, what I focused on during the launch, numbers, mindset, and more. Here are the main things I discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>My free mini course that kicked off the launch</li> <li>My goal for the number of people in the jumpstart free mini course and goal for enrollment in Rebrand</li> <li>Why I sent 68 emails over the course of 30 days</li> <li>Repurposing content from past launches</li> <li>Why a strong mindset is SO important and how I prioritized my mindset during this launch</li> <li>Why you need to be talking about your offer so much more than you are</li> <li>Being clear on your messaging and using client feedback to help</li> <li>Wins I experienced throughout the launch</li> <li>Protecting my calendar more during launches</li> <li>Pre-launch strategies</li> <li>Instagram and email list growth through launching</li> </ul><br/> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, that will get clients singing your praises! <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand-launch-recap/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/105-recapping-my-latest-rebrand-launch]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5072114a-36ea-48da-a29a-a5d951b7d5c2</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 26 Oct 2023 10:00:28 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/35d03874-e77e-4fb0-9452-1d058750d634/tip-10-26-2023-rebrand-recap-converted.mp3" length="26533063" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#104: Understanding the Legal Consequences of Using AI In Your Business with Girija Patel</title><itunes:title>#104: Understanding the Legal Consequences of Using AI In Your Business with Girija Patel</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Girija is a mom, a wife, lawyer, podcaster, strategist, educator, and a business owner in Houston, Texas. Her law practice, GBP Law, specifically focuses on helping entrepreneurs and on-line business owners build their business’ legal fundamentals and integrate legal as a part of their strategy so they can move forward confidently and do what they love! Her goal is to help make legal a line item and not a panic attack!</p> <p>In 2020, Girija launched Your Contract Buddy (www.yourcontractbuddy.com), an online contract template shop, and also then founded her podcast, Law Chat with Girija. From her days of being a prosecutor to managing her own law practice and to being lead legal strategist for your business, Girija’s core value to serve her community remains at the center of all her endeavors.</p> <p>Girija Patel is another friend of mine from the Reset Conference. Girija and I got to chat about using AI in your business. AI is a great tool to be utilizing, but there are many things to consider, which we cover in this episode. Here are the main things we discussed:</p> <ul> <li>Why we all need to create to market and keep up on social media, even if we aren’t an influencer</li> <li>What were Girija’s initial thoughts on AI, as a legal professional</li> <li>Fear of losing jobs to AI</li> <li>The biggest opportunities for creatives and photographers when it comes to AI software</li> <li>Girija’s caution for ownership and claiming AI work; how copyright law works with it</li> <li>The importance of reading the terms and conditions of a shared platform</li> <li>Content creation and ChatGPT</li> <li>Not relying on AI to create everything for you</li> <li>Having transparency with your work</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>Connect with Girija @gbplaw on social media. She aims to make law accessible and digestible, and you can learn about her services on her website <a href="https://www.gbplaw.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot LIst: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, that will get clients singing your praises! <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/understanding-the-legal-consequences-of-using-ai-in-your-business/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Girija is a mom, a wife, lawyer, podcaster, strategist, educator, and a business owner in Houston, Texas. Her law practice, GBP Law, specifically focuses on helping entrepreneurs and on-line business owners build their business’ legal fundamentals and integrate legal as a part of their strategy so they can move forward confidently and do what they love! Her goal is to help make legal a line item and not a panic attack!</p> <p>In 2020, Girija launched Your Contract Buddy (www.yourcontractbuddy.com), an online contract template shop, and also then founded her podcast, Law Chat with Girija. From her days of being a prosecutor to managing her own law practice and to being lead legal strategist for your business, Girija’s core value to serve her community remains at the center of all her endeavors.</p> <p>Girija Patel is another friend of mine from the Reset Conference. Girija and I got to chat about using AI in your business. AI is a great tool to be utilizing, but there are many things to consider, which we cover in this episode. Here are the main things we discussed:</p> <ul> <li>Why we all need to create to market and keep up on social media, even if we aren’t an influencer</li> <li>What were Girija’s initial thoughts on AI, as a legal professional</li> <li>Fear of losing jobs to AI</li> <li>The biggest opportunities for creatives and photographers when it comes to AI software</li> <li>Girija’s caution for ownership and claiming AI work; how copyright law works with it</li> <li>The importance of reading the terms and conditions of a shared platform</li> <li>Content creation and ChatGPT</li> <li>Not relying on AI to create everything for you</li> <li>Having transparency with your work</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>Connect with Girija @gbplaw on social media. She aims to make law accessible and digestible, and you can learn about her services on her website <a href="https://www.gbplaw.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot LIst: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept, that will get clients singing your praises! <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Download here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/understanding-the-legal-consequences-of-using-ai-in-your-business/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/104-understanding-the-legal-consequences-of-using-ai-in-your-business-with-girija-patel]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">b081f7c0-cff1-4dad-b34a-9b4f2148b485</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 12 Oct 2023 09:00:28 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/99aa4039-e40e-4871-b7bb-192324f26992/tip-10-12-2023-girija-converted.mp3" length="25940582" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>36:02</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#103: Kate started showing up confidently in her business so she can help her clients do the same (Rebrand Client Spotlight)</title><itunes:title>#103: Kate started showing up confidently in her business so she can help her clients do the same (Rebrand Client Spotlight)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’m so excited to have my friend Kate Wark on the episode. Kate was a member of my group coaching program, <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand</a>, and she had a such a transformation during our time together. I loved being able to coach Kate as she was ready to go and make big things happen in her business.</p> <p>We are talking about her story and how her business changed during and after Rebrand. Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Being able to work ‘regular’ business hours as a photographer</li> <li>How Kate’s day job experience and skills are reflected in brand photography</li> <li>Why Kate joined Rebrand</li> <li>Kate’s desire to learn how to elevate her client’s experience</li> <li>How Rebrand helped Kate become confident in her (increased) pricing</li> <li>How Rebrand has helped Kate show up more confidently in her business (so she can help other business owners do the same!)</li> <li>The value of having a coach to rely on</li> <li>How investing in yourself and in your business calls you to show up differently</li> </ul><br/> <p>Rebrand enrollment is open! A 16-week group coaching experience for photographers who want to offer brand photography so they can scale their income, work better hours, and run a business that feels like them. Learn more at <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</a>. We start October 11th!</p> <p>Full show notes here</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’m so excited to have my friend Kate Wark on the episode. Kate was a member of my group coaching program, <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">Rebrand</a>, and she had a such a transformation during our time together. I loved being able to coach Kate as she was ready to go and make big things happen in her business.</p> <p>We are talking about her story and how her business changed during and after Rebrand. Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Being able to work ‘regular’ business hours as a photographer</li> <li>How Kate’s day job experience and skills are reflected in brand photography</li> <li>Why Kate joined Rebrand</li> <li>Kate’s desire to learn how to elevate her client’s experience</li> <li>How Rebrand helped Kate become confident in her (increased) pricing</li> <li>How Rebrand has helped Kate show up more confidently in her business (so she can help other business owners do the same!)</li> <li>The value of having a coach to rely on</li> <li>How investing in yourself and in your business calls you to show up differently</li> </ul><br/> <p>Rebrand enrollment is open! A 16-week group coaching experience for photographers who want to offer brand photography so they can scale their income, work better hours, and run a business that feels like them. Learn more at <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</a>. We start October 11th!</p> <p>Full show notes here</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/103-kate-started-showing-up-confidently-in-her-business-so-she-can-help-her-clients-do-the-same-rebrand-client-spotlight]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e7806635-a311-4573-8aa7-cd7f014a4c48</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Fri, 22 Sep 2023 22:50:54 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/20ed2e19-d509-4ba0-bac5-33ae39be001f/tip-9-21-2023-kate-w-converted.mp3" length="31395924" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>37:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#102: Is Brand Photography Harder to Sell than Wedding Photography?</title><itunes:title>#102: Is Brand Photography Harder to Sell than Wedding Photography?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Rebrand, my sixteen-week group coaching experience for photographers, is now enrolling. This program is for photographers who desire to offer brand photography so they can scale their income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like them. Visit <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</a> to learn more and join.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p class="p1">Rebrand, my sixteen-week group coaching experience for photographers, is now enrolling. This program is for photographers who desire to offer brand photography so they can scale their income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like them. Visit <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</a> to learn more and join.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/102-is-brand-photography-harder-to-sell-than-wedding-photography]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3f070aa7-8491-4405-a95b-aa905de35c76</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2023 12:46:23 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/8d76c5ff-b377-4b6b-a0fb-597316fd3036/tip-102-is-brand-photography-harder-to-sell-than-wedding-photog.mp3" length="7583599" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>07:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#101: Can You Have a Personal Brand and Privacy?</title><itunes:title>#101: Can You Have a Personal Brand and Privacy?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Rebrand, my sixteen-week group coaching experience for photographers, is now enrolling. This program is for photographers who desire to offer brand photography so they can scale their income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like them. Visit <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</a> to learn more and join.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rebrand, my sixteen-week group coaching experience for photographers, is now enrolling. This program is for photographers who desire to offer brand photography so they can scale their income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like them. Visit <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</a> to learn more and join.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/101-can-you-have-a-personal-brand-and-privacy]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4506e874-b10f-4e43-8038-14e95c3f6508</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 21 Sep 2023 11:50:54 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/67c152b7-df8f-484b-a214-fc550ecbaa61/tip-101-can-you-have-a-personal-brand-and-privacy.mp3" length="12795112" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:20</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#100: The Biggest Mistake Brand Photographers Make</title><itunes:title>#100: The Biggest Mistake Brand Photographers Make</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Rebrand, my sixteen-week group coaching experience for photographers, is now enrolling. This program is for photographers who desire to offer brand photography so they can scale their income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like them. Visit <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</a> to learn more and join.</p>   ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rebrand, my sixteen-week group coaching experience for photographers, is now enrolling. This program is for photographers who desire to offer brand photography so they can scale their income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like them. Visit <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand">https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</a> to learn more and join.</p>   ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/100-the-biggest-mistake-brand-photographers-make]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c593b4b1-93b7-4d3b-bf9d-ad6beb7d98db</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 20 Sep 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/02e10626-1622-4cbd-b88d-4bfcafe63ab3/tip-100-the-biggest-mistake-brand-photographers-make.mp3" length="12003499" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>12:30</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#99: What I&apos;ve Learned in 100 Podcast Episodes</title><itunes:title>#99: What I&apos;ve Learned in 100 Podcast Episodes</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I launched Take It Personally Podcast in October of 2019. The reason I got into podcasting was because of my love for blogging. Blogging moved the needle a ton in my business, but eventually as blogging became less popular, I decided to dive into podcasting. And now we are already almost up to 100 episodes!</p> <p>It has been such a cool journey to see where my business was when I first started podcasting to where it is today. I’m sharing some of the things I’ve learned in recording (*almost*) 100 episodes:</p> <p>Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Starting was the easy part! The tech side of podcasting was what scared me.</li> <li>Things to know when getting started</li> <li>Coming up with fresh content ideas</li> <li>Using Asana to track the moving parts of episodes</li> <li>Utilizing a team </li> <li>Podcast pitches and choosing guests to come on the show</li> <li>Batching content</li> <li>Long-form content and repurposing</li> <li>Meeting so many great people who are doing business well</li> </ul><br/> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-ive-learned-in-100-podcast-episodes/"> here</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">So You Want To Be A Brand Photographer</a>: a free mini-course for photographers interested in pivoting into personal brand photography. Save your seat <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>! It starts September 11.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p> </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I launched Take It Personally Podcast in October of 2019. The reason I got into podcasting was because of my love for blogging. Blogging moved the needle a ton in my business, but eventually as blogging became less popular, I decided to dive into podcasting. And now we are already almost up to 100 episodes!</p> <p>It has been such a cool journey to see where my business was when I first started podcasting to where it is today. I’m sharing some of the things I’ve learned in recording (*almost*) 100 episodes:</p> <p>Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Starting was the easy part! The tech side of podcasting was what scared me.</li> <li>Things to know when getting started</li> <li>Coming up with fresh content ideas</li> <li>Using Asana to track the moving parts of episodes</li> <li>Utilizing a team </li> <li>Podcast pitches and choosing guests to come on the show</li> <li>Batching content</li> <li>Long-form content and repurposing</li> <li>Meeting so many great people who are doing business well</li> </ul><br/> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-ive-learned-in-100-podcast-episodes/"> here</a></p> <p><a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">So You Want To Be A Brand Photographer</a>: a free mini-course for photographers interested in pivoting into personal brand photography. Save your seat <a href="https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>! It starts September 11.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p> </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/99-what-ive-learned-in-100-podcast-episodes]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4ad3ef4c-9b44-4216-9988-9610a3f3f12c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 07 Sep 2023 10:00:18 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/c4343049-ee7c-4c37-bbc4-60916f45b9bb/tip-9-7-2023-100-converted.mp3" length="19390723" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:05</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#98: How to Run a Business in 15 Hours/Week or Less with Brittnie Renee</title><itunes:title>#98: How to Run a Business in 15 Hours/Week or Less with Brittnie Renee</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Brittnie is a family and newborn photographer with over 13 years of experience. In 2021 Brittnie started using her extensive photography knowledge to coach other photographers on how to build a profitable photography business in less than 15 hours per week. </p> <p>Brittnie is also the host of the Capture The Chaos Photography Podcast where she shares tactical tips and tricks photographers can use to run their business without experiencing the burnout.</p> <p>When she isn't working, you can find her recreating ridiculous TikToks with her husband, chauffeuring her 3 wildlings around, napping, or working on a DIY home project.</p> <p>Here are the main things I talked about with Brittnie:</p> <ul> <li>Brittnie’s journey into photography</li> <li>Balancing work and motherhood</li> <li>Utilizing time while kids are awake to do household tasks</li> <li>Do a time audit to know where your time is being spent (for business AND personal tasks)</li> <li>Getting clear on what needs to be done and outsourcing where possible</li> <li>Niching and repurposing</li> <li>Utilizing other avenues besides only social media to grow your business</li> <li>Brittnie’s fall photography schedule approach</li> </ul><br/> <p>Connect with Brittnie at her website <a href= "https://brittnierenee.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a> for additional resources, grab her free guide <a href= "https://view.flodesk.com/pages/6430eaf00e6d692adb1ca9a6" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Run Your Photography Business in Less Than 15 Hours Per week</a>, or find her on social media @brittnierenee_photo.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-to-run-a-business-in-15-hours-week-or-less-with-brittnie-renee/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Brittnie is a family and newborn photographer with over 13 years of experience. In 2021 Brittnie started using her extensive photography knowledge to coach other photographers on how to build a profitable photography business in less than 15 hours per week. </p> <p>Brittnie is also the host of the Capture The Chaos Photography Podcast where she shares tactical tips and tricks photographers can use to run their business without experiencing the burnout.</p> <p>When she isn't working, you can find her recreating ridiculous TikToks with her husband, chauffeuring her 3 wildlings around, napping, or working on a DIY home project.</p> <p>Here are the main things I talked about with Brittnie:</p> <ul> <li>Brittnie’s journey into photography</li> <li>Balancing work and motherhood</li> <li>Utilizing time while kids are awake to do household tasks</li> <li>Do a time audit to know where your time is being spent (for business AND personal tasks)</li> <li>Getting clear on what needs to be done and outsourcing where possible</li> <li>Niching and repurposing</li> <li>Utilizing other avenues besides only social media to grow your business</li> <li>Brittnie’s fall photography schedule approach</li> </ul><br/> <p>Connect with Brittnie at her website <a href= "https://brittnierenee.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a> for additional resources, grab her free guide <a href= "https://view.flodesk.com/pages/6430eaf00e6d692adb1ca9a6" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">How to Run Your Photography Business in Less Than 15 Hours Per week</a>, or find her on social media @brittnierenee_photo.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-to-run-a-business-in-15-hours-week-or-less-with-brittnie-renee/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/98-how-to-run-a-business-in-15-hours-week-or-less-with-brittnie-renee]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7a472f9a-9fbb-490d-b38c-9308dfa6f32f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 24 Aug 2023 10:00:02 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f7a060e1-f637-4e25-8722-71ed2b45b1ac/tip-8-24-2023-brittnie-r-converted.mp3" length="24497503" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#97: Ask Me Anything About My Studio, White Space</title><itunes:title>#97: Ask Me Anything About My Studio, White Space</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I previously did an episode about my studio, White Space, and the response was overwhelming. You all had more questions about owning a studio, and this episode is going to answer all of them.</p> <p>If you’ve ever been interested in what it looks like financially to open and run a studio, how long it took for us to make a profit, how we found the space, and what business model we like most so far, tune into this episode! </p> <p>Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Initial investment into the studio</li> <li>Initial changes we made to the studio</li> <li>Was it difficult to find the space?</li> <li>Expenses to keep the space running</li> <li>How to make sure we are bringing in enough revenue</li> <li>Having consistent long-term renters and members</li> <li>How long it took to break even and profit</li> <li>The passive income of the studio</li> <li>Splitting my attention between different areas of my business</li> <li>Do I ever get tired of the same space?</li> <li>Specifics of how we manage bookings and our automations</li> <li>Renting for non-photographers</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept that will get clients singing your praises. Grab your download <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I previously did an episode about my studio, White Space, and the response was overwhelming. You all had more questions about owning a studio, and this episode is going to answer all of them.</p> <p>If you’ve ever been interested in what it looks like financially to open and run a studio, how long it took for us to make a profit, how we found the space, and what business model we like most so far, tune into this episode! </p> <p>Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Initial investment into the studio</li> <li>Initial changes we made to the studio</li> <li>Was it difficult to find the space?</li> <li>Expenses to keep the space running</li> <li>How to make sure we are bringing in enough revenue</li> <li>Having consistent long-term renters and members</li> <li>How long it took to break even and profit</li> <li>The passive income of the studio</li> <li>Splitting my attention between different areas of my business</li> <li>Do I ever get tired of the same space?</li> <li>Specifics of how we manage bookings and our automations</li> <li>Renting for non-photographers</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>The Ultimate Personal Brand Session Shot List: 10 must-have images, plus a bonus concept that will get clients singing your praises. Grab your download <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/shotlist" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/97-ask-me-anything-about-my-studio-white-space]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8f452b95-e076-43b8-8daf-f1cf5e304bdd</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 10 Aug 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/624ce2b1-a429-40be-ad6c-12cbac70e916/tip-8-10-2023-white-space-faq-converted.mp3" length="30340150" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>36:07</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#96: Getting Started with Passive Income with Molly Kayser</title><itunes:title>#96: Getting Started with Passive Income with Molly Kayser</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Molly Keyser has been a business owner for 17 years. Her first business was a photography studio. It was a massive success and other photographers started asking her how she did it, so she decided to package her knowledge into digital products. Those digital products turned into a $2M per year business and next people started asking her how she did that.</p> <p> </p> <p>Today Molly helps business owners add passive digital products to their businesses so they can stop trading their time for money and help even more people by sharing their knowledge with the world! Molly currently lives in New Mexico with her husband Aaron, and dog Franklin. You can often find them camping in the mountains, road-tripping the southwest, or traveling Europe.</p> <p>Connect with Molly on Instagram @mollymkeyser to learn more about creating and passively selling your own digital products. Be sure to also check out <a href= "https://www.youtube.com/mollykeyser" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Molly's YouTube</a> or grab freebies from <a href="https://www.freedomcreator.co" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">her website</a>.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Molly Keyser has been a business owner for 17 years. Her first business was a photography studio. It was a massive success and other photographers started asking her how she did it, so she decided to package her knowledge into digital products. Those digital products turned into a $2M per year business and next people started asking her how she did that.</p> <p> </p> <p>Today Molly helps business owners add passive digital products to their businesses so they can stop trading their time for money and help even more people by sharing their knowledge with the world! Molly currently lives in New Mexico with her husband Aaron, and dog Franklin. You can often find them camping in the mountains, road-tripping the southwest, or traveling Europe.</p> <p>Connect with Molly on Instagram @mollymkeyser to learn more about creating and passively selling your own digital products. Be sure to also check out <a href= "https://www.youtube.com/mollykeyser" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">Molly's YouTube</a> or grab freebies from <a href="https://www.freedomcreator.co" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">her website</a>.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/96-getting-started-with-passive-income-with-molly-kayser]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5179b605-e28a-4e78-b10b-7b907b7bb55a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Fri, 14 Jul 2023 12:26:15 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/faf025ee-6be2-4313-b71a-4f6ce793197c/tip-7-27-2023-molly-k-converted.mp3" length="27265812" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#95: Creating a Social Media Strategy That Feels Good with Social Kat Media</title><itunes:title>#95: Creating a Social Media Strategy That Feels Good with Social Kat Media</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Kat is the CEO and lead strategist at Social Kat Media, a social media agency based in Ontario, Canada. Kat believes social media should be FUN and works with businesses to alleviate the stress social media can cause. </p> <p> </p> <p>A mom of two kids, ages 1 and 4, Kat keeps it real on social media, talking openly about mental health and parenting. She brings this point of view into her business, helping business owners set up boundaries and healthy relationships with social media. </p> <p></p> <p>Be sure to connect with Kat on social media @socialkatmedia to continue learning about making social media fun again.</p> <p> </p> <p>Personal branding can help you grow your business! Join my email list to get weekly tips for how to start building your personal brand today. <a href="http://maddiepeschong.com/growyourbrand">Join the fun here</a>!</p> <p> </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Kat is the CEO and lead strategist at Social Kat Media, a social media agency based in Ontario, Canada. Kat believes social media should be FUN and works with businesses to alleviate the stress social media can cause. </p> <p> </p> <p>A mom of two kids, ages 1 and 4, Kat keeps it real on social media, talking openly about mental health and parenting. She brings this point of view into her business, helping business owners set up boundaries and healthy relationships with social media. </p> <p></p> <p>Be sure to connect with Kat on social media @socialkatmedia to continue learning about making social media fun again.</p> <p> </p> <p>Personal branding can help you grow your business! Join my email list to get weekly tips for how to start building your personal brand today. <a href="http://maddiepeschong.com/growyourbrand">Join the fun here</a>!</p> <p> </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/95-creating-a-social-media-strategy-that-feels-good-with-social-kat-media]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">f3195730-2054-477b-8c36-c4bf1e397f76</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 28 Jun 2023 23:06:02 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/67fa3de0-7add-44d2-80a5-19a5e84bf8c0/tip-7-13-2023-social-kat-converted.mp3" length="27989980" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:19</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#94: Why You Need a Brand Guide with Sarah Klongerbo</title><itunes:title>#94: Why You Need a Brand Guide with Sarah Klongerbo</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Sarah Klongerbo is a conversion copywriter and website designer who believes your story matters, and the way you tell it can make or break your business. She lives in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, with her husband, baby boy, and golden retriever — but she works with creative entrepreneurs around the world.</p> <p> </p> <p>She's passionate about crafting compelling messages and polished websites to help you validate your brand, increase your impact, and make your business shine online! Here’s what I discussed with Sarah regarding growing your business by utilizing a brand style guide:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>Sarah’s journey to entrepreneurship</li>  <li>What a brand style guide is</li>  <li>How getting other eyes on your business can help you gain clarity</li>  <li>Why you need a brand style guide and how it can help you gain consistency</li>  <li>How a brand style guide is really helpful for if you are going to work with a copywriter or designer</li>  <li>A brand style guide helps you know how to represent your brand</li>  <li>It’s important to not only get clear on who you are but also who you AREN’T</li>  <li>Where to start in creating your own brand style guide (hiring out or DIY) and the three parts to include in it</li>  <li>Utilizing Canva to create your guide</li>  <li>How often should you review/update your brand style guide</li>  <li>Sharing about your brand style guide with your audience</li> </ul><br/> <p></p> <p>Connect with Sarah on social media @sarahklongerbo. She has free resources on <a href="https://sarahklongerbo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">her website</a>, such as a weekly copywriting newsletter to improve your brand messaging. You can also learn about Sarah's copy and design services <a href= "https://sarahklongerbo.com/services" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>!</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Sarah Klongerbo is a conversion copywriter and website designer who believes your story matters, and the way you tell it can make or break your business. She lives in Sioux Falls, South Dakota, with her husband, baby boy, and golden retriever — but she works with creative entrepreneurs around the world.</p> <p> </p> <p>She's passionate about crafting compelling messages and polished websites to help you validate your brand, increase your impact, and make your business shine online! Here’s what I discussed with Sarah regarding growing your business by utilizing a brand style guide:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>Sarah’s journey to entrepreneurship</li>  <li>What a brand style guide is</li>  <li>How getting other eyes on your business can help you gain clarity</li>  <li>Why you need a brand style guide and how it can help you gain consistency</li>  <li>How a brand style guide is really helpful for if you are going to work with a copywriter or designer</li>  <li>A brand style guide helps you know how to represent your brand</li>  <li>It’s important to not only get clear on who you are but also who you AREN’T</li>  <li>Where to start in creating your own brand style guide (hiring out or DIY) and the three parts to include in it</li>  <li>Utilizing Canva to create your guide</li>  <li>How often should you review/update your brand style guide</li>  <li>Sharing about your brand style guide with your audience</li> </ul><br/> <p></p> <p>Connect with Sarah on social media @sarahklongerbo. She has free resources on <a href="https://sarahklongerbo.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">her website</a>, such as a weekly copywriting newsletter to improve your brand messaging. You can also learn about Sarah's copy and design services <a href= "https://sarahklongerbo.com/services" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>!</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/94-why-you-need-a-brand-guide-with-sarah-klongerbo]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">321a7338-cede-46fa-a864-6638418b095c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2023 22:01:04 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/99dc57d3-6079-45df-8da9-c26834a077ff/tip-6-22-2023-sarah-k-converted.mp3" length="32586646" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:48</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#93: 5 Lessons from Owning a Photography Studio</title><itunes:title>#93: 5 Lessons from Owning a Photography Studio</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>In 2020, I opened a local photography studio. I haven’t ever talked about that business or experience on the podcast yet (until today!). <a href="https://whitespacesiouxfalls.com/" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">White Space Studio</a> is a photography studio that my husband and I rent by the hour. In this episode I’m sharing 5 lessons I’ve learned since owning a photography studio! Here’s what to expect from the episode:</p> <ul> <li>How White Space Studio got started</li> <li>A tough first year</li> <li>Having my husband join in the business</li> <li>The learning opportunities it brought as we figured out how to own a studio</li> <li>How the studio brings in ‘passive’ income</li> <li>No one will care for your things like you do</li> <li>Continually updating the systems we utilize</li> <li>It’s okay to try new things and see how they work out</li> <li>The community aspect of the studio</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>If you are local to me or want to learn more about White Space Studio, you can visit our website <a href= "https://whitespacesiouxfalls.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>!</p> <p>Personal branding can help you grow your business! Join my email list to get weekly tips for how to start building your personal brand today. <a href="http://maddiepeschong.com/growyourbrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join the fun here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/5-lessons-from-owning-a-photography-studio/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>In 2020, I opened a local photography studio. I haven’t ever talked about that business or experience on the podcast yet (until today!). <a href="https://whitespacesiouxfalls.com/" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">White Space Studio</a> is a photography studio that my husband and I rent by the hour. In this episode I’m sharing 5 lessons I’ve learned since owning a photography studio! Here’s what to expect from the episode:</p> <ul> <li>How White Space Studio got started</li> <li>A tough first year</li> <li>Having my husband join in the business</li> <li>The learning opportunities it brought as we figured out how to own a studio</li> <li>How the studio brings in ‘passive’ income</li> <li>No one will care for your things like you do</li> <li>Continually updating the systems we utilize</li> <li>It’s okay to try new things and see how they work out</li> <li>The community aspect of the studio</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>If you are local to me or want to learn more about White Space Studio, you can visit our website <a href= "https://whitespacesiouxfalls.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>!</p> <p>Personal branding can help you grow your business! Join my email list to get weekly tips for how to start building your personal brand today. <a href="http://maddiepeschong.com/growyourbrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join the fun here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/5-lessons-from-owning-a-photography-studio/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/93-5-lessons-from-owning-a-photography-studio]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">444073d0-3135-4885-8461-5ed6b47ac9b1</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 08 Jun 2023 10:00:26 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/9e0857ed-3eb9-4bad-a624-3ce1964fc61e/tip-6-8-2023-studio-lessons-converted.mp3" length="17292934" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#92: Choosing Brand Colors with Hey Carl!</title><itunes:title>#92: Choosing Brand Colors with Hey Carl!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Carly, a.k.a Carl, is a graphic designer and an expert in all things brand design. She designed my website and completely rocked it. And ever since then, I have gone back to her more design work (social media templates, the podcast, branding for the coaching side of my business, and more). She knows how to get inside the head of the brand she is creating for and relay their message and mission so well.</p> <p>In this episode, we discuss brand design, brand strategy, and specifically how to go about choosing brand colors for your business. Here are some of the main items I chatted with Carly about:</p> <ul> <li>Carly’s VIP days</li> <li>Creating your business to fit your life, and not the other way around</li> <li>How to know when it’s a good time to invest in your brand</li> <li>Starting with strategy and a map for your brand</li> <li>How Carly isn’t afraid of color and attracting the right people through color</li> <li>Where to start when developing your visual brand and brand colors</li> <li>Carly’s take on brand color rules (how many colors can I have? top tier colors?)</li> <li>How to make sure things look good together but also when standing alone</li> <li>Keeping parts of your business separate or together</li> <li>Some of Carly’s favorite projects lately</li> <li>What having a personal brand means to Carly</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>Connect with Carly on <a href="https://hey-carl.com/" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">her website</a> or on social @ _hey.carl_.</p> <p>Personal branding can help you grow your business! Join my email list to get weekly tips for how to start building your personal brand today. <a href="http://maddiepeschong.com/growyourbrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join the fun here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/choosing-brand-colors-with-hey-carl/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Carly, a.k.a Carl, is a graphic designer and an expert in all things brand design. She designed my website and completely rocked it. And ever since then, I have gone back to her more design work (social media templates, the podcast, branding for the coaching side of my business, and more). She knows how to get inside the head of the brand she is creating for and relay their message and mission so well.</p> <p>In this episode, we discuss brand design, brand strategy, and specifically how to go about choosing brand colors for your business. Here are some of the main items I chatted with Carly about:</p> <ul> <li>Carly’s VIP days</li> <li>Creating your business to fit your life, and not the other way around</li> <li>How to know when it’s a good time to invest in your brand</li> <li>Starting with strategy and a map for your brand</li> <li>How Carly isn’t afraid of color and attracting the right people through color</li> <li>Where to start when developing your visual brand and brand colors</li> <li>Carly’s take on brand color rules (how many colors can I have? top tier colors?)</li> <li>How to make sure things look good together but also when standing alone</li> <li>Keeping parts of your business separate or together</li> <li>Some of Carly’s favorite projects lately</li> <li>What having a personal brand means to Carly</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>Connect with Carly on <a href="https://hey-carl.com/" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">her website</a> or on social @ _hey.carl_.</p> <p>Personal branding can help you grow your business! Join my email list to get weekly tips for how to start building your personal brand today. <a href="http://maddiepeschong.com/growyourbrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join the fun here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/choosing-brand-colors-with-hey-carl/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/92-choosing-brand-colors-with-hey-carl]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">eaae5bf9-0ad2-49af-9883-5712dc3adc95</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 18 May 2023 09:00:23 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/fe881b04-f53c-41ef-bdef-71be817bdd6c/tip-5-18-2023-hey-carl-converted.mp3" length="26130556" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>31:06</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#91: What To Do If Your Family Isn&apos;t Supportive of Your Business</title><itunes:title>#91: What To Do If Your Family Isn&apos;t Supportive of Your Business</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Throughout my time as a business coach, I have heard from many clients asking what to do when their family isn’t supportive of their business. I can understand why family might have concerns, but I also get really fired up when it comes to supporting women in business.</p> <p>I’m here to walk you through what I tell my clients when this situation happens. Here are the main points discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>The transition of family as customers</li> <li>Family and friends may not have seen you in your profession before</li> <li>They want us to be safe and running your own business isn’t always seen as safe to them</li> <li>Show them, don’t tell them</li> <li>Consider not asking for their feedback; utilize someone who has done it or has experience</li> <li>Surround yourself with a supportive community</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>Personal branding can work for you! Connect through my weekly emails with tips for how to start building your personal brand today. <a href="http://maddiepeschong.com/growyourbrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join now!</a></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-to-do-if-your-family-isnt-supportive-of-your-business/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Throughout my time as a business coach, I have heard from many clients asking what to do when their family isn’t supportive of their business. I can understand why family might have concerns, but I also get really fired up when it comes to supporting women in business.</p> <p>I’m here to walk you through what I tell my clients when this situation happens. Here are the main points discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>The transition of family as customers</li> <li>Family and friends may not have seen you in your profession before</li> <li>They want us to be safe and running your own business isn’t always seen as safe to them</li> <li>Show them, don’t tell them</li> <li>Consider not asking for their feedback; utilize someone who has done it or has experience</li> <li>Surround yourself with a supportive community</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>Personal branding can work for you! Connect through my weekly emails with tips for how to start building your personal brand today. <a href="http://maddiepeschong.com/growyourbrand" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Join now!</a></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-to-do-if-your-family-isnt-supportive-of-your-business/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/91-what-to-do-if-your-family-isnt-supportive-of-your-business]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">fed706c1-9ffb-4cac-9156-50eb1bf7dd19</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 04 May 2023 10:00:06 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/bdf005b0-ba17-4659-9aca-10ae4e49e9ce/tip-5-4-2023-family-isnt-supportive-converted.mp3" length="18616102" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#90: The Power of Branded Swag that Doesn&apos;t Suck with Amanda Hofman</title><itunes:title>#90: The Power of Branded Swag that Doesn&apos;t Suck with Amanda Hofman</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Amanda Hofman, of Go To Market Studio, is the expert when it comes to using branded merch in your business. Her mission is to create beautiful and sustainable merchandise that is NOT boring or lame! Amanda (and her business partner Jesse) offers these thoughtful designs for your business to help your brand stand out.</p> <p>I love this episode as Amanda walks us through why branded merchandise is amazing for business growth, how all businesses can start using it, and ideas for where to get started. Here is more of what we discussed in this episode of Take It Personally:</p> <ul> <li>The sustainability piece of Amanda’s print-on-demand business</li> <li>The burden of useless swag</li> <li>How to create merch that is more meaningful and inspiring</li> <li>The time to not get merchandise</li> <li>The process of getting branded swag and how Amanda can help you translate your message into merch</li> <li>How people can use merch within their business</li> <li>Making the most of the opportunity to let people know what you do (using merch!)</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>Connect with Amanda on Instagram @gotomarketstudio.</p> <a href= "http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">Dubsado</a>: 20% off your first month or year with the code MADDIEPESCHONG <a href= "http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow" rev="en_rl_none">here</a>. <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-power-of-branded-swag-that-doesnt-suck-with-amanda-hofman/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Amanda Hofman, of Go To Market Studio, is the expert when it comes to using branded merch in your business. Her mission is to create beautiful and sustainable merchandise that is NOT boring or lame! Amanda (and her business partner Jesse) offers these thoughtful designs for your business to help your brand stand out.</p> <p>I love this episode as Amanda walks us through why branded merchandise is amazing for business growth, how all businesses can start using it, and ideas for where to get started. Here is more of what we discussed in this episode of Take It Personally:</p> <ul> <li>The sustainability piece of Amanda’s print-on-demand business</li> <li>The burden of useless swag</li> <li>How to create merch that is more meaningful and inspiring</li> <li>The time to not get merchandise</li> <li>The process of getting branded swag and how Amanda can help you translate your message into merch</li> <li>How people can use merch within their business</li> <li>Making the most of the opportunity to let people know what you do (using merch!)</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>Connect with Amanda on Instagram @gotomarketstudio.</p> <a href= "http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">Dubsado</a>: 20% off your first month or year with the code MADDIEPESCHONG <a href= "http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow" rev="en_rl_none">here</a>. <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-power-of-branded-swag-that-doesnt-suck-with-amanda-hofman/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/90-the-power-of-branded-swag-that-doesnt-suck-with-amanda-hofman]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">da6aec87-92ae-4e15-822c-015b09ca8f5f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 20 Apr 2023 10:00:23 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/7609b1d4-b376-4679-b48e-f7dbded45c64/tip-4-20-2023-go-to-market-converted.mp3" length="19981467" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#89: How Many Instagram Accounts Should You Have?</title><itunes:title>#89: How Many Instagram Accounts Should You Have?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered how many Instagram accounts to have? This is actually a question I get asked often, especially when related to personal branding. This looks different for everyone and each situation, but I wanted to share my thoughts on this. Here’s what we discuss in the episode:</p> <ul> <li>Asking yourself what you want when it comes to your online marketing strategy</li> <li>Not an accounts issue, but a positioning issue</li> <li>Determining your goals for your account(s)</li> <li>My personal approach to Instagram accounts</li> <li>Show what you want to sell</li> <li>Do what feels right for you and your business</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Flodesk: Get started with email marketing! 50% off your subscription <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">here</a> or with the code <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">MADDIE</a>.</em></p> <p><em>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-many-instagram-accounts-should-you-have/"> here</a></em></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Have you ever wondered how many Instagram accounts to have? This is actually a question I get asked often, especially when related to personal branding. This looks different for everyone and each situation, but I wanted to share my thoughts on this. Here’s what we discuss in the episode:</p> <ul> <li>Asking yourself what you want when it comes to your online marketing strategy</li> <li>Not an accounts issue, but a positioning issue</li> <li>Determining your goals for your account(s)</li> <li>My personal approach to Instagram accounts</li> <li>Show what you want to sell</li> <li>Do what feels right for you and your business</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Flodesk: Get started with email marketing! 50% off your subscription <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">here</a> or with the code <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">MADDIE</a>.</em></p> <p><em>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-many-instagram-accounts-should-you-have/"> here</a></em></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/89-how-many-instagram-accounts-should-you-have]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5ec7ad58-2ec5-41a9-ac1c-0aed1b116e35</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 06 Apr 2023 10:00:11 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/2e890221-0975-4a90-b8c8-5bb933534866/tip-4-6-2023-how-many-ig-converted.mp3" length="11102103" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:13</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#88: Randi went from starting a side hustle to quitting her job (Rebrand Client Spotlight)</title><itunes:title>#88: Randi went from starting a side hustle to quitting her job (Rebrand Client Spotlight)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[  <p>Doors CLOSE Tuesday, April 4 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>  ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[  <p>Doors CLOSE Tuesday, April 4 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>  ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/88-randi-went-from-starting-a-side-hustle-to-quitting-her-job-rebrand-client-spotlight]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2f21c9e1-fc18-4f24-a3c5-57c19b76301e</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 29 Mar 2023 17:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/a74e14ed-63c1-42b1-b448-bb9be6042c8c/8-randi-interview.mp3" length="26672158" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#87: Brooklyn is consistently booking brand clients faster than she imagined (Rebrand Client Spotlight)</title><itunes:title>#87: Brooklyn is consistently booking brand clients faster than she imagined (Rebrand Client Spotlight)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[  <p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>  ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[  <p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>  ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/87-brooklyn-is-consistently-booking-brand-clients-faster-than-she-imagined-rebrand-client-spotlight]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ae70f173-4544-4a81-b662-f4d3b93570f9</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 29 Mar 2023 03:11:29 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/787f0cf0-a79d-4301-8b8b-37d172f7b969/9-brooklyn.mp3" length="15643461" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#86: Amanda went from charging $250 to $2500+ (Rebrand Client Spotlight)</title><itunes:title>#86: Amanda went from charging $250 to $2500+ (Rebrand Client Spotlight)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[  <p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>  ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[  <p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>  ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/86-amanda-went-from-charging-250-to-2500-rebrand-client-spotlight]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">211d32c0-21b7-4e19-88ed-7615dbdc5460</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 28 Mar 2023 17:27:10 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/9404c519-d4d6-4652-8fbf-2d096a572dcb/7-amanda-interview-converted.mp3" length="24564423" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>34:07</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#85: Evolving as a Personal Brand</title><itunes:title>#85: Evolving as a Personal Brand</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[  <p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>  ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[  <p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>  ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/85-evolving-as-a-personal-brand]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8f614f44-b07d-484e-b60f-672eb29457bf</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 27 Mar 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/d0e2f648-a8c4-44b6-a051-560ec1c0041d/6-evolving-as-a-personal-brand.mp3" length="6875533" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>07:10</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#84: How to Deepen Relationships as a Brand Photographer</title><itunes:title>#84: How to Deepen Relationships as a Brand Photographer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/84-how-to-deepen-relationships-as-a-brand-photographer]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">32210bc8-d113-463e-92fb-decd461fdb79</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Fri, 24 Mar 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/23644155-fe64-4e8b-af7d-476439808036/5-how-to-deepen-relationships-as-a-brand-photographer.mp3" length="9366593" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>09:45</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#83: How to Create Rapport as a Brand Photographer</title><itunes:title>#83: How to Create Rapport as a Brand Photographer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/83-how-to-create-rapport-as-a-brand-photographer]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4f6fef58-807d-4700-8900-ddd4bdfadc7a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 23 Mar 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/1133bb5f-e27a-4b46-a446-3d3b76b7fcf2/4-how-to-create-rapport-as-a-brand-photographer.mp3" length="6618923" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>06:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#82: How to Build Your Reputation as a Brand Photographer</title><itunes:title>#82: How to Build Your Reputation as a Brand Photographer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/82-how-to-build-your-reputation-as-a-brand-photographer]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">04e5c5cf-0f1f-45d6-b19f-fc2ab9f40bc0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 22 Mar 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/ace6ce43-22b7-45e0-970c-8dcc0891d3fa/3-how-to-build-your-reputation-as-a-brand-photographer.mp3" length="8445830" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>08:48</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#81: How to Build an Authentic Personal Brand</title><itunes:title>#81: How to Build an Authentic Personal Brand</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/81-how-to-build-an-authentic-personal-brand]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2c009e0c-f125-47a3-be9e-c33d2ec88f3c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 21 Mar 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/d49badc1-42c3-4b92-a023-66e419685416/2-how-to-build-an-authentic-personal-brand.mp3" length="9329801" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>09:43</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#80: Why I Made the Switch to Personal Brand Photography</title><itunes:title>#80: Why I Made the Switch to Personal Brand Photography</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Doors open Friday, March 17 to my 16-week group coaching program, REBRAND. If you're a photographer who wants to pivot into personal branding photography so you can scale your income, work betters hours, and run a business that feels like YOU, Rebrand made for you. More here: https://www.maddiepeschong.com/rebrand</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/80-why-i-made-the-switch-to-personal-brand-photography]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2e20da39-abbc-40ff-988b-dcb7ae3e3ab0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 20 Mar 2023 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/72d289d6-087a-4a1d-b694-f0d1b5a63e52/1-why-i-made-the-switch-to-brand-photography.mp3" length="21087413" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>21:58</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#79: Using Video to Help Your Brand Stand Out with Kelli White</title><itunes:title>#79: Using Video to Help Your Brand Stand Out with Kelli White</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I met Kelli White at the Reset Conference, and we connected over personal branding and brand work right away. Kelli specializes in brand videography and shares video education in a very approachable way.</p> <p>Today we are talking about how you can start utilizing video within your brand to help it stand out. Here is what I discussed with Kelli:</p> <ul> <li>An increase in video need</li> <li>Can every brand benefit from video?</li> <li>Short-form video and other ways to utilize video</li> <li>Long-form content/video ideas</li> <li>How you can use video in your client process</li> <li>Where to start if you are intimated with using video</li> <li>How video can be serving you as a business owner and also your clients</li> <li>At what point should you hire someone to help you with video?</li> <li>Where to use and share your video</li> <li>Video gear and softwares to consider (even if you aren't a videographer!)</li> </ul><br/> <p>Connect with Kelli on Instagram @kelliwhitephotography or @shelearnsvideo to get more video education</p> <p><em>Gear/software mentioned: upgrade your iPhone, Rode iPhone microphone, tripod or light stand, LED panels/ring lights, iMovie, Abode Rush, Loom, Canva</em></p> <p>Free 5 day mini course all about making the move to brand photography <a href= "http://maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/using-video-to-help-your-brand-stand-out-with-kelli-white/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I met Kelli White at the Reset Conference, and we connected over personal branding and brand work right away. Kelli specializes in brand videography and shares video education in a very approachable way.</p> <p>Today we are talking about how you can start utilizing video within your brand to help it stand out. Here is what I discussed with Kelli:</p> <ul> <li>An increase in video need</li> <li>Can every brand benefit from video?</li> <li>Short-form video and other ways to utilize video</li> <li>Long-form content/video ideas</li> <li>How you can use video in your client process</li> <li>Where to start if you are intimated with using video</li> <li>How video can be serving you as a business owner and also your clients</li> <li>At what point should you hire someone to help you with video?</li> <li>Where to use and share your video</li> <li>Video gear and softwares to consider (even if you aren't a videographer!)</li> </ul><br/> <p>Connect with Kelli on Instagram @kelliwhitephotography or @shelearnsvideo to get more video education</p> <p><em>Gear/software mentioned: upgrade your iPhone, Rode iPhone microphone, tripod or light stand, LED panels/ring lights, iMovie, Abode Rush, Loom, Canva</em></p> <p>Free 5 day mini course all about making the move to brand photography <a href= "http://maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/using-video-to-help-your-brand-stand-out-with-kelli-white/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/79-using-video-to-help-your-brand-stand-out-with-kelli-white]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ffd50bc9-fe5a-4bdd-b4b5-02fe78ed34d3</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 09 Mar 2023 11:00:14 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/1b6e2466-61e6-40de-93f0-f95a3b5d5a3a/tip-3-9-2023-kelli-white-converted.mp3" length="32491036" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:41</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#78: How I Made 7K in 1 Day with Mini Sessions</title><itunes:title>#78: 7K Mini Session Day</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I love talking about mini sessions! We chatted in <a title= "How I Made $5,000 in One Day with Mini Sessions" href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-made-5000-in-one-day-with-mini-sessions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">episode 50</a> about last year’s mini session day where I made 5K. It's fun to come back again each year and share about what went well, what didn’t, what I would change, etc.</p> <p>For background, I offer mini sessions typically once a year where clients can choose between a brand mini session or a headshot mini session. I’m sharing today about how this year’s mini session day went, how I made 2K more than I did last year, and other mini session tips. Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Mini session overview and pricing/upselling info</li> <li>What I love about mini sessions</li> <li>Things I did differently this year</li> <li>How I utilized my waitlist and built it throughout the year</li> <li>Why I’m considering making my mini session day a bi-annual event</li> <li>Utilizing more than just Instagram to sell my mini sessions</li> <li>Why the mini sessions were easy to sell</li> <li>Inviting people to book and reaching out to potential clients</li> <li>Pricing rundown</li> <li>How I changed my marketing strategies this year</li> <li>Promoting through the entire launch (up until the very last minute!)</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Free 5 day mini course all about making the move to brand photography <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer">here</a>!</em></p> <p><em>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/7k-mini-session-day/">here</a></em></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I love talking about mini sessions! We chatted in <a title= "How I Made $5,000 in One Day with Mini Sessions" href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-made-5000-in-one-day-with-mini-sessions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">episode 50</a> about last year’s mini session day where I made 5K. It's fun to come back again each year and share about what went well, what didn’t, what I would change, etc.</p> <p>For background, I offer mini sessions typically once a year where clients can choose between a brand mini session or a headshot mini session. I’m sharing today about how this year’s mini session day went, how I made 2K more than I did last year, and other mini session tips. Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Mini session overview and pricing/upselling info</li> <li>What I love about mini sessions</li> <li>Things I did differently this year</li> <li>How I utilized my waitlist and built it throughout the year</li> <li>Why I’m considering making my mini session day a bi-annual event</li> <li>Utilizing more than just Instagram to sell my mini sessions</li> <li>Why the mini sessions were easy to sell</li> <li>Inviting people to book and reaching out to potential clients</li> <li>Pricing rundown</li> <li>How I changed my marketing strategies this year</li> <li>Promoting through the entire launch (up until the very last minute!)</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Free 5 day mini course all about making the move to brand photography <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brandphotographer">here</a>!</em></p> <p><em>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/7k-mini-session-day/">here</a></em></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/78-how-i-made-7k-in-1-day-with-mini-sessions]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7c649e82-4c5c-43a8-a250-d1dfc39d1d16</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 23 Feb 2023 11:00:47 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/6057c46b-752a-4a6a-8e2e-ffc247269ded/tip-2-23-2023-7k-session-converted.mp3" length="22356423" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:37</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#77: Adding Stock Photography as Passive Income with Aubrey Westlund</title><itunes:title>#77: Adding Stock Photography as Passive Income with Aubrey Westlund</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I love the discussion around stock photography and using this opportunity within your business. We previously had a conversation regarding it way back in <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/passive-income-with-stock-photography/"> episode #2</a> with my friend Annie Otzen.</p> <p>We are again discussing stock photography as a source of passive income with Aubrey Westlund this time, and I love what she has to share about it. In this episode, we talk about different agencies, how to get started, and how to make it approachable. Here are some of the big points that Aubrey touches on:</p> <ul> <li>Why Aubrey is passionate about stock photography</li> <li>The income opportunity and potential that comes with stock photography</li> <li>Is stock photography a lot of work? And how Aubrey keeps up with it</li> <li>How to get started and agencies out there</li> <li>Different aspects to different agencies</li> <li>Diversifying your portfolio</li> <li>Releases possibly needed before submitting photos</li> <li>Adding keywords to help your images be found</li> <li>How Aubrey finds inspiration and goes about deciding what to submit</li> </ul><br/> <p>You can connect with Aubrey for more passive income tips via her <a href="https://www.aubreywestlund.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">website</a> or on social media @aubreywestlund. Aubrey also has a free download called <a href= "https://www.aubreywestlund.com/lbb" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">The Little Black Book of Stock Photo Agencies</a> which compares agencies and helps you decide the best one to use.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/adding-stock-photography-as-passive-income-with-aubrey-westlund/"> here</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I love the discussion around stock photography and using this opportunity within your business. We previously had a conversation regarding it way back in <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/passive-income-with-stock-photography/"> episode #2</a> with my friend Annie Otzen.</p> <p>We are again discussing stock photography as a source of passive income with Aubrey Westlund this time, and I love what she has to share about it. In this episode, we talk about different agencies, how to get started, and how to make it approachable. Here are some of the big points that Aubrey touches on:</p> <ul> <li>Why Aubrey is passionate about stock photography</li> <li>The income opportunity and potential that comes with stock photography</li> <li>Is stock photography a lot of work? And how Aubrey keeps up with it</li> <li>How to get started and agencies out there</li> <li>Different aspects to different agencies</li> <li>Diversifying your portfolio</li> <li>Releases possibly needed before submitting photos</li> <li>Adding keywords to help your images be found</li> <li>How Aubrey finds inspiration and goes about deciding what to submit</li> </ul><br/> <p>You can connect with Aubrey for more passive income tips via her <a href="https://www.aubreywestlund.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">website</a> or on social media @aubreywestlund. Aubrey also has a free download called <a href= "https://www.aubreywestlund.com/lbb" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">The Little Black Book of Stock Photo Agencies</a> which compares agencies and helps you decide the best one to use.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/adding-stock-photography-as-passive-income-with-aubrey-westlund/"> here</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/77-adding-stock-photography-as-passive-income-with-aubrey-westlund]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">34ae1cf1-fc12-47ac-864a-2aca1d97ce2d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 09 Feb 2023 11:00:29 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/8dee4c7b-431b-45ad-9f1f-f7e4d507ad60/tip-2-9-2023-aubrey-converted.mp3" length="31451364" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>37:26</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#76: How to Handle Slow Seasons in Business</title><itunes:title>#76: How to Handle Slow Seasons in Business</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve been in business for a while, you have experienced a slow season. Sometimes slow seasons are expected (like planning to work less in the summer, for example), and sometimes they happen when we aren’t expecting them (like a global pandemic). Either way, they happen and are a normal part of business.</p> <p>I want to share how we can use slow seasons to our advantage and tips for how to handle them when they come. Here are the main items discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Figuring out what a typical year looks like for you</li> <li>Getting 'intimate' with your numbers</li> <li>The right way to compare seasons of business, and what you might be doing wrong</li> <li>Prioritizing rest during a slow season</li> <li>Tackling backend work (finding an editor, finding a VA, tax stuff, setting up automations, scheduling out social media, client workflows, etc.)</li> <li>Do something creative (and it doesn’t have to be something that makes you money!)</li> <li>Starting conversations when you are ready for things to pick back up</li> <li>Using social media to get things rolling again</li> <li>Stay open to possibilities, even when things look and feel slow</li> </ul><br/> <p>Remember that slow seasons happen and are a part of business! And I hope this episode encourages you that slow seasons can still be a beneficial time to your business.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-to-handle-slow-seasons-in-business/"> here</a></p> <p>Dubsado: 20% off your first month or year with the code MADDIEPESCHONG <a href= "http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">here</a>.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>If you’ve been in business for a while, you have experienced a slow season. Sometimes slow seasons are expected (like planning to work less in the summer, for example), and sometimes they happen when we aren’t expecting them (like a global pandemic). Either way, they happen and are a normal part of business.</p> <p>I want to share how we can use slow seasons to our advantage and tips for how to handle them when they come. Here are the main items discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Figuring out what a typical year looks like for you</li> <li>Getting 'intimate' with your numbers</li> <li>The right way to compare seasons of business, and what you might be doing wrong</li> <li>Prioritizing rest during a slow season</li> <li>Tackling backend work (finding an editor, finding a VA, tax stuff, setting up automations, scheduling out social media, client workflows, etc.)</li> <li>Do something creative (and it doesn’t have to be something that makes you money!)</li> <li>Starting conversations when you are ready for things to pick back up</li> <li>Using social media to get things rolling again</li> <li>Stay open to possibilities, even when things look and feel slow</li> </ul><br/> <p>Remember that slow seasons happen and are a part of business! And I hope this episode encourages you that slow seasons can still be a beneficial time to your business.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-to-handle-slow-seasons-in-business/"> here</a></p> <p>Dubsado: 20% off your first month or year with the code MADDIEPESCHONG <a href= "http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">here</a>.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/76-how-to-handle-slow-seasons-in-business]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">fccddfbd-a442-4535-8ddb-904d02b13eb1</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 26 Jan 2023 11:00:27 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/6325b3d6-355d-453a-8984-151a861aeff5/tip-1-26-2023-slow-seasons-converted.mp3" length="25443147" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:17</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#75: Finding Your Special Sauce with Taylor de la Fuente</title><itunes:title>#75: Finding Your Special Sauce with Taylor de la Fuente</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Taylor de la Fuente is an award-winning writer on a mission to help creatives take over the world. As the CEO of Lemon Tree Editorial — a boutique copywriting agency for creatives — Taylor and her team write bold, inclusive copy that sells their clients' services for them. Ready to cyber-stalk her? Head over to lteditorial.com.</p> <p>In this episode, Taylor shares about your “special sauce” and how to use that to grow your business. After listening to this episode, I believe you’ll know how to update your marketing funnel and website to attract more dream clients to your service-based business.</p> <p>Here are the main items discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>How Taylor got started in copywriting</li> <li>Stepping into your confidence and how copy can help with that</li> <li>How it takes time to find your special sauce and business interests</li> <li>Taylor’s special sauce and three ways to find yours</li> <li>Questions to ask yourself to discover your special sauce</li> <li>How asking your clients can help you discover what makes your business unique and stand out</li> <li>Using your business besties and peers to get an outside perspective on what makes you different to discover your special sauce</li> <li>Taking that information and then starting at the bottom of your funnel to update things</li> <li>Taylor’s tips for updating your website</li> <li>What personal branding means to Taylor</li> </ul><br/> <p>I love the tangible tips Taylor mentioned that you can start doing right now! If you want to connect with her, you can find her on Instagram @lteditorial.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/finding-your-special-sauce-with-taylor-de-la-fuente/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Taylor de la Fuente is an award-winning writer on a mission to help creatives take over the world. As the CEO of Lemon Tree Editorial — a boutique copywriting agency for creatives — Taylor and her team write bold, inclusive copy that sells their clients' services for them. Ready to cyber-stalk her? Head over to lteditorial.com.</p> <p>In this episode, Taylor shares about your “special sauce” and how to use that to grow your business. After listening to this episode, I believe you’ll know how to update your marketing funnel and website to attract more dream clients to your service-based business.</p> <p>Here are the main items discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>How Taylor got started in copywriting</li> <li>Stepping into your confidence and how copy can help with that</li> <li>How it takes time to find your special sauce and business interests</li> <li>Taylor’s special sauce and three ways to find yours</li> <li>Questions to ask yourself to discover your special sauce</li> <li>How asking your clients can help you discover what makes your business unique and stand out</li> <li>Using your business besties and peers to get an outside perspective on what makes you different to discover your special sauce</li> <li>Taking that information and then starting at the bottom of your funnel to update things</li> <li>Taylor’s tips for updating your website</li> <li>What personal branding means to Taylor</li> </ul><br/> <p>I love the tangible tips Taylor mentioned that you can start doing right now! If you want to connect with her, you can find her on Instagram @lteditorial.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/finding-your-special-sauce-with-taylor-de-la-fuente/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/75-finding-your-special-sauce-with-taylor-de-la-fuente]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">428400ed-4dd0-456a-94a9-3f764d08aa8a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 12 Jan 2023 11:00:38 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/16055abe-653a-4fbf-bb9b-e47a41133457/tip-1-12-2023-taylor-converted.mp3" length="29939788" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>35:39</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#74: Cold Pitching is Out - Do This Instead</title><itunes:title>#74: Cold Pitching is Out - Do This Instead</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p> </p> <p>As we head into 2023, I am still experiencing cold pitching fairly often. Maybe there is a strategy behind it that I just haven’t heard, but for the most part, I don’t think cold pitching should be a part of your business plan.</p> <p>Cold pitching often feels forced, invasive, and something that most people don’t want to experience. In my opinion, cold pitching is out, and we need to utilize a better way to sell that is more authentic. That’s what episode 74 is about. Here are the main things discussed:</p> <ul> <li>Why cold pitching is out</li> <li>They key is in forming relationships</li> <li>Connecting online and offline</li> <li>Checking in with our goal behind our actions (so that it’s not just “I’m doing this to get someone to buy something”)</li> <li>We can still pitch in our business!</li> <li>Pitch examples and how women I work with go about it</li> <li>Asking for reviews and referrals</li> <li>It’s not just a transaction; there are real humans involved!</li> </ul><br/> <p>Cold pitching isn’t the only way. There are better ways to go about selling and promoting yourself, and there are better ways to grow your business and reach new people. Hopefully this episode will help you take steps that feel more authentic for you.</p> <p>Chilled Freezer Meals: 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">first order</a> with the code <em>MADDIE.</em> <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">Check out Chilled here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/cold-pitching-is-out-do-this-instead/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p> </p> <p>As we head into 2023, I am still experiencing cold pitching fairly often. Maybe there is a strategy behind it that I just haven’t heard, but for the most part, I don’t think cold pitching should be a part of your business plan.</p> <p>Cold pitching often feels forced, invasive, and something that most people don’t want to experience. In my opinion, cold pitching is out, and we need to utilize a better way to sell that is more authentic. That’s what episode 74 is about. Here are the main things discussed:</p> <ul> <li>Why cold pitching is out</li> <li>They key is in forming relationships</li> <li>Connecting online and offline</li> <li>Checking in with our goal behind our actions (so that it’s not just “I’m doing this to get someone to buy something”)</li> <li>We can still pitch in our business!</li> <li>Pitch examples and how women I work with go about it</li> <li>Asking for reviews and referrals</li> <li>It’s not just a transaction; there are real humans involved!</li> </ul><br/> <p>Cold pitching isn’t the only way. There are better ways to go about selling and promoting yourself, and there are better ways to grow your business and reach new people. Hopefully this episode will help you take steps that feel more authentic for you.</p> <p>Chilled Freezer Meals: 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">first order</a> with the code <em>MADDIE.</em> <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">Check out Chilled here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/cold-pitching-is-out-do-this-instead/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/74-cold-pitching-is-out-do-this-instead]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4ee62767-887f-4307-94cf-8aa23efaca23</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 29 Dec 2022 11:00:26 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/63590a6e-ec4d-41fc-898a-200c68431f03/tip-12-19-2022-cold-pitching.mp3" length="32038787" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:15</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#73: Creating Habits for Personal Growth and Self Care with Emily Reuschel</title><itunes:title>#73: Creating Habits for Personal Growth and Self Care with Emily Reuschel</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Emily Reuschel is an elementary school teacher turned entrepreneur and thought leader. She cultivates personal and professional growth for rural women. Her personalized habit challenge, #YouDoYou82, helps women build strong, attainable, and consistent habits to show up for the lives that they love.</p> <p>Today we are talking all about habits, personal growth, motivation, and making changes to become the best version of your self. These are the main things I discussed with Emily:</p> <ul> <li>How Emily’s past has brought her to where she is now</li> <li>How Emily discovered it was rural women she needed to be talking to</li> <li>A peek into Emily’s health journey and how it made her make a change in her life</li> <li>Personal growth and building habits</li> <li>Giving ourselves grace through change</li> <li>Motivation doesn’t always come first</li> <li>Emily’s morning habits</li> <li>Speaking as if things already happened/are happening</li> <li>Taking the one right step for YOU</li> <li>Emily’s habit challenge - YouDoYou82</li> </ul><br/> <p>Emily mentioned her habit challenge in this episode! If you want to learn more about it or grab the workbook, you can find more information <a href="https://emilyreuschel.com/you-do-you-82" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>. You can also connect with Emily on social @emilyreuschel or listen to her podcast called Gather in Growth.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/creating-habits-for-personal-growth-and-self-care-with-emily-reuschel/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Emily Reuschel is an elementary school teacher turned entrepreneur and thought leader. She cultivates personal and professional growth for rural women. Her personalized habit challenge, #YouDoYou82, helps women build strong, attainable, and consistent habits to show up for the lives that they love.</p> <p>Today we are talking all about habits, personal growth, motivation, and making changes to become the best version of your self. These are the main things I discussed with Emily:</p> <ul> <li>How Emily’s past has brought her to where she is now</li> <li>How Emily discovered it was rural women she needed to be talking to</li> <li>A peek into Emily’s health journey and how it made her make a change in her life</li> <li>Personal growth and building habits</li> <li>Giving ourselves grace through change</li> <li>Motivation doesn’t always come first</li> <li>Emily’s morning habits</li> <li>Speaking as if things already happened/are happening</li> <li>Taking the one right step for YOU</li> <li>Emily’s habit challenge - YouDoYou82</li> </ul><br/> <p>Emily mentioned her habit challenge in this episode! If you want to learn more about it or grab the workbook, you can find more information <a href="https://emilyreuschel.com/you-do-you-82" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>. You can also connect with Emily on social @emilyreuschel or listen to her podcast called Gather in Growth.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/creating-habits-for-personal-growth-and-self-care-with-emily-reuschel/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/73-creating-habits-for-personal-growth-and-self-care-with-emily-reuschel]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">79f8c2b5-7f14-4d9e-a10e-aca6773a32db</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 15 Dec 2022 11:30:42 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/8e9c3440-bb67-42e4-9241-f67bc403047c/tip-12-15-22-emily-ruschel-converted.mp3" length="31876300" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>44:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#72: When Is It Time to Niche?</title><itunes:title>#72: When Is It Time to Niche?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Today we are talking about niching! What it is, if you should do it, how to know when to do it, and everything in between.</p> <p>I believe that you can make your business be whatever you want it to be and don’t have to follow any rules, but I also have seen within my own business how niching down has helped it grow.</p> <p>Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>How to know when it’s time to niche</li> <li>Confusion around ideal client and marketing might mean you should niche</li> <li>What you show, you sell</li> <li>Communicating with clients as you shift and niche within your business</li> <li>How niching can help when you are lacking focus in your business</li> <li>Niching in my own business and slowing transitioning my website to reflect it</li> <li>A slow burn versus immediate shift</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you are ready to up-level the back end of your business and make your life easier, you can check out Dubsado <a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">here</a> or use the code <em><a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">MADDIEPESCHONG</a></em> to get 20% off your first month or year.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/when-is-it-time-to-niche/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today we are talking about niching! What it is, if you should do it, how to know when to do it, and everything in between.</p> <p>I believe that you can make your business be whatever you want it to be and don’t have to follow any rules, but I also have seen within my own business how niching down has helped it grow.</p> <p>Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>How to know when it’s time to niche</li> <li>Confusion around ideal client and marketing might mean you should niche</li> <li>What you show, you sell</li> <li>Communicating with clients as you shift and niche within your business</li> <li>How niching can help when you are lacking focus in your business</li> <li>Niching in my own business and slowing transitioning my website to reflect it</li> <li>A slow burn versus immediate shift</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you are ready to up-level the back end of your business and make your life easier, you can check out Dubsado <a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">here</a> or use the code <em><a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">MADDIEPESCHONG</a></em> to get 20% off your first month or year.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/when-is-it-time-to-niche/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/72-when-is-it-time-to-niche]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2b2a7df7-8224-4770-b02d-870c690be2a2</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 01 Dec 2022 11:00:25 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/47c46679-5033-4253-afb3-f34ece0ffe1e/tip-12-1-2022-nicheing-converted.mp3" length="16363191" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#71: 3 Clauses You May Be Missing In Your Contracts with The Legal Paige</title><itunes:title>#71: 3 Clauses You May Be Missing In Your Contracts with The Legal Paige</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p> </p> <p>I have had the privilege of having Paige, of The Legal Paige, on the podcast before (<a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-you-should-know-about-business-contracts-with-the-legal-paige/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">episode 18</a>), and she is back again to share about clauses that your contracts may be missing. Paige is a wealth of knowledge in this area, and I’m so excited for this conversation.</p> <p>Here are the main things we discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>How Paige helps bridge the gap between creatives/small businesses and legality</li> <li>Where the law is at in regards to small businesses and online industries</li> <li>As your business and client experiences change, your contracts may need to change too</li> <li>Getting a communication clause into your contract (to address ghosting!)</li> <li>Harassment clause (even for online/virtual harassment)</li> <li>Paige’s take on bad reviews and addressing them</li> <li>Non-disparagement clauses and where they belong</li> <li>The Legal Paige’s shop and how it can help you get started with adding contracts into your business (or update current contracts) and get more legally legit - plus her Black Friday sale details!</li> </ul><br/> <p>Paige is such an expert in this area, and I guarantee she has resources on <a href="https://thelegalpaige.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">her website</a> that could help you in your business today. She also shares a lot of free information and education on her website, social media, YouTube, TikTok, podcast, etc. - find her at The Legal Paige in all of those locations.</p> <p><em><a href= "https://thelegalpaige.com/collections/product-contract-templates" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Legal Paige contract shop</a>: Get in on their Black Friday sale (40% discount already applied on the website), plus use code MADDIE10 for an extra $10 off to get contracts to get you legally legit.</em> *This code for additional $10 off is only valid during the sale (November 21-28) and will be deactivated starting November 29.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/3-clauses-you-may-be-missing-in-your-contracts-with-the-legal-paige/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p> </p> <p>I have had the privilege of having Paige, of The Legal Paige, on the podcast before (<a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/what-you-should-know-about-business-contracts-with-the-legal-paige/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">episode 18</a>), and she is back again to share about clauses that your contracts may be missing. Paige is a wealth of knowledge in this area, and I’m so excited for this conversation.</p> <p>Here are the main things we discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>How Paige helps bridge the gap between creatives/small businesses and legality</li> <li>Where the law is at in regards to small businesses and online industries</li> <li>As your business and client experiences change, your contracts may need to change too</li> <li>Getting a communication clause into your contract (to address ghosting!)</li> <li>Harassment clause (even for online/virtual harassment)</li> <li>Paige’s take on bad reviews and addressing them</li> <li>Non-disparagement clauses and where they belong</li> <li>The Legal Paige’s shop and how it can help you get started with adding contracts into your business (or update current contracts) and get more legally legit - plus her Black Friday sale details!</li> </ul><br/> <p>Paige is such an expert in this area, and I guarantee she has resources on <a href="https://thelegalpaige.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">her website</a> that could help you in your business today. She also shares a lot of free information and education on her website, social media, YouTube, TikTok, podcast, etc. - find her at The Legal Paige in all of those locations.</p> <p><em><a href= "https://thelegalpaige.com/collections/product-contract-templates" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Legal Paige contract shop</a>: Get in on their Black Friday sale (40% discount already applied on the website), plus use code MADDIE10 for an extra $10 off to get contracts to get you legally legit.</em> *This code for additional $10 off is only valid during the sale (November 21-28) and will be deactivated starting November 29.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/3-clauses-you-may-be-missing-in-your-contracts-with-the-legal-paige/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/71-3-clauses-you-may-be-missing-in-your-contracts-with-the-legal-paige]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">60fb3c37-419c-4de7-b88f-dfc329477a2e</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 17 Nov 2022 11:00:24 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/a32e246e-5415-45a9-b8a7-877c798e45a4/tip-11-17-22-legal-paige-converted.mp3" length="32598220" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:48</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#70: Making Less and Not Meeting Revenue Goals</title><itunes:title>#70: Making Less and Not Meeting Revenue Goals</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I found myself panicking as I was looking at my revenue for the year so far and saw I was behind where I was last year at this time. I also saw that I probably am not going to hit my revenue goal for this year.</p> <p>But amongst that panic, I stopped myself to remember that what I am making is still a big accomplishment. I have also had many other successes this year that haven’t been related to money.</p> <p>Money is a big part of business and the reality of not hitting certain revenue goals can be tough, but there also doesn’t have to be shame around that. We are diving into this conversation on this episode. Here are the main things discussed:</p> <ul> <li>Seasonality in business and my slow summer</li> <li>Working on myself and money beliefs</li> <li>Creating my personal branding framework and a breakthrough</li> <li>My word for the year</li> <li>How pruning and refining in my business led to less money but more growth</li> <li>Success in my year even if the money doesn’t reflect it</li> <li>Setting goals for next year</li> </ul><br/> <p>Chilled Freezer Meals: 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">first order</a> with the code <em>MADDIE10.</em> <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">Check out Chilled here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/making-less-and-not-meeting-revenue-goals/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I found myself panicking as I was looking at my revenue for the year so far and saw I was behind where I was last year at this time. I also saw that I probably am not going to hit my revenue goal for this year.</p> <p>But amongst that panic, I stopped myself to remember that what I am making is still a big accomplishment. I have also had many other successes this year that haven’t been related to money.</p> <p>Money is a big part of business and the reality of not hitting certain revenue goals can be tough, but there also doesn’t have to be shame around that. We are diving into this conversation on this episode. Here are the main things discussed:</p> <ul> <li>Seasonality in business and my slow summer</li> <li>Working on myself and money beliefs</li> <li>Creating my personal branding framework and a breakthrough</li> <li>My word for the year</li> <li>How pruning and refining in my business led to less money but more growth</li> <li>Success in my year even if the money doesn’t reflect it</li> <li>Setting goals for next year</li> </ul><br/> <p>Chilled Freezer Meals: 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">first order</a> with the code <em>MADDIE10.</em> <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">Check out Chilled here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/making-less-and-not-meeting-revenue-goals/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/70-making-less-and-not-meeting-revenue-goals]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">b5d8153d-e852-4634-a5f6-9220a066105f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 03 Nov 2022 10:00:48 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/63e8c60f-224f-4091-9291-87be210fbd9c/tip-11-3-2022-revenue-converted.mp3" length="16716756" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#69: Having a Purpose Driven Brand with Solveig Petch</title><itunes:title>#69: Having a Purpose Driven Brand with Solveig Petch</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Solveig Petch (AKA, Petchy) is a brand strategist and identity designer. She helps clients uncover their unique brand core and then translates that into compelling brand strategy and visuals to help them reach more ideal clients.</p> <p>Petchy knows the ins and outs of building a brand, specifically having a purpose driven brand. Here are the main things discussed in this episode with her:</p> <ul> <li>Petchy’s start in brand strategy and finding your right path</li> <li>What conversations Petchy sees around branding (she’s based in Norway!)</li> <li>Being in the driver’s seat of your brand</li> <li>What having a personal brand means to Petchy</li> <li>Embracing the true you and making yourself stand out</li> <li>Purpose driven brand versus a profit driven brand</li> <li>The ripple effect of making a difference</li> <li>How Petchy helps her clients with confidence</li> <li>The risk of not stepping into your purpose driven brand</li> <li>Brand values versus bland values</li> <li>Balancing personal and private life on social media</li> <li>The next step for you to take</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you are ready to get started with creating value within your brand, you can visit Petchy’s website <a href="https://petchy.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a> to join a free five-day email course. You can also connect with her on social media @petchy.co.</p> Dubsado: 20% off your first month or year with the code MADDIEPESCHONG <a href= "http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow" rev="en_rl_none">here</a>.   Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/having-a-purpose-driven-brand-with-solveig-petch/"> here</a> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Solveig Petch (AKA, Petchy) is a brand strategist and identity designer. She helps clients uncover their unique brand core and then translates that into compelling brand strategy and visuals to help them reach more ideal clients.</p> <p>Petchy knows the ins and outs of building a brand, specifically having a purpose driven brand. Here are the main things discussed in this episode with her:</p> <ul> <li>Petchy’s start in brand strategy and finding your right path</li> <li>What conversations Petchy sees around branding (she’s based in Norway!)</li> <li>Being in the driver’s seat of your brand</li> <li>What having a personal brand means to Petchy</li> <li>Embracing the true you and making yourself stand out</li> <li>Purpose driven brand versus a profit driven brand</li> <li>The ripple effect of making a difference</li> <li>How Petchy helps her clients with confidence</li> <li>The risk of not stepping into your purpose driven brand</li> <li>Brand values versus bland values</li> <li>Balancing personal and private life on social media</li> <li>The next step for you to take</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you are ready to get started with creating value within your brand, you can visit Petchy’s website <a href="https://petchy.co/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a> to join a free five-day email course. You can also connect with her on social media @petchy.co.</p> Dubsado: 20% off your first month or year with the code MADDIEPESCHONG <a href= "http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow" rev="en_rl_none">here</a>.   Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/having-a-purpose-driven-brand-with-solveig-petch/"> here</a> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/69-having-a-purpose-driven-brand-with-solveig-petch]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">27417158-7d2d-4532-844f-5eb2433df05f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 20 Oct 2022 09:00:36 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/212cb998-d7a9-4220-aa5d-a7808fe3aed2/tip-10-20-22-petchy-converted.mp3" length="25283980" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>35:07</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#68: 5 Quick Updates To Make Your Website Better Today with Samantha Mabe</title><itunes:title>#68: 5 Quick Updates To Make Your Website Better Today with Samantha Mabe</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Creating, updating, or editing a website can be really overwhelming when you aren’t a website designer or SEO expert. But having a website that converts and is easy for customers to use is really important.</p> <p>Samantha Mabe is discussing all things website related and simple quick fixes you (yes, you!) can do to make your site better today. Samantha Mabe is the creative director and designer of Lemon and the Sea. She helps service providers and coaches who are ready to launch their signature offer and need a website that matches the high-caliber work they're doing. With her signature framework, Samantha has designed and customized websites for all different types of entrepreneurs. When she is not digging into design and strategy, Samantha loves true crime podcasts, adventures with her toddler, and trying to keep up with her Netflix queue.</p> <p>Here are the main items discussed in this episode with Samantha:</p> <ul> <li>At what point in someone’s business it makes sense to create a website</li> <li>Starting a website now rather than later</li> <li>Why your website is so important for funnels and converting</li> <li>Having an online presence to help clients get to know and trust you</li> <li>Making it a positive (and easy) experience for people coming to our website</li> <li>Website pages that Samantha likes to have on websites</li> <li>5 quick updates to make right now that will help your website convert more</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you want to connect with Samantha or learn about her services you can find her on <a title="here" href= "https://www.lemonandthesea.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a> website here or on social media @lemonandthesea.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/5-quick-updates-to-make-your-website-better-today-with-samantha-mabe/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Creating, updating, or editing a website can be really overwhelming when you aren’t a website designer or SEO expert. But having a website that converts and is easy for customers to use is really important.</p> <p>Samantha Mabe is discussing all things website related and simple quick fixes you (yes, you!) can do to make your site better today. Samantha Mabe is the creative director and designer of Lemon and the Sea. She helps service providers and coaches who are ready to launch their signature offer and need a website that matches the high-caliber work they're doing. With her signature framework, Samantha has designed and customized websites for all different types of entrepreneurs. When she is not digging into design and strategy, Samantha loves true crime podcasts, adventures with her toddler, and trying to keep up with her Netflix queue.</p> <p>Here are the main items discussed in this episode with Samantha:</p> <ul> <li>At what point in someone’s business it makes sense to create a website</li> <li>Starting a website now rather than later</li> <li>Why your website is so important for funnels and converting</li> <li>Having an online presence to help clients get to know and trust you</li> <li>Making it a positive (and easy) experience for people coming to our website</li> <li>Website pages that Samantha likes to have on websites</li> <li>5 quick updates to make right now that will help your website convert more</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you want to connect with Samantha or learn about her services you can find her on <a title="here" href= "https://www.lemonandthesea.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a> website here or on social media @lemonandthesea.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/5-quick-updates-to-make-your-website-better-today-with-samantha-mabe/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/68-5-quick-updates-to-make-your-website-better-today-with-samantha-mabe]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">1c8213fe-79ab-41d0-8105-04643f4d8e68</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 06 Oct 2022 10:00:27 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/fec3e066-fbd4-42df-9c2c-4667a35a1093/tip-10-6-samantha-mabe-converted.mp3" length="19049028" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:27</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#67: Why Taylor Swift is a Personal Brand Queen [BONUS EPISODE]</title><itunes:title>#67: Why Taylor Swift is a Personal Brand Queen [BONUS EPISODE]</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>It's no secret that I'm a huge Taylor Swift fan. I love her music of course, but I'm continually impressed by her marketing prowess and the foresight she has when it comes to her music and brand. This bonus episode explores the four R's of personal branding and how Taylor nails every single one.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It's no secret that I'm a huge Taylor Swift fan. I love her music of course, but I'm continually impressed by her marketing prowess and the foresight she has when it comes to her music and brand. This bonus episode explores the four R's of personal branding and how Taylor nails every single one.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/67-why-taylor-swift-is-a-personal-brand-queen-bonus-episode]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2845b82e-3ef0-43e9-9f35-91c5a15b5e7c</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 27 Sep 2022 18:40:17 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f786d785-c17c-4265-9218-bc209e6f1470/taylor-swift.mp3" length="39268645" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#66: Crop Top Confidence</title><itunes:title>#66: Crop Top Confidence</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I own 7 crop tops. If you would have told me a few years ago that after three babies I would feel more at home in a crop top than just about any other piece of clothing, I would have thought you were insane.</p> <p>But it’s true. And it comes back to the work I've done in thinking about my future self and working to create that reality right now (rather than waiting). This is why today’s episode is all about confidence! Here’s the main topics discussed:</p> <ul> <li>You can’t wait until you feel confident</li> <li>Growing up, body image, and spaghetti straps</li> <li>Exploring the question of “how do I want to feel”</li> <li>Wading into wearing crop tops</li> <li>How wearing crop tops actually makes me feel</li> <li>What my confidence is tied to (it’s not just body image related)</li> <li>I don’t have it all figured out yet!</li> <li>Getting curious</li> </ul><br/> <p>Flodesk: Get started with email marketing! 50% off your subscription <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">here</a> or with the code <a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">MADDIE</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/crop-top-confidence/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I own 7 crop tops. If you would have told me a few years ago that after three babies I would feel more at home in a crop top than just about any other piece of clothing, I would have thought you were insane.</p> <p>But it’s true. And it comes back to the work I've done in thinking about my future self and working to create that reality right now (rather than waiting). This is why today’s episode is all about confidence! Here’s the main topics discussed:</p> <ul> <li>You can’t wait until you feel confident</li> <li>Growing up, body image, and spaghetti straps</li> <li>Exploring the question of “how do I want to feel”</li> <li>Wading into wearing crop tops</li> <li>How wearing crop tops actually makes me feel</li> <li>What my confidence is tied to (it’s not just body image related)</li> <li>I don’t have it all figured out yet!</li> <li>Getting curious</li> </ul><br/> <p>Flodesk: Get started with email marketing! 50% off your subscription <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">here</a> or with the code <a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">MADDIE</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/crop-top-confidence/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/66-crop-top-confidence]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c54bae7a-6a81-47e3-b2c1-2cd171e1b654</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 22 Sep 2022 10:00:56 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/6fabd542-2ad4-4009-a1bb-c8d6b2b0611f/tip-9-22-2022-crop-tops-converted.mp3" length="12805515" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:15</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#65: Money Mindset with Sheila Hansen</title><itunes:title>#65: Money Mindset with Sheila Hansen</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I could talk about money mindset all day long! It’s a favorite part of business, and it can also be a challenging part. My friend, Sheila Hansen, is the perfect person to guide a discussion on this topic, so I am so excited to have her on this episode of the podcast.</p> <p>Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Feeling the emotions of entrepreneurship and money</li> <li>How our beliefs about money can be traced back to childhood</li> <li>Navigating debt (taking on debt for business, etc.)</li> <li>Mindset around paying taxes</li> <li>Handling processing fees</li> <li>Scarcity mindset and upper lilmits</li> <li>Working through the time = money belief</li> <li>Excuses and other money mindset struggles</li> <li>Book recommendations</li> <li>Where to start if you are new to working on your money mindset</li> </ul><br/> <p>Connect with Sheila on social media @sheila.hansen.cpa</p> <p>Book recommendations mentioned in this episode: Rich AF by Amanda Frances, It's Not Your Money by Tosha Silver, The Go Giver by Bob Burg and John David Mann</p> <p>Chilled Freezer Meals: 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">first order</a> with the code MADDIE. <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">Check out Chilled here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/money-mindset-with-sheila-hansen/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I could talk about money mindset all day long! It’s a favorite part of business, and it can also be a challenging part. My friend, Sheila Hansen, is the perfect person to guide a discussion on this topic, so I am so excited to have her on this episode of the podcast.</p> <p>Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Feeling the emotions of entrepreneurship and money</li> <li>How our beliefs about money can be traced back to childhood</li> <li>Navigating debt (taking on debt for business, etc.)</li> <li>Mindset around paying taxes</li> <li>Handling processing fees</li> <li>Scarcity mindset and upper lilmits</li> <li>Working through the time = money belief</li> <li>Excuses and other money mindset struggles</li> <li>Book recommendations</li> <li>Where to start if you are new to working on your money mindset</li> </ul><br/> <p>Connect with Sheila on social media @sheila.hansen.cpa</p> <p>Book recommendations mentioned in this episode: Rich AF by Amanda Frances, It's Not Your Money by Tosha Silver, The Go Giver by Bob Burg and John David Mann</p> <p>Chilled Freezer Meals: 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">first order</a> with the code MADDIE. <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">Check out Chilled here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/money-mindset-with-sheila-hansen/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/65-money-mindset-with-sheila-hansen]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">aa08fbd9-b03f-43f7-b917-50c941e1af74</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 08 Sep 2022 10:00:18 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/71d77f06-59b8-44c3-ad14-b5334350f94c/tip-9-8-sheila-hansen-converted.mp3" length="28937307" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>40:11</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#64: My Weekly Planning Routine</title><itunes:title>#64: My Weekly Planning Routine</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Do you ever feel burnt out and overwhelmed, but then you look at your to-do list and calendar and it’s not even that much to handle?</p> <p>If you don’t have a good grasp on your schedule and things are getting forgotten, or you feel like you can’t keep up or stay organized, this episode is for you! Once I got a better handle on my schedule, I found I was able to avoid that constant overwhelming feeling.</p> <p>I’m walking through my weekly planning routine. Here are the main things discussed:</p> <ul> <li>Using both a paper calendar and Google calendar</li> <li>Why I start with scheduling in my free time FIRST (and what I mean by “free” time)</li> <li>Creating my to-do list for the week (for both family and work) and trimming it down</li> <li>Preparing food according to my schedule</li> <li>Blocking out time on calendar for tasks</li> <li>Having specific directions for each task and what needs to happen in that timeframe (‘work on podcast’ is not helpful enough!)</li> <li>How I utilize my to-do list to make the most of my time when I finish tasks early</li> <li>Including enough buffer time on your calendar</li> </ul><br/> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-weekly-planning-routine-2/">here</a></p> <p>Get started with email marketing! 50% off your Flodesk subscription <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">here</a> or with the code <a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">MADDIE</a>.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Do you ever feel burnt out and overwhelmed, but then you look at your to-do list and calendar and it’s not even that much to handle?</p> <p>If you don’t have a good grasp on your schedule and things are getting forgotten, or you feel like you can’t keep up or stay organized, this episode is for you! Once I got a better handle on my schedule, I found I was able to avoid that constant overwhelming feeling.</p> <p>I’m walking through my weekly planning routine. Here are the main things discussed:</p> <ul> <li>Using both a paper calendar and Google calendar</li> <li>Why I start with scheduling in my free time FIRST (and what I mean by “free” time)</li> <li>Creating my to-do list for the week (for both family and work) and trimming it down</li> <li>Preparing food according to my schedule</li> <li>Blocking out time on calendar for tasks</li> <li>Having specific directions for each task and what needs to happen in that timeframe (‘work on podcast’ is not helpful enough!)</li> <li>How I utilize my to-do list to make the most of my time when I finish tasks early</li> <li>Including enough buffer time on your calendar</li> </ul><br/> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/my-weekly-planning-routine-2/">here</a></p> <p>Get started with email marketing! 50% off your Flodesk subscription <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">here</a> or with the code <a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">MADDIE</a>.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/64-my-weekly-planning-routine]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">6b782743-fd79-42a2-b06b-7fa5be4682d2</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 25 Aug 2022 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/4fd95d4b-7fb6-44e6-aa5a-38673199ccd1/tip-8-25-22-weekly-planning-converted.mp3" length="18511131" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:02</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#63: Using Tools to Set Business Boundaries with Tech Savvy Creative</title><itunes:title>#63: Using Tools to Set Business Boundaries with Tech Savvy Creative</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Dawn is a software engineer turned wedding photographer who has a passion for helping Creatives create a thriving business. Technology can be intimidating, and it’s Dawn’s goal to make tech fun and easy to understand. She will show you how systems, tools and other technology can take your business to the next level while achieving that balance you’ve always dreamed of. Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>How Dawn’s passion for photography helped her launch Tech Savvy Creative</li> <li>Building a robust file system and where to start for creating your own backup system</li> <li>Why you need systems that automatically back things up</li> <li>Setting up automations within your business, starting with a scheduler</li> <li>A mistake Dawn sees creatives make with their online scheduler</li> <li>Using email scheduling to help set boundaries with clients</li> <li>Utilizing your website to answer frequently asked questions</li> <li>Creating your own text shortcuts </li> <li>Using CRMs to put a boundary between you and the client</li> </ul><br/> <p>You can connect with Dawn on social media @techsavvycreative. She also has a challenge called Spring Clean Your Tech that you can sign up for <a href= "https://techsavvycreative.com/challenge">here</a>!</p> Dubsado: 20% off your first month or year with the code MADDIEPESCHONG <a href= "http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow" rev="en_rl_none">here</a>.   Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/using-tools-to-set-business-boundaries-with-tech-savvy-creative/"> here</a> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Dawn is a software engineer turned wedding photographer who has a passion for helping Creatives create a thriving business. Technology can be intimidating, and it’s Dawn’s goal to make tech fun and easy to understand. She will show you how systems, tools and other technology can take your business to the next level while achieving that balance you’ve always dreamed of. Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>How Dawn’s passion for photography helped her launch Tech Savvy Creative</li> <li>Building a robust file system and where to start for creating your own backup system</li> <li>Why you need systems that automatically back things up</li> <li>Setting up automations within your business, starting with a scheduler</li> <li>A mistake Dawn sees creatives make with their online scheduler</li> <li>Using email scheduling to help set boundaries with clients</li> <li>Utilizing your website to answer frequently asked questions</li> <li>Creating your own text shortcuts </li> <li>Using CRMs to put a boundary between you and the client</li> </ul><br/> <p>You can connect with Dawn on social media @techsavvycreative. She also has a challenge called Spring Clean Your Tech that you can sign up for <a href= "https://techsavvycreative.com/challenge">here</a>!</p> Dubsado: 20% off your first month or year with the code MADDIEPESCHONG <a href= "http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow" rev="en_rl_none">here</a>.   Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/using-tools-to-set-business-boundaries-with-tech-savvy-creative/"> here</a> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/63-using-tools-to-set-business-boundaries-with-tech-savvy-creative]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">6fd83517-82e6-41b2-968e-dd6ac5bf2d76</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 11 Aug 2022 10:00:01 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/b9a7bd20-bfd6-4c0b-981d-1fc620e21ab7/tip-8-11-dawn-tech-savvy-converted.mp3" length="34311195" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>40:51</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#62: Setting Up My Schedule According to my Cycle</title><itunes:title>#62: Setting Up My Schedule According to my Cycle</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>For so long I beat myself up in my business because there were weeks where I would be accomplishing everything on my list and completing all the things that needed to get done, and then there were other weeks I didn’t want to get out of bed, was struggling to focus, and just wasn’t in the same headspace.</p> <p>Once I learned about cycle synching, more about my own menstrual cycle, and about hormones in general, things started to click. Our hormones and where we are at in our cycle really can impact our energy levels, mood, and productivity, which is what I was seeing within my own business. I wasn’t a failure! I just hadn’t been paying attention to my cycle and wasn’t scheduling my work and business according to it.</p> <p>This episode is all about synching your business with your cycle and bringing awareness to the influence it has on our life. Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Phases of our cycle</li> <li>Becoming aware of our tendencies during each phase</li> <li>What business tasks might work best during your follicular phase</li> <li>What phase things like speaking, launching, and selling work well in</li> <li>The finishing energy of the luteal phase and how to use it to finish up tasks you’ve been avoiding</li> <li>My workout preferences throughout my cycle</li> <li>How I got interested in learning more about my cycle</li> <li>Paying attention to your own habits, mood, etc. throughout your cycle</li> <li>Real life example for when we can’t rearrange things according to our cycle</li> <li>A book I recommend to everyone regarding this and business</li> <li>Working with our cycle and leaning into alignment</li> <li>Starting to track your cycle, mood, etc. and seeing patterns to schedule around</li> </ul><br/> If you are ready to up-level the back end of your business and make your life easier, you can check out Dubsado <a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rev="en_rl_none">here</a> or use the code <em><a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rev= "en_rl_none">MADDIEPESCHONG</a></em> to get 20% off your first month or year.   Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/setting-up-my-schedule-according-to-my-cycle/"> here</a> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>For so long I beat myself up in my business because there were weeks where I would be accomplishing everything on my list and completing all the things that needed to get done, and then there were other weeks I didn’t want to get out of bed, was struggling to focus, and just wasn’t in the same headspace.</p> <p>Once I learned about cycle synching, more about my own menstrual cycle, and about hormones in general, things started to click. Our hormones and where we are at in our cycle really can impact our energy levels, mood, and productivity, which is what I was seeing within my own business. I wasn’t a failure! I just hadn’t been paying attention to my cycle and wasn’t scheduling my work and business according to it.</p> <p>This episode is all about synching your business with your cycle and bringing awareness to the influence it has on our life. Here are the main things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Phases of our cycle</li> <li>Becoming aware of our tendencies during each phase</li> <li>What business tasks might work best during your follicular phase</li> <li>What phase things like speaking, launching, and selling work well in</li> <li>The finishing energy of the luteal phase and how to use it to finish up tasks you’ve been avoiding</li> <li>My workout preferences throughout my cycle</li> <li>How I got interested in learning more about my cycle</li> <li>Paying attention to your own habits, mood, etc. throughout your cycle</li> <li>Real life example for when we can’t rearrange things according to our cycle</li> <li>A book I recommend to everyone regarding this and business</li> <li>Working with our cycle and leaning into alignment</li> <li>Starting to track your cycle, mood, etc. and seeing patterns to schedule around</li> </ul><br/> If you are ready to up-level the back end of your business and make your life easier, you can check out Dubsado <a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rev="en_rl_none">here</a> or use the code <em><a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" rev= "en_rl_none">MADDIEPESCHONG</a></em> to get 20% off your first month or year.   Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/setting-up-my-schedule-according-to-my-cycle/"> here</a> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/62-setting-up-my-schedule-according-to-my-cycle]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4cd2fc77-43de-447d-ab59-cbbcafbe55a7</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 28 Jul 2022 10:00:30 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/9432d603-fea6-400c-b109-2dcc3bbf45cf/tip-7-28-22-schedule-cycle-converted.mp3" length="27776103" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:04</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#61: Grow Your Business with Podcasting with Kat Brendel</title><itunes:title>#61: Grow Your Business with Podcasting with Kat Brendel</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>It’s time to talk about podcasting and how it can help you grow your business. There are ways to strategically use a podcast to help you get more leads, grow your audience, and even make additional income through it.</p> <p>Kat Brendel, a podcast expert and strategist, shares her wisdom on this topic as we discuss how to utilize podcasting as a way to grow your business. Kat hosts her own podcast, alongside helping many others launch and grow their own podcasts, gain visibility, and make a larger impact. </p> <p> Here are some of the topics discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Get to know Kat</li> <li>How Kat got into podcasting</li> <li>What typically brings people to starting a podcast</li> <li>The opportunities and conversations that podcasts can bring</li> <li>Goals people have to grow their podcast</li> <li>Repurposing content and bringing back old episodes</li> <li>Should a podcast have its own brand/business/page or should everything stay within one?</li> <li>Turn down creation, turn up promotion</li> <li>Having call to actions and giving people a reason to take that action</li> <li>Reducing overwhelm for listeners</li> <li>Strategies to get your podcast in front of a larger audience</li> </ul><br/> <p>It was great talking podcast strategy with Kat today! You can connect with Kat on her <a href="https://www.katbrendel.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">website</a> and book a free consultation with her <a href= "https://www.katbrendel.com/gameplan/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>! She also frequently does free trainings, which you can be on the lookout for <a href= "https://www.katbrendel.com/freetraining" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>. </p> Chilled Freezer Meals: 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow" rev="en_rl_none">first order</a> with the code <em>MADDIE.</em> <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow" rev="en_rl_none">Check out Chilled here</a>!   Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/grow-your-business-with-podcasting-with-kat-brendel/"> here</a> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>It’s time to talk about podcasting and how it can help you grow your business. There are ways to strategically use a podcast to help you get more leads, grow your audience, and even make additional income through it.</p> <p>Kat Brendel, a podcast expert and strategist, shares her wisdom on this topic as we discuss how to utilize podcasting as a way to grow your business. Kat hosts her own podcast, alongside helping many others launch and grow their own podcasts, gain visibility, and make a larger impact. </p> <p> Here are some of the topics discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Get to know Kat</li> <li>How Kat got into podcasting</li> <li>What typically brings people to starting a podcast</li> <li>The opportunities and conversations that podcasts can bring</li> <li>Goals people have to grow their podcast</li> <li>Repurposing content and bringing back old episodes</li> <li>Should a podcast have its own brand/business/page or should everything stay within one?</li> <li>Turn down creation, turn up promotion</li> <li>Having call to actions and giving people a reason to take that action</li> <li>Reducing overwhelm for listeners</li> <li>Strategies to get your podcast in front of a larger audience</li> </ul><br/> <p>It was great talking podcast strategy with Kat today! You can connect with Kat on her <a href="https://www.katbrendel.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">website</a> and book a free consultation with her <a href= "https://www.katbrendel.com/gameplan/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>! She also frequently does free trainings, which you can be on the lookout for <a href= "https://www.katbrendel.com/freetraining" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>. </p> Chilled Freezer Meals: 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow" rev="en_rl_none">first order</a> with the code <em>MADDIE.</em> <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow" rev="en_rl_none">Check out Chilled here</a>!   Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/grow-your-business-with-podcasting-with-kat-brendel/"> here</a> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/61-grow-your-business-with-podcasting-with-kat-brendel]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">48d9d140-4564-432f-8371-b365927a645b</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 21 Jul 2022 10:00:23 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/95152961-3a91-41e2-b433-ceb4f4fe2906/tip-7-21-kat-b-converted.mp3" length="31650612" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>37:41</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#60: Stepping Outside Your Comfort Zone with Kim Diamond</title><itunes:title>#60: Stepping Outside Your Comfort Zone with Kim Diamond</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Kim Diamond is a South Dakota-based Holistic Wellness Coach, confidence cultivator, wife, and dog mama, who truly believes that we each deserve to be living a life that is filled with purpose, passion, and a deep love for ourselves.</p> <p>Her mission is to empower women to hop into the driver's seat and take ownership of their lives, their happiness, and their wellness so that they can become the version of themselves that they have always dreamed of being.​</p> <p>I met Kim at Selah Space, and she was also a part of my mastermind, <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/confident-creative" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Confident Creative</a>. I have learned so much from her already, and I can’t wait to dive into the topic of stepping outside of your comfort zone. Here are some of the main things I chatted with Kim about in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Meet Kim and learn about what she does</li> <li>How Kim transitioned from being an elementary school teacher to a wellness coach</li> <li>Feeling isolated and diving in head first to her business</li> <li>Getting out of a negative headspace</li> <li>Working through transitions and the emotions that come with it</li> <li>The women that Kim typically works with and how she helps them get unstuck</li> <li>Kim’s approach to confidence with her clients</li> <li>Confidence and self-trust in relation to stepping out of your comfort zone</li> <li>Getting curious before stepping out</li> <li>The 4 ‘N’ process Kim implements with clients</li> <li>Choosing yourself and having compassion</li> <li>Moving through emotions and making space for new ones</li> <li>Learning from what went well (and what didn't go well)</li> <li>Tips for if you are just getting started with self-trust and confidence (baby steps!)</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you are wanting to learn more from Kim, you can connect with her on social media @kimdiamondwellness. You can also visit her website <a href="https://www.kimdiamondwellness.com/services" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a> to learn about the coaching services she offers, along with getting your free wellness consult scheduled.</p> <p>Dubsado: 20% off your first month or year with the code MADDIEPESCHONG <a href="http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/stepping-outside-your-comfort-zone-with-kim-diamond/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Kim Diamond is a South Dakota-based Holistic Wellness Coach, confidence cultivator, wife, and dog mama, who truly believes that we each deserve to be living a life that is filled with purpose, passion, and a deep love for ourselves.</p> <p>Her mission is to empower women to hop into the driver's seat and take ownership of their lives, their happiness, and their wellness so that they can become the version of themselves that they have always dreamed of being.​</p> <p>I met Kim at Selah Space, and she was also a part of my mastermind, <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/confident-creative" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">The Confident Creative</a>. I have learned so much from her already, and I can’t wait to dive into the topic of stepping outside of your comfort zone. Here are some of the main things I chatted with Kim about in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Meet Kim and learn about what she does</li> <li>How Kim transitioned from being an elementary school teacher to a wellness coach</li> <li>Feeling isolated and diving in head first to her business</li> <li>Getting out of a negative headspace</li> <li>Working through transitions and the emotions that come with it</li> <li>The women that Kim typically works with and how she helps them get unstuck</li> <li>Kim’s approach to confidence with her clients</li> <li>Confidence and self-trust in relation to stepping out of your comfort zone</li> <li>Getting curious before stepping out</li> <li>The 4 ‘N’ process Kim implements with clients</li> <li>Choosing yourself and having compassion</li> <li>Moving through emotions and making space for new ones</li> <li>Learning from what went well (and what didn't go well)</li> <li>Tips for if you are just getting started with self-trust and confidence (baby steps!)</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you are wanting to learn more from Kim, you can connect with her on social media @kimdiamondwellness. You can also visit her website <a href="https://www.kimdiamondwellness.com/services" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a> to learn about the coaching services she offers, along with getting your free wellness consult scheduled.</p> <p>Dubsado: 20% off your first month or year with the code MADDIEPESCHONG <a href="http://dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/stepping-outside-your-comfort-zone-with-kim-diamond/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/60-stepping-outside-your-comfort-zone-with-kim-diamond]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8175e048-fd1e-408b-ac5d-dc494c78371f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 14 Jul 2022 10:00:24 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/262042bf-2932-4391-bc81-b065c7f1a57e/tip-7-14-22-kim-diamond-converted.mp3" length="30889143" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>36:46</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#59: Dealing with Rejection as a Personal Brand</title><itunes:title>#59: Dealing with Rejection as a Personal Brand</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Rejection is a part of business, but it’s never easy when it happens. There’s an extra sting to it when it happens in a personal brand because <em>it’s personal.</em> We are selling the experience to work with us, our personality, what we bring to the table, spending time with us, etc.</p> <p>That’s why I wanted to talk about rejection and how to deal with it when building a personal brand. Rejection is inevitably going to happen, and I want to allow space for this conversation and those feelings. Here are the main points I discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>It could be price, but it could be other things too</li> <li>What we can and cannot control</li> <li>Everyone can’t say yes at the same time</li> <li>We won’t know every reason behind the rejection</li> <li>How so much of rejection has nothing to do with us</li> <li>How rejection can be a gift</li> <li>Reflecting on the rejection and learning from it</li> </ul><br/> <p>Get started with email marketing! 50% off your Flodesk subscription <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">here</a> or with the code MADDIE.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/dealing-with-rejection-as-a-personal-brand/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Rejection is a part of business, but it’s never easy when it happens. There’s an extra sting to it when it happens in a personal brand because <em>it’s personal.</em> We are selling the experience to work with us, our personality, what we bring to the table, spending time with us, etc.</p> <p>That’s why I wanted to talk about rejection and how to deal with it when building a personal brand. Rejection is inevitably going to happen, and I want to allow space for this conversation and those feelings. Here are the main points I discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>It could be price, but it could be other things too</li> <li>What we can and cannot control</li> <li>Everyone can’t say yes at the same time</li> <li>We won’t know every reason behind the rejection</li> <li>How so much of rejection has nothing to do with us</li> <li>How rejection can be a gift</li> <li>Reflecting on the rejection and learning from it</li> </ul><br/> <p>Get started with email marketing! 50% off your Flodesk subscription <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG">here</a> or with the code MADDIE.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/dealing-with-rejection-as-a-personal-brand/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/59-dealing-with-rejection-as-a-personal-brand]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">743c71fc-6a1c-4cb9-8f4a-cbbe03d58e15</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 07 Jul 2022 10:00:26 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/b6155d6d-192a-4dd1-8203-b492b3679020/tip-7-7-rejection-converted.mp3" length="16233435" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:55</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#58: Outsourcing in Your Personal Life</title><itunes:title>#58: Outsourcing in Your Personal Life</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I recently did a poll on Instagram, and 83% of the people that responded to this poll (out of approx. 150 people) said that they wanted to outsource tasks in their personal life. And the number one thing preventing them from doing that was because they felt guilty.</p> <p>The problem wasn’t money or options, it was the shame and guilt and the stigma about bringing on help at home. So instead of doing that, they are left burning the candle at both ends. I think this is a big problem we need to talk about!</p> <p>Here are the main things I covered in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>What outsourcing looked like for me growing up</li> <li>Introducing outsourcing into my own home (and to my partner!)</li> <li>Feeling like you shouldn’t hire help or reasons people don’t</li> <li>Men versus women bearing the load of household work</li> <li>Does outsourcing make us lazy?</li> <li>Supporting the community through outsourcing</li> <li>Personal life outsourcing options (childcare, grocery delivery, etc.)</li> <li>The mental load of motherhood and household work</li> <li>Outsourcing doesn’t make you less than</li> <li>Letting go of shame (and digging in to why you feel that shame)</li> </ul><br/> <p>Chilled Freezer Meals: 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">first order</a> with the code <em>MADDIE.</em> <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Check out Chilled here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/outsourcing-in-your-personal-life/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I recently did a poll on Instagram, and 83% of the people that responded to this poll (out of approx. 150 people) said that they wanted to outsource tasks in their personal life. And the number one thing preventing them from doing that was because they felt guilty.</p> <p>The problem wasn’t money or options, it was the shame and guilt and the stigma about bringing on help at home. So instead of doing that, they are left burning the candle at both ends. I think this is a big problem we need to talk about!</p> <p>Here are the main things I covered in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>What outsourcing looked like for me growing up</li> <li>Introducing outsourcing into my own home (and to my partner!)</li> <li>Feeling like you shouldn’t hire help or reasons people don’t</li> <li>Men versus women bearing the load of household work</li> <li>Does outsourcing make us lazy?</li> <li>Supporting the community through outsourcing</li> <li>Personal life outsourcing options (childcare, grocery delivery, etc.)</li> <li>The mental load of motherhood and household work</li> <li>Outsourcing doesn’t make you less than</li> <li>Letting go of shame (and digging in to why you feel that shame)</li> </ul><br/> <p>Chilled Freezer Meals: 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">first order</a> with the code <em>MADDIE.</em> <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Check out Chilled here</a>!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/outsourcing-in-your-personal-life/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/58-outsourcing-in-your-personal-life]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">b504bf5d-61a3-4948-9cb7-74ff02352330</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 30 Jun 2022 10:00:26 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/3fcf3400-d9d0-4c7c-96c9-8db2968a0370/tip-6-30-outsourcing-converted.mp3" length="20063559" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:53</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#57: Brand Building in the Media with Megan Raposa</title><itunes:title>#57: Brand Building in the Media with Megan Raposa</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Megan Raposa is an award-winning journalist with a passion for local news. She started her own hyperlocal news outlet, Sioux Falls Simplified, in early 2021 with the goal of making it easy to feel smart about the forces that shape her city. </p> <p>Megan has always been a writer, and she discovered the journalism path in college and fell in love with it. She started at the Argus Leader newspaper in Sioux Falls, SD and worked a variety of jobs during her time there. Eventually, she left to start her own business (during a pandemic, with a four month old), and it has been a journey to get to the point where she is at.</p> <p>This conversation with Megan brought up so much insight into her life and her business (and business in general). Here are some of the main things we talked about:</p> <ul> <li>What drew Megan to journalism</li> <li>Being a journalist in South Dakota</li> <li>All about Sioux Falls Simplified</li> <li>The need that Megan saw to fill</li> <li>Making news easy to digest and understand</li> <li>Juggling motherhood and entrepreneurship</li> <li>Managing deadlines while working for yourself</li> <li>Bias in reporting and being transparent</li> <li>Making and fixing mistakes in business</li> <li>Megan’s favorite part about entrepreneurship</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>It was fun chatting with Megan to get a peek into her business and also to chat about entrepreneurship and business challenges. You can connect with Megan @sfsimplified on all social media platforms and at her website <a href= "https://www.sfsimplified.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p> </p> <p>When people ask me the one business tool I can’t live without, it’s Dubsado! If you are ready to up-level the back end of your business and make your life easier, you can use the code <em>MADDIEPESCHONG</em> to get 20% off your first month or year <a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brand-building-in-the-media-with-megan-raposa/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. Join in <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Megan Raposa is an award-winning journalist with a passion for local news. She started her own hyperlocal news outlet, Sioux Falls Simplified, in early 2021 with the goal of making it easy to feel smart about the forces that shape her city. </p> <p>Megan has always been a writer, and she discovered the journalism path in college and fell in love with it. She started at the Argus Leader newspaper in Sioux Falls, SD and worked a variety of jobs during her time there. Eventually, she left to start her own business (during a pandemic, with a four month old), and it has been a journey to get to the point where she is at.</p> <p>This conversation with Megan brought up so much insight into her life and her business (and business in general). Here are some of the main things we talked about:</p> <ul> <li>What drew Megan to journalism</li> <li>Being a journalist in South Dakota</li> <li>All about Sioux Falls Simplified</li> <li>The need that Megan saw to fill</li> <li>Making news easy to digest and understand</li> <li>Juggling motherhood and entrepreneurship</li> <li>Managing deadlines while working for yourself</li> <li>Bias in reporting and being transparent</li> <li>Making and fixing mistakes in business</li> <li>Megan’s favorite part about entrepreneurship</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>It was fun chatting with Megan to get a peek into her business and also to chat about entrepreneurship and business challenges. You can connect with Megan @sfsimplified on all social media platforms and at her website <a href= "https://www.sfsimplified.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p> </p> <p>When people ask me the one business tool I can’t live without, it’s Dubsado! If you are ready to up-level the back end of your business and make your life easier, you can use the code <em>MADDIEPESCHONG</em> to get 20% off your first month or year <a href="https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/brand-building-in-the-media-with-megan-raposa/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. Join in <a href="https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/57-brand-building-in-the-media-with-megan-raposa]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4e8567ed-970a-445a-bd04-d957faeb1789</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 23 Jun 2022 10:00:11 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/ee878f03-5785-401c-b9d6-0fc78f4e04ca/tip-6-23-22-megan-converted.mp3" length="28939563" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>34:27</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#56: When to Raise Your Prices</title><itunes:title>#56: When to Raise Your Prices</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Pricing is challenging, it’s emotional, and it feels personal. And as women, we already deal with so much more imposter syndrome and inferiority complex - it is all more rampant among women than men. And I think a lot of that is because with men, if they do have some kind of imposter syndrome, it is a bit easier for them to look around themselves and see other men in positions of power or another man doing what they want to do.</p> <p>It is harder for women, for people of color, for minorities to be able to see the type of person that we want to be, in the role that we want to be, reflected back at us. It’s harder to find someone who looks like us in roles of leadership.</p> <p>Yes, I do think it’s changing and shifting! But it’s happening slowly, or at least at times it feels like it. And it can lead us to get stuck in this cycle of imposter syndrome and feeling like we aren’t worthy for asking for more money for our services. And I’m over it! I think women should charge more. I think creatives should charge more. And this episode today, if nothing else, is permission to charge more.</p> <p>But I also wanted to share some practical things to think about and tips if you feel like you are in a place of wanting to raise your prices. Here’s some of the main things I talked about in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>When it is time to raise your prices</li> <li>When was the last time you raised your prices?</li> <li>Looking at your cost increases</li> <li>Explaining your price increase to clients or not</li> <li>Education investments</li> <li>What to do if you are overbooked and overwhelmed</li> <li>Small price hikes throughout the year versus an uncomfortable, massive income</li> <li>Working with clients who don’t appreciate you and your services</li> <li>Does anyone describe you as cheap or affordable?</li> <li>“Charge your worth”</li> </ul><br/> <p><a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Chilled Freezer Meals:</a> 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">first order</a> with the code <em>MADDIE.</em></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/when-to-raise-your-prices/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Pricing is challenging, it’s emotional, and it feels personal. And as women, we already deal with so much more imposter syndrome and inferiority complex - it is all more rampant among women than men. And I think a lot of that is because with men, if they do have some kind of imposter syndrome, it is a bit easier for them to look around themselves and see other men in positions of power or another man doing what they want to do.</p> <p>It is harder for women, for people of color, for minorities to be able to see the type of person that we want to be, in the role that we want to be, reflected back at us. It’s harder to find someone who looks like us in roles of leadership.</p> <p>Yes, I do think it’s changing and shifting! But it’s happening slowly, or at least at times it feels like it. And it can lead us to get stuck in this cycle of imposter syndrome and feeling like we aren’t worthy for asking for more money for our services. And I’m over it! I think women should charge more. I think creatives should charge more. And this episode today, if nothing else, is permission to charge more.</p> <p>But I also wanted to share some practical things to think about and tips if you feel like you are in a place of wanting to raise your prices. Here’s some of the main things I talked about in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>When it is time to raise your prices</li> <li>When was the last time you raised your prices?</li> <li>Looking at your cost increases</li> <li>Explaining your price increase to clients or not</li> <li>Education investments</li> <li>What to do if you are overbooked and overwhelmed</li> <li>Small price hikes throughout the year versus an uncomfortable, massive income</li> <li>Working with clients who don’t appreciate you and your services</li> <li>Does anyone describe you as cheap or affordable?</li> <li>“Charge your worth”</li> </ul><br/> <p><a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Chilled Freezer Meals:</a> 10% off your <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com/?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">first order</a> with the code <em>MADDIE.</em></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/when-to-raise-your-prices/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/56-when-to-raise-your-prices]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">276c3cfd-7ce5-46d5-8c0d-acd253cf150b</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 16 Jun 2022 10:00:34 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/6e60a5ca-2472-4b13-b9c9-17071a74e0d7/tip-6-16-prices-converted.mp3" length="16281771" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:23</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#55: Creating a Personalized Schedule for Your Business with Samantha Ste Marie</title><itunes:title>#55: Creating a Personalized Schedule for Your Business with Samantha Ste Marie</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’m so excited today to be joined by Samantha Ste Marie. Samantha is a productivity strategist and specifically works with service providers to help them find clients with ease and create <em>their</em> perfect work schedule. We all know that the perfect work schedule for someone else may not be the perfect work schedule for us. And in this culture of online business and so much hustle and grind, I think a lot of us are coming up for air, realizing that we don’t actually have as high of capacity as we thought we did. </p> <p>And instead of trying to push past that, Samantha really challenges it by helping business owners realize that it’s possible to create a schedule that serves your life well, your business well, and also serves your clients well too. You can be getting paid what you want to be paid AND be loving your job and the flexibility that you have.</p> <p>The conversation that I had with Sam for this episode could have gone on even longer as we are both so fired up about this topic. Sam is very passionate about productivity and helping service providers run their businesses well. Here are some of the things we talked about in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Who Samantha is</li> <li>Who Samantha works with and why they come to work with her</li> <li>Shiny object syndrome and passive income</li> <li>How Samantha became passionate in this area</li> <li>Shifts in business and motherhood</li> <li>Creating your ideal business/schedule (even if you don’t have kids or passive income)</li> <li>Accepting your goals as your own</li> <li>Evaluating your role and how much flexibility it offers you</li> <li>Charging a monthly retainer (phasing out hourly rates)</li> <li>Being “on” all the time</li> <li>Boundaries within business</li> <li>Working with clients that respect your schedule and space</li> <li>Getting a handle on your time (first figure out where your time is going)</li> <li>The post-in note strategy</li> <li>Cut out the waste and start following the money</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you want to connect with Samantha you can find her on social media at @samanthastmarie or grab her resource of <a href= "https://www.samanthastemarie.com/22-time-saver-strategies" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">22 Time Saving Strategies for your Business in 2022</a>.</p> <p>20% off your first month or year with Dubsado with code <a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">MADDIEPESCHONG</a></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/creating-a-personalized-schedule-for-your-business-with-samantha-ste-marie/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’m so excited today to be joined by Samantha Ste Marie. Samantha is a productivity strategist and specifically works with service providers to help them find clients with ease and create <em>their</em> perfect work schedule. We all know that the perfect work schedule for someone else may not be the perfect work schedule for us. And in this culture of online business and so much hustle and grind, I think a lot of us are coming up for air, realizing that we don’t actually have as high of capacity as we thought we did. </p> <p>And instead of trying to push past that, Samantha really challenges it by helping business owners realize that it’s possible to create a schedule that serves your life well, your business well, and also serves your clients well too. You can be getting paid what you want to be paid AND be loving your job and the flexibility that you have.</p> <p>The conversation that I had with Sam for this episode could have gone on even longer as we are both so fired up about this topic. Sam is very passionate about productivity and helping service providers run their businesses well. Here are some of the things we talked about in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Who Samantha is</li> <li>Who Samantha works with and why they come to work with her</li> <li>Shiny object syndrome and passive income</li> <li>How Samantha became passionate in this area</li> <li>Shifts in business and motherhood</li> <li>Creating your ideal business/schedule (even if you don’t have kids or passive income)</li> <li>Accepting your goals as your own</li> <li>Evaluating your role and how much flexibility it offers you</li> <li>Charging a monthly retainer (phasing out hourly rates)</li> <li>Being “on” all the time</li> <li>Boundaries within business</li> <li>Working with clients that respect your schedule and space</li> <li>Getting a handle on your time (first figure out where your time is going)</li> <li>The post-in note strategy</li> <li>Cut out the waste and start following the money</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you want to connect with Samantha you can find her on social media at @samanthastmarie or grab her resource of <a href= "https://www.samanthastemarie.com/22-time-saver-strategies" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">22 Time Saving Strategies for your Business in 2022</a>.</p> <p>20% off your first month or year with Dubsado with code <a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">MADDIEPESCHONG</a></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/creating-a-personalized-schedule-for-your-business-with-samantha-ste-marie/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/55-creating-a-personalized-schedule-for-your-business-with-samantha-ste-marie]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">319d0223-4456-4ba3-9187-a8143ae86a4a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 09 Jun 2022 10:00:27 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/47e44005-580b-41a5-9c80-2a4674b7cf2a/tip-6-9-22-samantha-ste-marie-converted.mp3" length="32168620" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>44:41</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#54: The One Thing You Need Before Your Next Launch</title><itunes:title>#54: The One Thing You Need Before Your Next Launch</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I have been approaching sales a bit differently in my business for the past year and a half. I used to rely really heavily on social media for sales and overall recognition. I still love social media, but I have been relying more on email marketing!</p> <p>I have been pleasantly surprised at the results that I’ve had and the increase in sales I’ve made by focusing on email marketing, both for products and in-person services. One of the changes that I’ve implemented more recently that has been a game changer in my launch is what I want to share with you today.</p> <p>I gave waitlist launching a go with my <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/content-toolkit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Content Toolkit</a> product (it’s basically the ‘what’ when it comes to “what do I post on social media?”). I launched this product on Black Friday, and I launched it to a waitlist. It did really well and sold primarily to those on the waitlist.</p> <p>In <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-made-5000-in-one-day-with-mini-sessions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">episode #50</a>, I shared about launching to my waitlist for my brand mini sessions that led to a $5,000 successful day. I think a lot of that success came from waitlist launching, but you can listen to it <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-made-5000-in-one-day-with-mini-sessions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a> because there were other factors that also went into it.</p> <p>All that to say, waitlist launching has been really helpful within my business! I know you might be thinking, “Ugh, I don’t want to do more with email.” But please keep listening because I believe that waitlists are really a great way to get started with email that can <em>actually be simpler and less overwhelming</em> than creating a freebie or funnels.</p> <p>So let’s talk about it! Why waitlist launch at all? How will it help your business? How do you go about it? Here are the main things I discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Taking pressure off of selling on social media</li> <li>Gauging your audience’s interest before you start launching</li> <li>What it means when someone is signing up for your waitlist</li> <li>What to do if sign ups for your waitlist are slow</li> <li>My favorite email platform</li> <li>Why people are more likely to buy via email rather than social media</li> <li>Creating landing pages and segmenting</li> <li>Utilizing Instagram story links to get people on your list</li> <li>Quality over quantity</li> <li>Giving your waitlist first access</li> <li>How this can build your confidence</li> <li>Offering a discount to the waitlist</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you are ready to grow your email list or preparing to launch, I encourage you to experiment with waitlists! I've seen a lot of great results from this method within my own business and think it can provide great results for you too.</p> <p>I mentioned my favorite email marketing platform within the episode - <a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Flodesk</a>! You can get started with Flodesk and get 50% off your subscription <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</p> <p>If you are curious to learn more about using email within your business, check out this episode of Take It Personally: <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/everything-you-need-to-know-about-starting-an-email-list-with-jenny-roth/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode #44: Everything You Need to Know About Starting an Email List with Jenny Roth</a></p> <p>10% off your first <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">Chilled Freezer Meals</a> with the code <em>MADDIE</em></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-one-thing-you-need-before-your-next-launch/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I have been approaching sales a bit differently in my business for the past year and a half. I used to rely really heavily on social media for sales and overall recognition. I still love social media, but I have been relying more on email marketing!</p> <p>I have been pleasantly surprised at the results that I’ve had and the increase in sales I’ve made by focusing on email marketing, both for products and in-person services. One of the changes that I’ve implemented more recently that has been a game changer in my launch is what I want to share with you today.</p> <p>I gave waitlist launching a go with my <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/content-toolkit" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Content Toolkit</a> product (it’s basically the ‘what’ when it comes to “what do I post on social media?”). I launched this product on Black Friday, and I launched it to a waitlist. It did really well and sold primarily to those on the waitlist.</p> <p>In <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-made-5000-in-one-day-with-mini-sessions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">episode #50</a>, I shared about launching to my waitlist for my brand mini sessions that led to a $5,000 successful day. I think a lot of that success came from waitlist launching, but you can listen to it <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-made-5000-in-one-day-with-mini-sessions/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a> because there were other factors that also went into it.</p> <p>All that to say, waitlist launching has been really helpful within my business! I know you might be thinking, “Ugh, I don’t want to do more with email.” But please keep listening because I believe that waitlists are really a great way to get started with email that can <em>actually be simpler and less overwhelming</em> than creating a freebie or funnels.</p> <p>So let’s talk about it! Why waitlist launch at all? How will it help your business? How do you go about it? Here are the main things I discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Taking pressure off of selling on social media</li> <li>Gauging your audience’s interest before you start launching</li> <li>What it means when someone is signing up for your waitlist</li> <li>What to do if sign ups for your waitlist are slow</li> <li>My favorite email platform</li> <li>Why people are more likely to buy via email rather than social media</li> <li>Creating landing pages and segmenting</li> <li>Utilizing Instagram story links to get people on your list</li> <li>Quality over quantity</li> <li>Giving your waitlist first access</li> <li>How this can build your confidence</li> <li>Offering a discount to the waitlist</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you are ready to grow your email list or preparing to launch, I encourage you to experiment with waitlists! I've seen a lot of great results from this method within my own business and think it can provide great results for you too.</p> <p>I mentioned my favorite email marketing platform within the episode - <a href="https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" target= "_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener nofollow">Flodesk</a>! You can get started with Flodesk and get 50% off your subscription <a href= "https://flodesk.com/c/MADDIEPESCHONG" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener nofollow">here</a>.</p> <p>If you are curious to learn more about using email within your business, check out this episode of Take It Personally: <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/everything-you-need-to-know-about-starting-an-email-list-with-jenny-roth/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Episode #44: Everything You Need to Know About Starting an Email List with Jenny Roth</a></p> <p>10% off your first <a href= "https://chilledfreezermeals.com?sca_ref=1821491.7Ruibre8iv">Chilled Freezer Meals</a> with the code <em>MADDIE</em></p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/the-one-thing-you-need-before-your-next-launch/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/54-the-one-thing-you-need-before-your-next-launch]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">219c19ad-aae7-48d1-9c79-a1512e6ae0af</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 02 Jun 2022 10:00:32 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/2b5b5533-468d-47f7-8e30-777e5643e730/tip-6-2-waitlist-converted.mp3" length="15155163" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:47</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#53: Using Automations and Boundaries to Create a Business You Love with Colie James</title><itunes:title>#53: Using Automations and Boundaries to Create a Business You Love with Colie James</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Colie James is a family filmmaker turned Dubsado and systems guru. She is based out of Colorado, has been married 21 years, has an almost 12 year old, and a love for Disneyland.</p> <p>In this episode, we talk all things automations, systems, Dubsado, and more. Here are a few highlights:</p> <ul> <li>Colie’s background and how she got started with automations</li> <li>What a CRM is</li> <li>Automating emails and how you can still sound personable</li> <li>Using gifs to add personality to your emails (and how Colie makes her own gifs!)</li> <li>Colie’s favorite CRM and another great system for photographers</li> <li>Setting your website up to help clients clearly understand what it is you do and offer (and how that can possibly allow you to skip over client phone consults)</li> <li>How to figure out what CRM is right for you</li> <li>Colie’s process from contact form to proposal to onboarding</li> <li>Simplifying emails and using a system so you don’t have to hold all the information in your head</li> <li>Getting people into your CRM even if they don’t go through your normal contact form or process (i.e. they reached out over Instagram DMs)</li> <li>How automations can help you stick to your boundaries</li> <li>Always tell the client when they will hear from you next</li> <li>How to get started with automations</li> <li>Setting up your systems before hiring a VA</li> <li>Info on Colie’s VIP days and online course</li> </ul><br/> <p>This was a great conversation with Colie as she truly is an expert in all things CRMs and automations. We share a love for Dubsado, and it was so fun to hear about her processes and how systems can make businesses (and lives) run smoother.</p> <p>You can connect with Colie on Instagram @coliejames or her website is <a href="https://coliejames.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">coliejames.com</a>. She has information about her VIP days <a href="https://coliejames.com/dubsado-vip-day" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>!</p> <p>If you are ready to up-level the back end of your business and make your life easier, you can check out Dubsado <a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">here</a> or use the code <a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong"><em>MADDIEPESCHONG</em></a> to get 20% off your first month or year. </p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/using-automations-and-boundaries-to-create-a-business-you-love-with-colie-james/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Colie James is a family filmmaker turned Dubsado and systems guru. She is based out of Colorado, has been married 21 years, has an almost 12 year old, and a love for Disneyland.</p> <p>In this episode, we talk all things automations, systems, Dubsado, and more. Here are a few highlights:</p> <ul> <li>Colie’s background and how she got started with automations</li> <li>What a CRM is</li> <li>Automating emails and how you can still sound personable</li> <li>Using gifs to add personality to your emails (and how Colie makes her own gifs!)</li> <li>Colie’s favorite CRM and another great system for photographers</li> <li>Setting your website up to help clients clearly understand what it is you do and offer (and how that can possibly allow you to skip over client phone consults)</li> <li>How to figure out what CRM is right for you</li> <li>Colie’s process from contact form to proposal to onboarding</li> <li>Simplifying emails and using a system so you don’t have to hold all the information in your head</li> <li>Getting people into your CRM even if they don’t go through your normal contact form or process (i.e. they reached out over Instagram DMs)</li> <li>How automations can help you stick to your boundaries</li> <li>Always tell the client when they will hear from you next</li> <li>How to get started with automations</li> <li>Setting up your systems before hiring a VA</li> <li>Info on Colie’s VIP days and online course</li> </ul><br/> <p>This was a great conversation with Colie as she truly is an expert in all things CRMs and automations. We share a love for Dubsado, and it was so fun to hear about her processes and how systems can make businesses (and lives) run smoother.</p> <p>You can connect with Colie on Instagram @coliejames or her website is <a href="https://coliejames.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">coliejames.com</a>. She has information about her VIP days <a href="https://coliejames.com/dubsado-vip-day" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>!</p> <p>If you are ready to up-level the back end of your business and make your life easier, you can check out Dubsado <a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong">here</a> or use the code <a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschong"><em>MADDIEPESCHONG</em></a> to get 20% off your first month or year. </p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/using-automations-and-boundaries-to-create-a-business-you-love-with-colie-james/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/53-using-automations-and-boundaries-to-create-a-business-you-love-with-colie-james]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">1fcfc2d2-db4c-46ae-9372-b99f49767c2d</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 26 May 2022 10:00:16 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f50e0b01-8ec7-4421-8c4a-049ed7612771/tip-5-26-22-colie-converted.mp3" length="35588331" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>42:22</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#52: How I Work Less in the Summer</title><itunes:title>#52: How I Work Less in the Summer</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>We are so close to one of my favorite times of year! School is almost out and summer is near. One of my favorite things about this time of year is that I decided a few years ago that I would work less during the summer. My kids are home more often and making this decision has allowed me to really spend this time with them and enjoy the summers we have together.</p> <p>And I love summer (who doesn’t love summer?)! We’re busy, we’re on the road, we’re at the pool, and I want to not have to work as much. But as a photographer, you may be wondering how the heck that is even possible.</p> <p>Today I’m walking through how I logistically work less in the summer, because this decision wasn’t just made and implemented on a whim. There’s quite a bit of effort and planning that has gone into it, but I really think it can be doable for you as well if you are wanting to lighten your load during the summer. Here are some of the main points I talked about in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Consider your why</li> <li>Balancing seasons of hustle and rest</li> <li>Examining calendar patterns</li> <li>Planning and mindset shifts for your off seasons</li> <li>Setting boundaries</li> <li>Understanding goals and income expectations for different months</li> <li>Scaling back with what you are doing</li> <li>How stacking and batch days can be helpful when you have limited work days</li> <li>Relying on my team and outsourcing to reduce my workload</li> <li>My typical summer schedule</li> </ul><br/> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-work-less-in-the-summer/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>We are so close to one of my favorite times of year! School is almost out and summer is near. One of my favorite things about this time of year is that I decided a few years ago that I would work less during the summer. My kids are home more often and making this decision has allowed me to really spend this time with them and enjoy the summers we have together.</p> <p>And I love summer (who doesn’t love summer?)! We’re busy, we’re on the road, we’re at the pool, and I want to not have to work as much. But as a photographer, you may be wondering how the heck that is even possible.</p> <p>Today I’m walking through how I logistically work less in the summer, because this decision wasn’t just made and implemented on a whim. There’s quite a bit of effort and planning that has gone into it, but I really think it can be doable for you as well if you are wanting to lighten your load during the summer. Here are some of the main points I talked about in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Consider your why</li> <li>Balancing seasons of hustle and rest</li> <li>Examining calendar patterns</li> <li>Planning and mindset shifts for your off seasons</li> <li>Setting boundaries</li> <li>Understanding goals and income expectations for different months</li> <li>Scaling back with what you are doing</li> <li>How stacking and batch days can be helpful when you have limited work days</li> <li>Relying on my team and outsourcing to reduce my workload</li> <li>My typical summer schedule</li> </ul><br/> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-work-less-in-the-summer/">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/52-how-i-work-less-in-the-summer]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">1a199261-62bc-4be4-9dc0-0f39b6402b20</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 19 May 2022 10:00:12 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/58d47800-e022-4e06-9ca3-0f0c3fec858e/tip-5-19-work-less-summer-converted.mp3" length="18729195" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#51: Bringing Order to Business Chaos with Jade Boyd</title><itunes:title>#51: Bringing Order to Business Chaos with Jade Boyd</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Jade Boyd is a brand photographer and business coach who helps creative entrepreneurs simplify and scale their service-based businesses with a combination of smart marketing strategies and seamless systems.</p> <p>Jade fell in love with entrepreneurship while earning her BBA in entrepreneurship and her MBA in Marketing at the University of Iowa. She's passionate about helping creative entrepreneurs find a way to pursue big goals without sacrificing the things that matter most to them.</p> <p>Jade lives in Iowa City with her husband Caleb, and they're currently doing a DIY remodel on their mid-mod cabin in the woods - which keeps things interesting to say the least! Jade is also an enneagram one with a not-so-secret obsession with all things planning and planners and in her free time you can find her reading personal development and business books, scouting for new local restaurants and coffee shops, or working on her next interior design project.</p> <p>I have lived getting to know Jade over the years through my mastermind group coaching program, on a business owner level, and also as a friend. Jade is multi-passionate, determined, and wise in so many areas, and I love learning from her.</p> <p>Her drive to help bring some order to business chaos is amazing, and we really dove into that in this episode. Here are some of the things I discussed with Jade in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Jade’s laundry list of interests and ideas when starting her business and how she settled on photography</li> <li>About Jade’s recent pivot in her business</li> <li>Coming into alignment in your business (and getting through the messy middle)</li> <li>The unrealistic perception of productivity and the ebb and flow of it</li> <li>About ClickUp and how it can help you make better decisions about what needs to get done</li> <li>Task management softwares and the overwhelm with them</li> <li>Jade’s ClickUp template and how it can help you get started</li> <li>Clarifying the goals for your business</li> <li>Automating and streamlining within your services</li> <li>Collecting all your thoughts and to-do’s and getting them out of your head and onto paper</li> <li>Challenges for productivity and boundaries as an entrepreneur</li> </ul><br/> <p>This was a great conversation with Jade! If you want some help to get your week in order, to-do’s out of your head, and to add a little order to your business, you can grab Jade’s <a href= "https://jadeboyd.co/weekly-review-checklist">Weekly Review Checklist</a>, or check out her <a href= "https://jadeboyd.co/organizeyourbusiness">ClickUp template</a>.</p> <p>You can also connect with Jade on social @jadeboyd.co or check out her podcast, <a href="https://jadeboyd.co/podcast">The Business Minimalist Podcast</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/bringing-order-to-business-chaos-with-jade-boyd/"> here</a></p>  <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Jade Boyd is a brand photographer and business coach who helps creative entrepreneurs simplify and scale their service-based businesses with a combination of smart marketing strategies and seamless systems.</p> <p>Jade fell in love with entrepreneurship while earning her BBA in entrepreneurship and her MBA in Marketing at the University of Iowa. She's passionate about helping creative entrepreneurs find a way to pursue big goals without sacrificing the things that matter most to them.</p> <p>Jade lives in Iowa City with her husband Caleb, and they're currently doing a DIY remodel on their mid-mod cabin in the woods - which keeps things interesting to say the least! Jade is also an enneagram one with a not-so-secret obsession with all things planning and planners and in her free time you can find her reading personal development and business books, scouting for new local restaurants and coffee shops, or working on her next interior design project.</p> <p>I have lived getting to know Jade over the years through my mastermind group coaching program, on a business owner level, and also as a friend. Jade is multi-passionate, determined, and wise in so many areas, and I love learning from her.</p> <p>Her drive to help bring some order to business chaos is amazing, and we really dove into that in this episode. Here are some of the things I discussed with Jade in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Jade’s laundry list of interests and ideas when starting her business and how she settled on photography</li> <li>About Jade’s recent pivot in her business</li> <li>Coming into alignment in your business (and getting through the messy middle)</li> <li>The unrealistic perception of productivity and the ebb and flow of it</li> <li>About ClickUp and how it can help you make better decisions about what needs to get done</li> <li>Task management softwares and the overwhelm with them</li> <li>Jade’s ClickUp template and how it can help you get started</li> <li>Clarifying the goals for your business</li> <li>Automating and streamlining within your services</li> <li>Collecting all your thoughts and to-do’s and getting them out of your head and onto paper</li> <li>Challenges for productivity and boundaries as an entrepreneur</li> </ul><br/> <p>This was a great conversation with Jade! If you want some help to get your week in order, to-do’s out of your head, and to add a little order to your business, you can grab Jade’s <a href= "https://jadeboyd.co/weekly-review-checklist">Weekly Review Checklist</a>, or check out her <a href= "https://jadeboyd.co/organizeyourbusiness">ClickUp template</a>.</p> <p>You can also connect with Jade on social @jadeboyd.co or check out her podcast, <a href="https://jadeboyd.co/podcast">The Business Minimalist Podcast</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/bringing-order-to-business-chaos-with-jade-boyd/"> here</a></p>  <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/51-bringing-order-to-business-chaos-with-jade-boyd]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">53d1a5d1-763a-448b-8246-2860e823745a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 12 May 2022 10:00:43 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/46196a25-334c-4a54-8d29-b3209a2b5923/tip-5-12-22-jade-boyd-converted.mp3" length="28414012" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>33:50</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#50: How I Made $5,000 in One Day with Mini Sessions</title><itunes:title>#50: How I Made $5,000 in One Day with Mini Sessions</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I have offered mini sessions in my business since the beginning of my business. I have such fond memories of mini sessions! The reason I started offering them at all was because it made me feel better about raising my prices. I felt guilty for raising my prices, so I offered mini sessions so I could work with the people that had kind of gotten me to the point I was at - essentially thanking them, while charging appropriate prices and still having boundaries around that lower pricing.</p> <p>Fast forward to today, I have my own studio, <a href= "https://whitespacesiouxfalls.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">White Space Studio</a>, where we host sets where photographers can come in and use those to host their own mini sessions. I also have spent the last couple of years teaching other photographers how to host lucrative mini sessions, and I think mini sessions can be just that!</p> <p>Mini sessions can be such a fantastic thing to build your portfolio, to better your client experience, increase your automations, etc. - there are so many benefits to mini sessions, but many times photographers miss the boat. Too many photographers look at it as a way to make fast cash, but then it doesn’t actually make them fast cash. I believe we as photographers can get better at mini sessions, and that’s why today’s episode is dedicated to talking about this topic.</p> <p>Recently I had a big win personally when I hosted my annual mini session day for brand and headshot photography in January - I did $5,000 in one day! I was thrilled with this. To give a little background, I do these sessions every January and the previous time I made around $1500.</p> <p>This big win caused me to get really reflective on what I did differently to get these results, what I can learn for next time, and if I can replicate this. In this episode, I’m walking through a few of the things I did this time (and over the years) in order to get this $5k result from my mission session day. Here are some of the things I discuss:</p> <ul> <li>Getting to this point takes time; it doesn’t happen overnight</li> <li>Pricing your sessions</li> <li>Meeting people where they are</li> <li>Bonus tip: be sure to schedule a lunch break for yourself</li> <li>Setting clear boundaries up front (remember mini sessions are NOT full sessions)</li> <li>Upselling</li> <li>Making sure you truly enjoy mini sessions if you are going to keep doing them</li> <li>Launching to a waitlist</li> <li>Email marketing</li> </ul><br/> <p>I hope these mini session tips were helpful! Remember, it takes time and often involves some trial and error with your mini sessions as there are many factors that come into play. Don't give up!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-made-5000-in-one-day-with-mini-sessions/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I have offered mini sessions in my business since the beginning of my business. I have such fond memories of mini sessions! The reason I started offering them at all was because it made me feel better about raising my prices. I felt guilty for raising my prices, so I offered mini sessions so I could work with the people that had kind of gotten me to the point I was at - essentially thanking them, while charging appropriate prices and still having boundaries around that lower pricing.</p> <p>Fast forward to today, I have my own studio, <a href= "https://whitespacesiouxfalls.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">White Space Studio</a>, where we host sets where photographers can come in and use those to host their own mini sessions. I also have spent the last couple of years teaching other photographers how to host lucrative mini sessions, and I think mini sessions can be just that!</p> <p>Mini sessions can be such a fantastic thing to build your portfolio, to better your client experience, increase your automations, etc. - there are so many benefits to mini sessions, but many times photographers miss the boat. Too many photographers look at it as a way to make fast cash, but then it doesn’t actually make them fast cash. I believe we as photographers can get better at mini sessions, and that’s why today’s episode is dedicated to talking about this topic.</p> <p>Recently I had a big win personally when I hosted my annual mini session day for brand and headshot photography in January - I did $5,000 in one day! I was thrilled with this. To give a little background, I do these sessions every January and the previous time I made around $1500.</p> <p>This big win caused me to get really reflective on what I did differently to get these results, what I can learn for next time, and if I can replicate this. In this episode, I’m walking through a few of the things I did this time (and over the years) in order to get this $5k result from my mission session day. Here are some of the things I discuss:</p> <ul> <li>Getting to this point takes time; it doesn’t happen overnight</li> <li>Pricing your sessions</li> <li>Meeting people where they are</li> <li>Bonus tip: be sure to schedule a lunch break for yourself</li> <li>Setting clear boundaries up front (remember mini sessions are NOT full sessions)</li> <li>Upselling</li> <li>Making sure you truly enjoy mini sessions if you are going to keep doing them</li> <li>Launching to a waitlist</li> <li>Email marketing</li> </ul><br/> <p>I hope these mini session tips were helpful! Remember, it takes time and often involves some trial and error with your mini sessions as there are many factors that come into play. Don't give up!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/how-i-made-5000-in-one-day-with-mini-sessions/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/50-how-i-made-5-000-in-one-day-with-mini-sessions]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">30a4d188-2da1-4d00-ba18-695a6b09ee17</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 05 May 2022 10:00:49 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/eb055005-4bc5-4e9e-acb7-feaea702d2b3/tip-5-5-2022-5k-mini-session-converted.mp3" length="21354363" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:25</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#49: Why Photographers Should Outsource Their Editing with Nicole Olson</title><itunes:title>#49: Why Photographers Should Outsource Their Editing with Nicole Olson</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Nicole Olson is a South Dakota photographer and private editor who loves helping burnt out creatives achieve freedom in their business. She has taken her 10+ years in the photography industry and seen that burnout is a common problem for photographers and can often be solved by <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/are-you-ready-to-outsource-heres-how-to-start/"> outsourcing</a> to make more time for themselves, their business, or their social life. </p> <p>Nicole recently made this transition in her business to include editing as one of her services and loves to help other photographers, along with having more freedom and time for her own family.</p> <p>In this episode, we dive into how Nicole made this transition, what it looks like for photographers to outsource their editing, and so much more. Here are some of the main talking points from my conversation with Nicole:</p> <ul> <li>How Nicole transitioned to being a private editor</li> <li>What working with an editor actually looks like</li> <li>The types of clients Nicole works with</li> <li>Nicole’s editing process and creative control</li> <li>Pricing/cost with hiring an editor</li> <li>How hiring an editor can make you more money</li> <li>What to look for when looking to hire an editor (and where to even start)</li> <li>How Nicole sends her photos to clients/the tech side of things</li> <li>Consistency and edits Nicole often makes</li> <li>Things you can be doing to help Lightroom run better</li> <li>Nicole's personal preferences for editing</li> <li>How culling could also be handed off to an editor</li> <li>How overdelivering a gallery can actually overwhelm a client</li> </ul><br/> <p>I love what Nicole does within her business and when it comes to editing, and this conversation was so interesting to learn more! If you are curious to learn about hiring an editor, you can connect with Nicole on social media <a href= "https://www.instagram.com/photosbynicolemarie/">@photosbynicolemarie</a> or on her website <a href="https://photosbynicolemarie.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-photographers-should-outsource-their-editing-with-nicole-olson/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nicole Olson is a South Dakota photographer and private editor who loves helping burnt out creatives achieve freedom in their business. She has taken her 10+ years in the photography industry and seen that burnout is a common problem for photographers and can often be solved by <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/are-you-ready-to-outsource-heres-how-to-start/"> outsourcing</a> to make more time for themselves, their business, or their social life. </p> <p>Nicole recently made this transition in her business to include editing as one of her services and loves to help other photographers, along with having more freedom and time for her own family.</p> <p>In this episode, we dive into how Nicole made this transition, what it looks like for photographers to outsource their editing, and so much more. Here are some of the main talking points from my conversation with Nicole:</p> <ul> <li>How Nicole transitioned to being a private editor</li> <li>What working with an editor actually looks like</li> <li>The types of clients Nicole works with</li> <li>Nicole’s editing process and creative control</li> <li>Pricing/cost with hiring an editor</li> <li>How hiring an editor can make you more money</li> <li>What to look for when looking to hire an editor (and where to even start)</li> <li>How Nicole sends her photos to clients/the tech side of things</li> <li>Consistency and edits Nicole often makes</li> <li>Things you can be doing to help Lightroom run better</li> <li>Nicole's personal preferences for editing</li> <li>How culling could also be handed off to an editor</li> <li>How overdelivering a gallery can actually overwhelm a client</li> </ul><br/> <p>I love what Nicole does within her business and when it comes to editing, and this conversation was so interesting to learn more! If you are curious to learn about hiring an editor, you can connect with Nicole on social media <a href= "https://www.instagram.com/photosbynicolemarie/">@photosbynicolemarie</a> or on her website <a href="https://photosbynicolemarie.net/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/why-photographers-should-outsource-their-editing-with-nicole-olson/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/49-why-photographers-should-outsource-their-editing-with-nicole-olson]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8b1f5909-e85d-4db4-8758-0d6b8e0aec95</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 21 Apr 2022 10:00:29 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/ae201088-0b57-4540-b2b8-408f0f5ab500/tip-4-27-nicole-outsourcing-converted.mp3" length="19766764" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:27</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#48: How I Respond to, Can I Pick Your Brain?</title><itunes:title>#48: How I Respond to, Can I Pick Your Brain?</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Since I have started educating in my business, whether that is having a coaching client or talking and giving advice on Instagram or the podcast, I more often get questions that are essentially, “Hey, can I pick your brain?”</p> <p> </p> <p>Sometimes that is exactly how it’s asked, sometimes it’s super tactful and addressing the fact that they understand I do this for a living and ask to grab coffee and chat, sometimes they offer to pay, but the question kind of remains the same.</p> <p> </p> <p>Another interesting layer to this is as I have worked with other people to work education and thought leadership into their personal brand strategy, they begin to start having the same question asked to them. They then come to me to ask how they should address this.</p> <p> </p> <p>I thought it was an interesting topic that would be great to dive into today! I mean, how do you even really respond when someone messages you, “can I pick your brain,” but the thing that they want to pick your brain about is the thing that your other clients pay you money for (or the thing that you want to get paid for).</p> <p> </p> <p>That’s what we are talking about today! Here are some things I discuss in this episode:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>Understanding what you want</li> <li>Figuring out your boundaries</li> <li>Realizing it’s okay to change based on your current season</li> <li>Understanding where people are coming from</li> <li>3 things I offer to people when they ask me these types of questions</li> <li>Examples of what to say/how to respond</li> <li>My boundary when people have a very specific question for their specific experience/business (and what I say to direct them to my coaching)</li> <li>Writing out your responses so you don’t have to reinvent the wheel each time</li> <li>The hardest part of navigating conversations like this</li> <li>Episode 19 and learning to respect people’s time</li> </ul><br/> <p></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Since I have started educating in my business, whether that is having a coaching client or talking and giving advice on Instagram or the podcast, I more often get questions that are essentially, “Hey, can I pick your brain?”</p> <p> </p> <p>Sometimes that is exactly how it’s asked, sometimes it’s super tactful and addressing the fact that they understand I do this for a living and ask to grab coffee and chat, sometimes they offer to pay, but the question kind of remains the same.</p> <p> </p> <p>Another interesting layer to this is as I have worked with other people to work education and thought leadership into their personal brand strategy, they begin to start having the same question asked to them. They then come to me to ask how they should address this.</p> <p> </p> <p>I thought it was an interesting topic that would be great to dive into today! I mean, how do you even really respond when someone messages you, “can I pick your brain,” but the thing that they want to pick your brain about is the thing that your other clients pay you money for (or the thing that you want to get paid for).</p> <p> </p> <p>That’s what we are talking about today! Here are some things I discuss in this episode:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>Understanding what you want</li> <li>Figuring out your boundaries</li> <li>Realizing it’s okay to change based on your current season</li> <li>Understanding where people are coming from</li> <li>3 things I offer to people when they ask me these types of questions</li> <li>Examples of what to say/how to respond</li> <li>My boundary when people have a very specific question for their specific experience/business (and what I say to direct them to my coaching)</li> <li>Writing out your responses so you don’t have to reinvent the wheel each time</li> <li>The hardest part of navigating conversations like this</li> <li>Episode 19 and learning to respect people’s time</li> </ul><br/> <p></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/48-how-i-respond-to-can-i-pick-your-brain]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7d7be99c-fc9d-40ae-b0ad-95b26ca480f2</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 07 Apr 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/3509b897-ecf6-406e-afa4-0bfe170a6a19/tip-4-7-brain-converted.mp3" length="14841675" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:40</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#47: Creating White Space in Your Business with Sabrina Gebhardt</title><itunes:title>#47: Creating White Space in Your Business with Sabrina Gebhardt</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Sabrina is a lifestyle photographer located in Texas. She’s been in business for 11 years, and for the past 6 years she has been diving into the education side of her business. This has involved mentoring, creating a course, speaking at conferences, starting a mastermind, and more, all of which focus on the business of photography.</p> <p>Once you’ve been in business for a while, there is often this natural flow to the education side of things. You’ve gained experience, worked with many people, and had a lot of growth and success, so others want to learn how you did it and how you got to where you are. It’s a great space to go into, and Sabrina definitely found that to be true within her own business.</p> <p>Sabrina loves helping photographers to build sustainable and successful businesses. She is on a personal mission to end burnout, one photographer at a time, because she believes it is totally possible to have a business you love without wanting to poke your eyes out. She’s sharing all about this in this week’s episode, along with other tips to help you create more white space in your business.</p> <p>Here are the main things Sabrina and I discussed in the episode:</p> <ul> <li>What got Sabrina interested in going into education</li> <li>Connecting with educators and clients</li> <li>Sabrina’s niche</li> <li>How planning can really benefit creatives</li> <li>Creating white space in your business and what that <em>actually</em> means</li> <li>The first step to creating white space (yes, it might be uncomfortable!)</li> <li>Benefits of white space and intentionality</li> <li>Setting boundaries</li> <li>How Sabrina’s schedule/white space often looks</li> <li>How photographers can make this happen (even if you are in the first few years of your business)</li> <li>Avoiding burnout</li> <li>Pivoting in your business</li> <li>Figuring out the schedule that works for you</li> <li>White space/calendar tips from Sabrina</li> </ul><br/> <p>This was such a fun conversation to have with Sabrina! I knew she would have amazing tips to share about creating a business that is not only sustainable but also a business that you love. Creating white space within your calendar is so important and allows for you to say goodbye to burnout!</p> <p>You can connect with Sabrina on social media @sabrinagebhardtphotography or on <a href= "https://www.sabrinagebhardt.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">her website</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/creating-white-space-in-your-business-with-sabrina-gebhardt/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Sabrina is a lifestyle photographer located in Texas. She’s been in business for 11 years, and for the past 6 years she has been diving into the education side of her business. This has involved mentoring, creating a course, speaking at conferences, starting a mastermind, and more, all of which focus on the business of photography.</p> <p>Once you’ve been in business for a while, there is often this natural flow to the education side of things. You’ve gained experience, worked with many people, and had a lot of growth and success, so others want to learn how you did it and how you got to where you are. It’s a great space to go into, and Sabrina definitely found that to be true within her own business.</p> <p>Sabrina loves helping photographers to build sustainable and successful businesses. She is on a personal mission to end burnout, one photographer at a time, because she believes it is totally possible to have a business you love without wanting to poke your eyes out. She’s sharing all about this in this week’s episode, along with other tips to help you create more white space in your business.</p> <p>Here are the main things Sabrina and I discussed in the episode:</p> <ul> <li>What got Sabrina interested in going into education</li> <li>Connecting with educators and clients</li> <li>Sabrina’s niche</li> <li>How planning can really benefit creatives</li> <li>Creating white space in your business and what that <em>actually</em> means</li> <li>The first step to creating white space (yes, it might be uncomfortable!)</li> <li>Benefits of white space and intentionality</li> <li>Setting boundaries</li> <li>How Sabrina’s schedule/white space often looks</li> <li>How photographers can make this happen (even if you are in the first few years of your business)</li> <li>Avoiding burnout</li> <li>Pivoting in your business</li> <li>Figuring out the schedule that works for you</li> <li>White space/calendar tips from Sabrina</li> </ul><br/> <p>This was such a fun conversation to have with Sabrina! I knew she would have amazing tips to share about creating a business that is not only sustainable but also a business that you love. Creating white space within your calendar is so important and allows for you to say goodbye to burnout!</p> <p>You can connect with Sabrina on social media @sabrinagebhardtphotography or on <a href= "https://www.sabrinagebhardt.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">her website</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/creating-white-space-in-your-business-with-sabrina-gebhardt/"> here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/47-creating-white-space-in-your-business-with-sabrina-gebhardt]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">8fa413fc-7856-494b-abc8-3c52b74234c8</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 24 Mar 2022 10:00:25 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/59c91cd8-94ca-449d-8e9c-f95d09ab21d4/tip-3-24-22-sabrina-converted.mp3" length="34351132" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>40:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#46: Take It Personally in 2022</title><itunes:title>#46: Take It Personally in 2022</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>BIG NEWS. By the time this episode is live, we will have hit 20,000 downloads for Take It Personally! This is a big deal, and I am so thrilled to see that number.</p> <p>I wanted to take the time to dive into Take It Personally - where it’s been and where I’m hoping to take it in 2022. This will be a little peek behind the curtain into my business, specifically the podcast.</p> <p>Thank you for being a part of this community and helping Take It Personally reach 20,000 downloads! I’m excited to share how I have gotten to this point, where I have grown, and my goals for this year ahead.</p> <p>Here are some things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Hiring a podcast editor and how it has helped me be more consistent</li> <li>How 2020/pandemic affected my podcasting schedule</li> <li>Finding a rhythm for work/the podcast after 2020 and having a baby</li> <li>How I use the podcast to share free content</li> <li>Connecting with other business owners through the podcast</li> <li>How the podcast has helped me improve my speaking skills (and will continue to help me)</li> <li>Current podcast costs and monetization options</li> <li>Podcast schedule for this year</li> <li>Marketing and sharing about the podcast more on social</li> <li>Batch working and working ahead</li> <li>How to get in touch if you want to come on the podcast!</li> </ul><br/> <p>Thank you again for being here! I’m excited for this year ahead and the growth we hope to see.</p> <p>If there are any topics or experts that you want to hear from on the podcast this year, please reach out!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/take-it-personally-in-2022">here</a></p>  <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>BIG NEWS. By the time this episode is live, we will have hit 20,000 downloads for Take It Personally! This is a big deal, and I am so thrilled to see that number.</p> <p>I wanted to take the time to dive into Take It Personally - where it’s been and where I’m hoping to take it in 2022. This will be a little peek behind the curtain into my business, specifically the podcast.</p> <p>Thank you for being a part of this community and helping Take It Personally reach 20,000 downloads! I’m excited to share how I have gotten to this point, where I have grown, and my goals for this year ahead.</p> <p>Here are some things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Hiring a podcast editor and how it has helped me be more consistent</li> <li>How 2020/pandemic affected my podcasting schedule</li> <li>Finding a rhythm for work/the podcast after 2020 and having a baby</li> <li>How I use the podcast to share free content</li> <li>Connecting with other business owners through the podcast</li> <li>How the podcast has helped me improve my speaking skills (and will continue to help me)</li> <li>Current podcast costs and monetization options</li> <li>Podcast schedule for this year</li> <li>Marketing and sharing about the podcast more on social</li> <li>Batch working and working ahead</li> <li>How to get in touch if you want to come on the podcast!</li> </ul><br/> <p>Thank you again for being here! I’m excited for this year ahead and the growth we hope to see.</p> <p>If there are any topics or experts that you want to hear from on the podcast this year, please reach out!</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/take-it-personally-in-2022">here</a></p>  <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/46-take-it-personally-in-2022]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ce5b26f4-e28a-49b7-a26d-3110773d89c8</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 10 Mar 2022 11:00:35 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f7e682e9-8ff8-45f2-b4c2-06e8f0e67b5c/tip-3-10-2022-converted.mp3" length="18531963" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:04</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#45: 2022 Instagram Predictions</title><itunes:title>#45: 2022 Instagram Predictions</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Let's talk about Instagram predictions for 2022!</p> <p>At the time of this recording (late January 2022), Adam Mosseri, the CEO of Instagram, has been doing weekly videos announcing new features for Instagram and priorities for 2022. It has been really interesting, and there has been a lot of change in a short amount of time!</p> <p>In today’s episode, I’m diving into some of the changes and updates we’ve already seen, along with my personal Instagram predictions for 2022.</p> <p>Here are some things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>New features in DMs</li> <li>New and expanded features with video creation</li> <li>Scheduling lives</li> <li>Beta testing the subscription feature</li> <li>Custom feeds (home, favorites, following)</li> <li>Content repurposing and collaborating </li> <li>Memes and gifs</li> <li>Repurposing content into different types of posts</li> <li>Continued growth of video and using reels within your business</li> <li>More business owners experimenting on places like TikTok</li> <li>Monetizing on Instagram</li> <li>Close friends feature</li> </ul><br/> <p>As I mentioned in the episode, video is already being pushed so much, so if you haven’t started experimenting yet, I encourage you to give it a try! If you are looking for more guidance, I have a free guide all about creating reels, which you can access <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/get-reel" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "http://www.maddiepeschong.com/2022-instagram-predictions">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Let's talk about Instagram predictions for 2022!</p> <p>At the time of this recording (late January 2022), Adam Mosseri, the CEO of Instagram, has been doing weekly videos announcing new features for Instagram and priorities for 2022. It has been really interesting, and there has been a lot of change in a short amount of time!</p> <p>In today’s episode, I’m diving into some of the changes and updates we’ve already seen, along with my personal Instagram predictions for 2022.</p> <p>Here are some things discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>New features in DMs</li> <li>New and expanded features with video creation</li> <li>Scheduling lives</li> <li>Beta testing the subscription feature</li> <li>Custom feeds (home, favorites, following)</li> <li>Content repurposing and collaborating </li> <li>Memes and gifs</li> <li>Repurposing content into different types of posts</li> <li>Continued growth of video and using reels within your business</li> <li>More business owners experimenting on places like TikTok</li> <li>Monetizing on Instagram</li> <li>Close friends feature</li> </ul><br/> <p>As I mentioned in the episode, video is already being pushed so much, so if you haven’t started experimenting yet, I encourage you to give it a try! If you are looking for more guidance, I have a free guide all about creating reels, which you can access <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/get-reel" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">here</a>.</p> <p>Full show notes <a href= "http://www.maddiepeschong.com/2022-instagram-predictions">here</a></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/45-2022-instagram-predictions]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2bbc2582-4e14-4424-b8e2-6a30298f4494</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 24 Feb 2022 11:00:35 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/b79e5ba7-893d-49c4-a653-c778517790bd/tip-2-24-22-instagram-converted.mp3" length="19479819" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>23:11</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#44: Everything You Need to Know About Starting an Email List with Jenny Roth</title><itunes:title>#44: Everything You Need to Know About Starting an Email List with Jenny Roth</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[Today’s podcast guest has become a very dear friend of mine. Her name is <a href="https://jennyrothcopywriting.com">Jenny Roth</a>, and she is a copywriter from near Aberdeen, SD. I’ve talked before about some of the changes that have occurred in my business over the last year. A big part of that has been hiring a team and working with team members and contractors that do various things in my business, and Jenny was one of the first people that I started working with. Jenny does so much writing in my business. She has done sales pages, my new website that I launched last year, but we first got started working together when she started doing my email copy. Jenny has changed my business for the better! <p>When we get together once a month, I basically tell Jenny my life story, and she turns it into these beautiful emails. She understands me - any good copywriter is like that and has that magic of just being able to talk to someone and replicate their brand voice to talk in a way that sounds just like them. The biggest compliment that I get on my emails is that people are shocked when they find out that someone else writes them. And yet, when I read the drafts when Jenny sends them over, I always find myself saying that it sounds just like me. She takes what I say and puts it together in a way that flows well and is easy to understand.</p> <p>In today’s episode, we are really focusing on email marketing, which makes sense as Jenny’s magic is definitely in connecting with people via email. Grab a notebook and pen because she has SO many good tips that she shares in today’s interview.</p> <p>Here are some of the things Jenny and I discussed:</p> <ul> <li>How Jenny and I got connected</li> <li>How she gets most of her leads through pitching herself</li> <li>Jenny’s story and how she got to where she is now</li> <li>How Jenny niched down to email copy</li> <li>Jenny’s process of taking on someone else’s voice when writing</li> <li>Step one in writing: get your thoughts out there, even if it’s messy</li> <li>How email is another avenue to reach people and can be a compliment to your social media</li> <li>How to get people on your list and lead magnet ideas</li> <li>Welcome/nurture sequences and order bumps</li> <li>Email service providers</li> <li>How often you should be emailing your list</li> <li>Repurposing content for email</li> <li>“I don’t know what to send my email list” and making an email plan</li> <li>Getting help and hiring out for email (or other areas in your business)</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p>Full episode show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/everything-you-need-to-know-about-starting-an-email-list-with-jenny-roth/"> here</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[Today’s podcast guest has become a very dear friend of mine. Her name is <a href="https://jennyrothcopywriting.com">Jenny Roth</a>, and she is a copywriter from near Aberdeen, SD. I’ve talked before about some of the changes that have occurred in my business over the last year. A big part of that has been hiring a team and working with team members and contractors that do various things in my business, and Jenny was one of the first people that I started working with. Jenny does so much writing in my business. She has done sales pages, my new website that I launched last year, but we first got started working together when she started doing my email copy. Jenny has changed my business for the better! <p>When we get together once a month, I basically tell Jenny my life story, and she turns it into these beautiful emails. She understands me - any good copywriter is like that and has that magic of just being able to talk to someone and replicate their brand voice to talk in a way that sounds just like them. The biggest compliment that I get on my emails is that people are shocked when they find out that someone else writes them. And yet, when I read the drafts when Jenny sends them over, I always find myself saying that it sounds just like me. She takes what I say and puts it together in a way that flows well and is easy to understand.</p> <p>In today’s episode, we are really focusing on email marketing, which makes sense as Jenny’s magic is definitely in connecting with people via email. Grab a notebook and pen because she has SO many good tips that she shares in today’s interview.</p> <p>Here are some of the things Jenny and I discussed:</p> <ul> <li>How Jenny and I got connected</li> <li>How she gets most of her leads through pitching herself</li> <li>Jenny’s story and how she got to where she is now</li> <li>How Jenny niched down to email copy</li> <li>Jenny’s process of taking on someone else’s voice when writing</li> <li>Step one in writing: get your thoughts out there, even if it’s messy</li> <li>How email is another avenue to reach people and can be a compliment to your social media</li> <li>How to get people on your list and lead magnet ideas</li> <li>Welcome/nurture sequences and order bumps</li> <li>Email service providers</li> <li>How often you should be emailing your list</li> <li>Repurposing content for email</li> <li>“I don’t know what to send my email list” and making an email plan</li> <li>Getting help and hiring out for email (or other areas in your business)</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p>Full episode show notes <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/everything-you-need-to-know-about-starting-an-email-list-with-jenny-roth/"> here</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/44-everything-you-need-to-know-about-starting-an-email-list-with-jenny-roth]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">cefad0d8-2cc1-43a1-add1-3baff03affba</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Fri, 11 Feb 2022 01:00:23 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/8d625919-ec34-478d-b019-83c520ec0321/tip-2-10-21-jenny-converted.mp3" length="35526124" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>42:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#43: Overcoming Overwhelm in Business with Celeste Coffman</title><itunes:title>#43: Overcoming Overwhelm in Business with Celeste Coffman</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Since starting my business, I have been amazed at how utterly overwhelming parts of business ownership can be, and I think a lot of us can feel this way. I have often found myself thinking that I need a therapist for my business, and that is why I was so fascinated to meet today’s podcast guest, Celeste Coffman.</p> <p>Celeste is a licensed therapist and also a business coach, so she <em>is</em> a therapist for your business! Celeste and I had a great conversation on how she helps women in different ways to help them get past a scarcity mindset, imposter syndrome, to move forward in their business without constantly spinning your wheels, and more. She has some great takeaways you can start putting into action today!</p> <p>Here are some of the things Celeste and I discussed:</p> <ul> <li>How she got from working as a therapist to being a business coach</li> <li>At what point women typically come and work with Celeste</li> <li>How she helps women find calm amongst the chaos</li> <li>Why business coaches can really help you in your business and offer another perspective + accountability</li> <li>How Celeste helps her clients with overwhelm</li> <li>To-do lists (and Celeste’s favorite app) and 80/20 mindset</li> <li>Knowing when to hire someone for your business</li> <li>Productivity platforms/tools that Celeste loves using and recommends</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Since starting my business, I have been amazed at how utterly overwhelming parts of business ownership can be, and I think a lot of us can feel this way. I have often found myself thinking that I need a therapist for my business, and that is why I was so fascinated to meet today’s podcast guest, Celeste Coffman.</p> <p>Celeste is a licensed therapist and also a business coach, so she <em>is</em> a therapist for your business! Celeste and I had a great conversation on how she helps women in different ways to help them get past a scarcity mindset, imposter syndrome, to move forward in their business without constantly spinning your wheels, and more. She has some great takeaways you can start putting into action today!</p> <p>Here are some of the things Celeste and I discussed:</p> <ul> <li>How she got from working as a therapist to being a business coach</li> <li>At what point women typically come and work with Celeste</li> <li>How she helps women find calm amongst the chaos</li> <li>Why business coaches can really help you in your business and offer another perspective + accountability</li> <li>How Celeste helps her clients with overwhelm</li> <li>To-do lists (and Celeste’s favorite app) and 80/20 mindset</li> <li>Knowing when to hire someone for your business</li> <li>Productivity platforms/tools that Celeste loves using and recommends</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/43-overcoming-overwhelm-in-business-with-celeste-coffman]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7a86f241-e497-46bf-a603-d017d8de7c32</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 27 Jan 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/38ec94f7-56f1-4793-8f46-ac4557386265/tip-1-27-21-converted.mp3" length="33169420" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>39:29</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#42: Everything I Did Before I Quit My Job</title><itunes:title>#42: Everything I Did Before I Quit My Job</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>More are starting to ask: “What would it take for me to leave my job?” This is what today’s podcast is all about as I wanted to share everything that I did before I quit my job.</p> <p>While I love to work with people who are anxious to quit their job and want to establish a plan to make that happen, I personally don’t think <em>everyone</em> should quit their job (that’s not my goal in this episode). I think entrepreneurship is AMAZING and such a joy in my life, but it isn’t that for everyone. It can be hard to compartmentalize, and life and business often meld together. Again, it can be amazing, but sometimes it’s also a lot. </p> <p>For me, entrepreneurship is really fulfilling, and I personally can understand getting to the point of feeling like you either have to double down with your day job and start climbing the ladder, or quit and give it your all with your own business. Doing half and half just isn’t fair to anyone and doesn’t usually work great.</p> <p>Maybe right now you are feeling that way. If you are thinking of taking your business full-time and wondering what to do before leaving your job, this episode is for you! I am diving into everything I did before I quit my job. One important thing to remember is that our stories may not look the same! I personally have always had jobs that I’ve loved, so it wasn’t that I was in a toxic situation I needed to get out of. If that is your situation or your work is running you dry or giving you anxiety, your quitting situation is going to look different than mine (and it should). I also had a lot of <em>time</em> with my situation to figure everything out before making the leap. You may not have time. Our paths may not look the same, so keep that in mind as you listen, but I hope you can still find my story helpful in some way!</p> <p>Here are some of the things I discuss in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Making paying off debt a priority</li> <li>Contributing to retirement</li> <li>Setting my income goal (to match my income but also considering things like health insurance, future children, etc.)</li> <li>Getting to the point of feeling spread way too thin between my day job and photography business </li> <li>Creating a savings runway</li> <li>Looking into options for health insurance</li> <li>Feeling anxious about quitting</li> <li>Setting boundaries when giving your notice</li> <li>The internal conversation of “should I or shouldn’t I?”</li> <li>Making the jump</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>More are starting to ask: “What would it take for me to leave my job?” This is what today’s podcast is all about as I wanted to share everything that I did before I quit my job.</p> <p>While I love to work with people who are anxious to quit their job and want to establish a plan to make that happen, I personally don’t think <em>everyone</em> should quit their job (that’s not my goal in this episode). I think entrepreneurship is AMAZING and such a joy in my life, but it isn’t that for everyone. It can be hard to compartmentalize, and life and business often meld together. Again, it can be amazing, but sometimes it’s also a lot. </p> <p>For me, entrepreneurship is really fulfilling, and I personally can understand getting to the point of feeling like you either have to double down with your day job and start climbing the ladder, or quit and give it your all with your own business. Doing half and half just isn’t fair to anyone and doesn’t usually work great.</p> <p>Maybe right now you are feeling that way. If you are thinking of taking your business full-time and wondering what to do before leaving your job, this episode is for you! I am diving into everything I did before I quit my job. One important thing to remember is that our stories may not look the same! I personally have always had jobs that I’ve loved, so it wasn’t that I was in a toxic situation I needed to get out of. If that is your situation or your work is running you dry or giving you anxiety, your quitting situation is going to look different than mine (and it should). I also had a lot of <em>time</em> with my situation to figure everything out before making the leap. You may not have time. Our paths may not look the same, so keep that in mind as you listen, but I hope you can still find my story helpful in some way!</p> <p>Here are some of the things I discuss in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>Making paying off debt a priority</li> <li>Contributing to retirement</li> <li>Setting my income goal (to match my income but also considering things like health insurance, future children, etc.)</li> <li>Getting to the point of feeling spread way too thin between my day job and photography business </li> <li>Creating a savings runway</li> <li>Looking into options for health insurance</li> <li>Feeling anxious about quitting</li> <li>Setting boundaries when giving your notice</li> <li>The internal conversation of “should I or shouldn’t I?”</li> <li>Making the jump</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/42-everything-i-did-before-i-quit-my-job]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">9f1ce983-1f3d-42b8-a168-4746f1ac97b5</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 13 Jan 2022 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/e3417d9f-e690-4f31-bb67-f80db9724700/tip-1-13-21-converted.mp3" length="25994187" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:57</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#41: Syncing Your Business with Your Cycle with Jenna Christianson</title><itunes:title>#41: Syncing Your Business with Your Cycle with Jenna Christianson</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Alright folks, buckle up! We are talking about periods today, and this episode feels like a long time coming. It was before I got pregnant with my third child that I started seeing posts from Jenna and other holistic health practitioners about period health and how our cycle can impact so many other things, and therefore, often impact our business.</p> <p>I think that so often, as young girls, we are not told about the way that cycle tracking can impact our health and wellbeing and just our understanding of our body. So often I think we’re kind of taught that periods are this thing we should dread and it’s normal to have all these symptoms - while they may be common, it doesn’t necessarily mean they are normal. </p> <p>Over roughly the past two years, I have really come to understand my cycle better. I cannot tell you the impact that it has had on my business and my life just understanding the times of the month where I am excited to be up on stage in front of a group of people and the times of the month where I don’t want to leave my house and just want to watch Netflix or the times where I can get really focused work done but don’t want to talk to anyone else.</p> <p>If you notice feeling the same way throughout the month, that is actually really normal, so stop beating yourself up because you can’t be “on” all the time! That’s why I am so excited to talk to our guest today, Jenna Chirstianson, because she has opened my eyes to women’s health and period health and how it can affect your life and business.</p> <p>Here are some of the things we discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>About Jenna</li> <li>Why tracking your cycle can be helpful</li> <li>Differences between men and women's hormones</li> <li>Phases of the menstrual cycle and how our cycle can give an insight to our overall health (follow along on <a href= "https://www.instagram.com/p/CBUE5D-pYf6/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">this graph</a>)</li> <li>Fertility Awareness Method</li> <li>What to expect with each phase (mood, energy, etc.)</li> <li>What to do within your business during each phase</li> <li>Supporting your overall health and cycle (lymphatic drainage, sleep, hydration, etc.)</li> <li>How to work with Jenna</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Alright folks, buckle up! We are talking about periods today, and this episode feels like a long time coming. It was before I got pregnant with my third child that I started seeing posts from Jenna and other holistic health practitioners about period health and how our cycle can impact so many other things, and therefore, often impact our business.</p> <p>I think that so often, as young girls, we are not told about the way that cycle tracking can impact our health and wellbeing and just our understanding of our body. So often I think we’re kind of taught that periods are this thing we should dread and it’s normal to have all these symptoms - while they may be common, it doesn’t necessarily mean they are normal. </p> <p>Over roughly the past two years, I have really come to understand my cycle better. I cannot tell you the impact that it has had on my business and my life just understanding the times of the month where I am excited to be up on stage in front of a group of people and the times of the month where I don’t want to leave my house and just want to watch Netflix or the times where I can get really focused work done but don’t want to talk to anyone else.</p> <p>If you notice feeling the same way throughout the month, that is actually really normal, so stop beating yourself up because you can’t be “on” all the time! That’s why I am so excited to talk to our guest today, Jenna Chirstianson, because she has opened my eyes to women’s health and period health and how it can affect your life and business.</p> <p>Here are some of the things we discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>About Jenna</li> <li>Why tracking your cycle can be helpful</li> <li>Differences between men and women's hormones</li> <li>Phases of the menstrual cycle and how our cycle can give an insight to our overall health (follow along on <a href= "https://www.instagram.com/p/CBUE5D-pYf6/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener">this graph</a>)</li> <li>Fertility Awareness Method</li> <li>What to expect with each phase (mood, energy, etc.)</li> <li>What to do within your business during each phase</li> <li>Supporting your overall health and cycle (lymphatic drainage, sleep, hydration, etc.)</li> <li>How to work with Jenna</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/41-syncing-your-business-with-your-cycle-with-jenna-christianson]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">24a33de7-a98f-47c0-b3e0-aeaede9ddf23</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 30 Dec 2021 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/aab0b425-3510-401d-928c-644f3530bac4/tip-12-30-syncing-your-business-converted.mp3" length="31136964" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>43:15</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#40: Finding Your Brand Voice with Sara Gillis</title><itunes:title>#40: Finding Your Brand Voice with Sara Gillis</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I am so thrilled to have my friend, Sara Gillis, on the podcast! Sara has been a friend for a while, a brand photography client of mine, a current member of my group coaching program, and I have loved seeing her grow over the past year.</p> <p>When we first started working together, Sara was a teacher with a side hustle which she wanted to take full-time. Within a couple of months, she made that dream a reality, and her business has continued to grow!</p> <p>In this interview, Sara and I nerd out for a bit about the state of journalism and communication, and then we dive deeper into communication from a business perspective. It can be something that trips up a lot of entrepreneurs and can be difficult to navigate, so, Sara shared some amazing tips on the podcast about stepping into your own, natural brand voice and owning it to reach your ideal clients.</p> <p>Here are some of the things we discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>About Sara</li> <li>The difference between copy and content</li> <li>What Sara says to people who say “I’m not a good writer” (but maybe can’t afford to hire a writer yet)</li> <li>Throwing grammar rules out the window and really writing for yourself and your business</li> <li>The Oxford Comma and other journalism insight</li> <li>Finding your brand voice and owning it!</li> <li>Sara’s 5 types of brand voices (use Sara’s quiz to help you figure out what type you are!)</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you want to take Sara’s quiz to find out your brand voice, <a href= "https://view.flodesk.com/pages/605e3b6b8bb52d7f0f4316de">click here</a>!</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I am so thrilled to have my friend, Sara Gillis, on the podcast! Sara has been a friend for a while, a brand photography client of mine, a current member of my group coaching program, and I have loved seeing her grow over the past year.</p> <p>When we first started working together, Sara was a teacher with a side hustle which she wanted to take full-time. Within a couple of months, she made that dream a reality, and her business has continued to grow!</p> <p>In this interview, Sara and I nerd out for a bit about the state of journalism and communication, and then we dive deeper into communication from a business perspective. It can be something that trips up a lot of entrepreneurs and can be difficult to navigate, so, Sara shared some amazing tips on the podcast about stepping into your own, natural brand voice and owning it to reach your ideal clients.</p> <p>Here are some of the things we discussed in this episode:</p> <ul> <li>About Sara</li> <li>The difference between copy and content</li> <li>What Sara says to people who say “I’m not a good writer” (but maybe can’t afford to hire a writer yet)</li> <li>Throwing grammar rules out the window and really writing for yourself and your business</li> <li>The Oxford Comma and other journalism insight</li> <li>Finding your brand voice and owning it!</li> <li>Sara’s 5 types of brand voices (use Sara’s quiz to help you figure out what type you are!)</li> </ul><br/> <p>If you want to take Sara’s quiz to find out your brand voice, <a href= "https://view.flodesk.com/pages/605e3b6b8bb52d7f0f4316de">click here</a>!</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/40-finding-your-brand-voice-with-sara-gillis]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e00b11d1-1dee-4074-a4b4-1af41774df86</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 16 Dec 2021 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/14cfe130-62e7-4216-8a2c-5b8bd5318d27/tip-12-19-sara-converted.mp3" length="32991676" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>39:17</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#39: Doing Less for More Success with Christine Tremoulet</title><itunes:title>#39: Doing Less for More Success with Christine Tremoulet</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Today’s podcast guest is someone I recently met at the Reset Conference, and we hit it off right away! Christine Tremoulet is the Chief Growth Officer of AfterShoot, which is a company that helps photographers create more and edit less. Prior to this, she has a long history of working in creative fields. She’s had experience with web design, blogging, Wordpress (which she gave it’s official name!), photography, working closely with brands and businesses, and more.</p> <p>Christine loved wedding photography but shifted to boudoir photography to enjoy a bit more time freedom. At that time, she also started doing some business coaching and mentoring. She had plans to head out on a 3 week road trip, which ended up being 4 months! But as she reflected on it, Christine was so thankful for the flexibility of her schedule and was reminded that her love for travel was the reason she first started making shifts in her business.</p> <p>There is a lot to be said about flexibility and freedom in running your own business - how to truly make your business work for you and your life, <em>but also</em> how to make the most of the time that you do spend on your business. There are things to put in place to help you be productive, and as you implement these strategies, you may find yourself doing less to be <em>more</em> successful.</p> <p>Christine has a lot of experience with this, which is why I am so excited for this interview with her. Here are some of the things we discussed in the episode:</p> <ul> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Transitioning and reevaluating your business</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">How Christine would get “bored” with success and would want a new challenge</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Constant communication and living in this “on” culture</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Having healthy boundaries</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Feeling like we have to do it all and how not doing it all can actually help you uplevel your brand</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Implementing programs and softwares to make business easier or outsource tasks</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Details about AfterShoot and how it can specifically save photographers time</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Keeping things as a hobby for yourself VS. turning it into a business</li> </ul><br/> <p>Christine shared about AfterShoot and how this software can help photographers save time. You can use the code <em>MADDIE10</em> to get 10% off your first purchase with AfterShoot if you are interested in trying it out. You can find more information on social @aftershootco.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em> Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Today’s podcast guest is someone I recently met at the Reset Conference, and we hit it off right away! Christine Tremoulet is the Chief Growth Officer of AfterShoot, which is a company that helps photographers create more and edit less. Prior to this, she has a long history of working in creative fields. She’s had experience with web design, blogging, Wordpress (which she gave it’s official name!), photography, working closely with brands and businesses, and more.</p> <p>Christine loved wedding photography but shifted to boudoir photography to enjoy a bit more time freedom. At that time, she also started doing some business coaching and mentoring. She had plans to head out on a 3 week road trip, which ended up being 4 months! But as she reflected on it, Christine was so thankful for the flexibility of her schedule and was reminded that her love for travel was the reason she first started making shifts in her business.</p> <p>There is a lot to be said about flexibility and freedom in running your own business - how to truly make your business work for you and your life, <em>but also</em> how to make the most of the time that you do spend on your business. There are things to put in place to help you be productive, and as you implement these strategies, you may find yourself doing less to be <em>more</em> successful.</p> <p>Christine has a lot of experience with this, which is why I am so excited for this interview with her. Here are some of the things we discussed in the episode:</p> <ul> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Transitioning and reevaluating your business</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">How Christine would get “bored” with success and would want a new challenge</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Constant communication and living in this “on” culture</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Having healthy boundaries</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Feeling like we have to do it all and how not doing it all can actually help you uplevel your brand</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Implementing programs and softwares to make business easier or outsource tasks</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Details about AfterShoot and how it can specifically save photographers time</li> <li style="font-weight: 400;" aria-level="1">Keeping things as a hobby for yourself VS. turning it into a business</li> </ul><br/> <p>Christine shared about AfterShoot and how this software can help photographers save time. You can use the code <em>MADDIE10</em> to get 10% off your first purchase with AfterShoot if you are interested in trying it out. You can find more information on social @aftershootco.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em> Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/39-doing-less-for-more-success-with-christine-tremoulet]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5dbb4d7d-89a2-4776-95b6-7bfeb26e24c0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 02 Dec 2021 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/9a5f3fdb-4900-4a75-a0c8-4130db592c21/tip-12-2-christine-converted.mp3" length="35950636" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>49:56</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#38: Making Money on Pinterest with Addie Gray</title><itunes:title>#38: Making Money on Pinterest with Addie Gray</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>It’s no secret that I love Instagram. I’m a big fan of the platform. I love connecting with people there, I love creating the content, I love seeing what other people are doing and scrolling for way too long. It’s a great platform and when used properly, it can be a huge asset in your business.</p> <p> </p> <p>But it’s also no secret that Instagram can be <em>really</em> draining. I think especially over the past couple of the years that constant connection, while helpful, can also be a bit of a detriment. Because Instagram is this wheel that keeps on spinning, we can start to feel like we can’t take a step off of the wheel. It’s exhausting, right?!</p> <p> </p> <p>So, having other things in place in your business that are able to keep moving, even when you want to take a break, is really important - to keep generating sales, to get your content out to more people, to add people to your email list, etc.</p> <p> </p> <p>And that is essentially how I met today’s guest, Addie Gray. Addie is a Pinterest expert and analytic strategist. I actually met her on Instagram about a year ago, and she has been working in my business for about 9 months managing my Pinterest!</p> <p> </p> <p>Addie is a queen in the realm of Pinterest, and I have her to thank for my Pinterest page doing well. Today’s episode is a deep dive into that and why Pinterest could be a great thing for your business. Here’s some of the things we talked about in today’s episode: </p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>All about Addie and how she first got started with Pinterest</li> <li>Optimizing your Pinterest account</li> <li>Using secret Pinterest boards</li> <li>Why Pinterest is a good platform for business owners to consider</li> <li>How Pinterest differs from Instagram and can be working in the background for you</li> <li>Creating and scheduling Pinterest content</li> <li>SEO and optimizing your pins with keywords to show up in the search results</li> <li>What type of content to put on Pinterest (simpler than you think!)</li> <li>What making money on Pinterest looks like</li> <li>Repurposing content</li> <li>Figuring out your Pinterest strategy</li> </ul><br/> <p></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>It’s no secret that I love Instagram. I’m a big fan of the platform. I love connecting with people there, I love creating the content, I love seeing what other people are doing and scrolling for way too long. It’s a great platform and when used properly, it can be a huge asset in your business.</p> <p> </p> <p>But it’s also no secret that Instagram can be <em>really</em> draining. I think especially over the past couple of the years that constant connection, while helpful, can also be a bit of a detriment. Because Instagram is this wheel that keeps on spinning, we can start to feel like we can’t take a step off of the wheel. It’s exhausting, right?!</p> <p> </p> <p>So, having other things in place in your business that are able to keep moving, even when you want to take a break, is really important - to keep generating sales, to get your content out to more people, to add people to your email list, etc.</p> <p> </p> <p>And that is essentially how I met today’s guest, Addie Gray. Addie is a Pinterest expert and analytic strategist. I actually met her on Instagram about a year ago, and she has been working in my business for about 9 months managing my Pinterest!</p> <p> </p> <p>Addie is a queen in the realm of Pinterest, and I have her to thank for my Pinterest page doing well. Today’s episode is a deep dive into that and why Pinterest could be a great thing for your business. Here’s some of the things we talked about in today’s episode: </p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>All about Addie and how she first got started with Pinterest</li> <li>Optimizing your Pinterest account</li> <li>Using secret Pinterest boards</li> <li>Why Pinterest is a good platform for business owners to consider</li> <li>How Pinterest differs from Instagram and can be working in the background for you</li> <li>Creating and scheduling Pinterest content</li> <li>SEO and optimizing your pins with keywords to show up in the search results</li> <li>What type of content to put on Pinterest (simpler than you think!)</li> <li>What making money on Pinterest looks like</li> <li>Repurposing content</li> <li>Figuring out your Pinterest strategy</li> </ul><br/> <p></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/38-making-money-on-pinterest-with-addie-gray]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2f8c4dc3-c31b-490a-9847-8f4b1b8a30da</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 18 Nov 2021 15:29:46 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/78be58af-4906-41ef-86ba-79724a42f7e2/tip-11-18-addie-converted.mp3" length="21211620" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>29:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#37: Thoughts on my 2 Million Views Viral Reel</title><itunes:title>#37: Thoughts on my 2 Million Views Viral Reel</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>This summer, I had an Instagram Reel go viral! And it was a really interesting thing to witness, and I wanted to reflect on it today.</p> <p> </p> <p>Video does not come super natural to me (I mean, hello, I have a podcast. That should tell you all that you need to know about how I feel about video). So, the fact that I do Reels at all, let alone have had some go viral, is shocking because it’s just not my jam. But I will add, that after practicing for a while, they have become easier to do! </p> <p> </p> <p>The Reel that went viral was me lip syncing to the popular “I don’t know what you heard about me” audio clip. When I heard that clip, I knew I wanted to do something like I did for this Reel as I have had instances at preschool or the post office or wherever where people say that they follow me on social media. When that happens, it’s kind of embarrassing...because what I do on social media is kind of embarrassing (but I still do it anyways ;)). </p> <p> </p> <p>And honestly, it’s pretty funny that this is the Reel that went viral. I had put a good amount of production into my other Reels, but this is one that I did very quickly. I was getting ready to leave the house, didn’t have makeup on or my hair done, I had coffee in my hand as I was about to get in my car, and I’m pretty sure my neighbors were watching. And guess what? It took me 30 seconds. And this Reel that I spent 30 seconds on went viral!</p> <p> </p> <p>This is what we are talking about today - my thoughts on this, why I think it went viral, things that I did to help me gain about 2k followers from it, and what I plan to do going forward for Reels:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>Why Reels do well on Instagram</li> <li>Creating relatable content</li> <li>Questioning the “mom relatability” of this Reel</li> <li>Creating content under the umbrella of your personal brand/niche-related content</li> <li>How this Reel helped me in the ‘Know-like-trust funnel’</li> <li>Having a “bingeable” account</li> <li>Auditing your account</li> <li>Responding to comments on posts/Reels</li> <li>My plan going forward</li> <li>What to do if Reels aren’t your jam</li> </ul><br/> <p></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>This summer, I had an Instagram Reel go viral! And it was a really interesting thing to witness, and I wanted to reflect on it today.</p> <p> </p> <p>Video does not come super natural to me (I mean, hello, I have a podcast. That should tell you all that you need to know about how I feel about video). So, the fact that I do Reels at all, let alone have had some go viral, is shocking because it’s just not my jam. But I will add, that after practicing for a while, they have become easier to do! </p> <p> </p> <p>The Reel that went viral was me lip syncing to the popular “I don’t know what you heard about me” audio clip. When I heard that clip, I knew I wanted to do something like I did for this Reel as I have had instances at preschool or the post office or wherever where people say that they follow me on social media. When that happens, it’s kind of embarrassing...because what I do on social media is kind of embarrassing (but I still do it anyways ;)). </p> <p> </p> <p>And honestly, it’s pretty funny that this is the Reel that went viral. I had put a good amount of production into my other Reels, but this is one that I did very quickly. I was getting ready to leave the house, didn’t have makeup on or my hair done, I had coffee in my hand as I was about to get in my car, and I’m pretty sure my neighbors were watching. And guess what? It took me 30 seconds. And this Reel that I spent 30 seconds on went viral!</p> <p> </p> <p>This is what we are talking about today - my thoughts on this, why I think it went viral, things that I did to help me gain about 2k followers from it, and what I plan to do going forward for Reels:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>Why Reels do well on Instagram</li> <li>Creating relatable content</li> <li>Questioning the “mom relatability” of this Reel</li> <li>Creating content under the umbrella of your personal brand/niche-related content</li> <li>How this Reel helped me in the ‘Know-like-trust funnel’</li> <li>Having a “bingeable” account</li> <li>Auditing your account</li> <li>Responding to comments on posts/Reels</li> <li>My plan going forward</li> <li>What to do if Reels aren’t your jam</li> </ul><br/> <p></p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/37-thoughts-on-my-2-million-views-viral-reel]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">f6f08136-698d-4859-9b0a-dec97707264a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 04 Nov 2021 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/883b9bdc-bcc4-43d0-b23f-d1f65287fa52/tip-11-4-viral-reel-final-converted.mp3" length="21760695" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>25:54</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#36: How to Start a Podcast with Jaice Shakespaere</title><itunes:title>#36: How to Start a Podcast with Jaice Shakespaere</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Since I started my podcast, I’ve gotten some questions from other people about how to start a podcast. This is an interesting question to answer because it’s actually very simple! If you are creating content in any area of your business, you could somehow turn that into a podcast or shift your business to have your podcast be your main form of content.</p> <p> </p> <p>Of course, there are challenging parts, too. I have found consistency to be really challenging when it comes to recording episodes. The tech part of it all also initially overwhelmed me–but again, it actually was more simple than I thought it would be.</p> <p> </p> <p>I wanted to do an episode addressing these questions, but I thought it might be a little boring simply having me tell you what microphone I use, what programs I use, etc., so I decided to have my friend Jaice on the podcast!</p> <p> </p> <p>Jaice is a photographer in Sioux Falls, SD, and she has been a member of my mastermind program, The Confident Creative, so I’ve gotten to know her on a coaching basis and also as a friend. She has a background in education and is now moving into the education space in her business to help educate other photographers (or those who want to become one). She recently started a podcast (The Mistakes I’ve Made So You Don’t Have To) this year that has taken off, and I have loved watching her grow with it.</p> <p> </p> <p>Here are some of the things I talk about with Jaice:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>What made Jaice want to start a podcast</li> <li>How easy starting a podcast <em>actually</em> can be</li> <li>Equipment she uses</li> <li>Where to record your podcast</li> <li>Editing (and outsourcing)</li> <li>How Jaice started niching down and her transition to more education</li> <li>The goals she has for her podcast</li> <li>Monetizing podcasts and making sure it aligns with your brand</li> <li>Publishing your first episode and on what hosting platform</li> <li>What’s involved with show notes</li> <li>Launching and why we suggest doing it with more than one episode</li> <li>Ideal posting schedule goals</li> <li>Creating content in a way that you are aligned with and that your audience connects with</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>A few highlights from this episode:</p> <p> </p> <p>[28:14]  With show notes, you have the option of making them into a blog post and linking it back to your podcast. You can get more eyes on it from different avenues.</p> <p> </p> <p>[33:17]  There’s no rule that says if you have a podcast, you have to release weekly. No, two weeks, a month, it doesn’t matter. Whatever you want, whatever you can do, whatever makes you happy.</p> <p> </p> <p>[35:35]  ...Maybe it’s time to take a step back and ask what is the goal of this podcast? Who am I trying to reach? What do I want to talk about?</p> <p> </p> <p>[35:55]  There’s a million ways to create content that people will want to consume somehow, but if you’re not aligned with that, your people are going to be able to tell...The medium doesn’t really matter so much; it’s so much more about the messages.</p> <p> </p> <p>[38:01]  I can’t stress enough just make sure you know who you’re talking to. Find your audience! That takes some soul searching.</p> <p> </p> <p>This was so much fun catching up with Jaice and discussing all things PODCASTING. We even ended the episode with a fun little get-to-know-you speed round. If you’ve been considering starting a podcast but feel a little unsure, I hope this episode provided you with some great insight as well as confidence to start now!</p> <p> </p>  <p> </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Since I started my podcast, I’ve gotten some questions from other people about how to start a podcast. This is an interesting question to answer because it’s actually very simple! If you are creating content in any area of your business, you could somehow turn that into a podcast or shift your business to have your podcast be your main form of content.</p> <p> </p> <p>Of course, there are challenging parts, too. I have found consistency to be really challenging when it comes to recording episodes. The tech part of it all also initially overwhelmed me–but again, it actually was more simple than I thought it would be.</p> <p> </p> <p>I wanted to do an episode addressing these questions, but I thought it might be a little boring simply having me tell you what microphone I use, what programs I use, etc., so I decided to have my friend Jaice on the podcast!</p> <p> </p> <p>Jaice is a photographer in Sioux Falls, SD, and she has been a member of my mastermind program, The Confident Creative, so I’ve gotten to know her on a coaching basis and also as a friend. She has a background in education and is now moving into the education space in her business to help educate other photographers (or those who want to become one). She recently started a podcast (The Mistakes I’ve Made So You Don’t Have To) this year that has taken off, and I have loved watching her grow with it.</p> <p> </p> <p>Here are some of the things I talk about with Jaice:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>What made Jaice want to start a podcast</li> <li>How easy starting a podcast <em>actually</em> can be</li> <li>Equipment she uses</li> <li>Where to record your podcast</li> <li>Editing (and outsourcing)</li> <li>How Jaice started niching down and her transition to more education</li> <li>The goals she has for her podcast</li> <li>Monetizing podcasts and making sure it aligns with your brand</li> <li>Publishing your first episode and on what hosting platform</li> <li>What’s involved with show notes</li> <li>Launching and why we suggest doing it with more than one episode</li> <li>Ideal posting schedule goals</li> <li>Creating content in a way that you are aligned with and that your audience connects with</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>A few highlights from this episode:</p> <p> </p> <p>[28:14]  With show notes, you have the option of making them into a blog post and linking it back to your podcast. You can get more eyes on it from different avenues.</p> <p> </p> <p>[33:17]  There’s no rule that says if you have a podcast, you have to release weekly. No, two weeks, a month, it doesn’t matter. Whatever you want, whatever you can do, whatever makes you happy.</p> <p> </p> <p>[35:35]  ...Maybe it’s time to take a step back and ask what is the goal of this podcast? Who am I trying to reach? What do I want to talk about?</p> <p> </p> <p>[35:55]  There’s a million ways to create content that people will want to consume somehow, but if you’re not aligned with that, your people are going to be able to tell...The medium doesn’t really matter so much; it’s so much more about the messages.</p> <p> </p> <p>[38:01]  I can’t stress enough just make sure you know who you’re talking to. Find your audience! That takes some soul searching.</p> <p> </p> <p>This was so much fun catching up with Jaice and discussing all things PODCASTING. We even ended the episode with a fun little get-to-know-you speed round. If you’ve been considering starting a podcast but feel a little unsure, I hope this episode provided you with some great insight as well as confidence to start now!</p> <p> </p>  <p> </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/36-how-to-start-a-podcast-with-jaice-shakespaere]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">5558b492-253c-49eb-a41b-b9dbbf0e3d66</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Thu, 21 Oct 2021 09:30:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/24227dc8-47d8-475f-ad3b-0593c3b9bf9b/tip-10-21-jaice-finalized-converted.mp3" length="35715963" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>49:36</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#35: Why I Walked Away From My Biggest Client</title><itunes:title>#35: Why I Walked Away From My Biggest Client</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>I’ve been working with a company since 2018. When we started working together, I had just left my full time job, and this company was on the smaller side. Both of our businesses were newer. Fast forward to 2020, their business absolutely exploded, and we went from doing shoots every couple of months to at least once a month.</p> <p> </p> <p>Now, really, this is a photographer’s dream. Consistent income, an ongoing relationship with a really fantastic client; on paper it was totally perfect. But in the same amount of time, my business had changed a lot too, which led me to walk away from this partnership.</p> <p> </p> <p>I’m diving into all the details in this episode, and here are some of the things I talk about:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>How getting back to the foundations of my business made me realize the work I was doing for this long-time client didn’t reflect where I wanted my business to go</li> <li>How my website redesign made me evaluate my dream clients and business passions</li> <li>How I thought adding in more team members to assist with these shoots would help me be able to keep this client (but it didn’t work)</li> <li>How the problem wasn’t the client or the dream job; it just wasn’t my dream anymore</li> <li>Pricing reflections, and when raising prices isn’t the answer</li> <li>How to handle dealing with wondering what would people think with this decision</li> <li>How the conversation with the client went</li> <li>Reactions from people regarding the “break up”</li> <li>Walking away from the consistent income and the transition forward</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p><em data-rich-text-format-boundary="true">Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>I’ve been working with a company since 2018. When we started working together, I had just left my full time job, and this company was on the smaller side. Both of our businesses were newer. Fast forward to 2020, their business absolutely exploded, and we went from doing shoots every couple of months to at least once a month.</p> <p> </p> <p>Now, really, this is a photographer’s dream. Consistent income, an ongoing relationship with a really fantastic client; on paper it was totally perfect. But in the same amount of time, my business had changed a lot too, which led me to walk away from this partnership.</p> <p> </p> <p>I’m diving into all the details in this episode, and here are some of the things I talk about:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>How getting back to the foundations of my business made me realize the work I was doing for this long-time client didn’t reflect where I wanted my business to go</li> <li>How my website redesign made me evaluate my dream clients and business passions</li> <li>How I thought adding in more team members to assist with these shoots would help me be able to keep this client (but it didn’t work)</li> <li>How the problem wasn’t the client or the dream job; it just wasn’t my dream anymore</li> <li>Pricing reflections, and when raising prices isn’t the answer</li> <li>How to handle dealing with wondering what would people think with this decision</li> <li>How the conversation with the client went</li> <li>Reactions from people regarding the “break up”</li> <li>Walking away from the consistent income and the transition forward</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p><em data-rich-text-format-boundary="true">Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast.</em> <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join in!</em></p> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/35-why-i-walked-away-from-my-biggest-client]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">1aeeee2e-bbcb-4cb9-b9d9-6a687158a413</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 17 Aug 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/43f0d821-bb82-4f16-9d17-16973b38a4cb/35-biggest-client.mp3" length="33085148" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>22:58</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#34: Confidence in Personal Branding Through Styling with Trish Taylor</title><itunes:title>#34: Confidence in Personal Branding Through Styling with Trish Taylor</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Trish Taylor is a stylist + brand embodiment coach devoted to helping entrepreneurs show up authentically and attract their soulmate clients online and feel worthy of being seen as an authority in their space without fear of judgment. She has a background in personal styling celebrities like Ariana Grande, but after building an incredible career she realized it wasn't what she wanted. Trish started over, and her business as we know it today was born.</p> <p>Here are some of the things I talk about with Trish:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>How Trish first got into styling and what she did when she reached the “top” of her celebrity styling career</li> <li>How she has combined her passions of styling and psychology into her current career as a brand stylist and confidence coach</li> <li>Why it’s helpful to align your mind, body, and brand before doing a brand photoshoot</li> <li>How Trish works with clients specifically (ps. It’s not about what level of business they are at or how successful they are)</li> <li>Learning to recognize your limiting beliefs and how Trish works through her own</li> <li>What a batch wardrobe is</li> <li>How to freely shine in a brand photoshoot</li> </ul><br/> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Trish Taylor is a stylist + brand embodiment coach devoted to helping entrepreneurs show up authentically and attract their soulmate clients online and feel worthy of being seen as an authority in their space without fear of judgment. She has a background in personal styling celebrities like Ariana Grande, but after building an incredible career she realized it wasn't what she wanted. Trish started over, and her business as we know it today was born.</p> <p>Here are some of the things I talk about with Trish:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>How Trish first got into styling and what she did when she reached the “top” of her celebrity styling career</li> <li>How she has combined her passions of styling and psychology into her current career as a brand stylist and confidence coach</li> <li>Why it’s helpful to align your mind, body, and brand before doing a brand photoshoot</li> <li>How Trish works with clients specifically (ps. It’s not about what level of business they are at or how successful they are)</li> <li>Learning to recognize your limiting beliefs and how Trish works through her own</li> <li>What a batch wardrobe is</li> <li>How to freely shine in a brand photoshoot</li> </ul><br/> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/34-confidence-in-personal-branding-through-styling-with-trish-taylor]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3659e3d4-3627-41ff-9332-6ab9b58cd48a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 10 Aug 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/38ace456-bb65-4c36-9d4c-79893b00e20c/34-trish-taylor.mp3" length="56505073" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>39:14</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#33: Getting the most mileage out of your content</title><itunes:title>#33: Getting the most mileage out of your content</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I have always enjoyed blogging which I think makes me a little bit unusual because whenever I talk to my creative friends about blogging I am typically met with groans. It isn’t something that people necessarily like doing. I think some of that is because we are told that as creatives who have a website, we should be blogging. But it takes a while to see results from that blogging! And I think that’s because a lot of us are not doing it <em>correctly</em>.</p> <p>I noticed the biggest change in my business, website traffic, the type of client I was attracting when I doubled down on evergreen content, as opposed to posts that were more timely. Evergreen content can help set you up to look like the expert that you are! And Google tends to favor it as well. It keeps people coming back to your website because the content is always relevant.</p> <p>This is why I recorded an episode all about evergreen content – because it can majorly help you in your business and even save you some time! Here’s a look at what I talk about:</p> <ul> <li>What evergreen content is</li> <li>Looking through past posts to find evergreen content topics</li> <li>Ways to share evergreen content with your audience</li> <li>How to spin content to do something completely new with it</li> <li>Evergreen content ideas</li> </ul><br/> <p class="has-text-align-center"><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/">Click here</a> to join in!</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I have always enjoyed blogging which I think makes me a little bit unusual because whenever I talk to my creative friends about blogging I am typically met with groans. It isn’t something that people necessarily like doing. I think some of that is because we are told that as creatives who have a website, we should be blogging. But it takes a while to see results from that blogging! And I think that’s because a lot of us are not doing it <em>correctly</em>.</p> <p>I noticed the biggest change in my business, website traffic, the type of client I was attracting when I doubled down on evergreen content, as opposed to posts that were more timely. Evergreen content can help set you up to look like the expert that you are! And Google tends to favor it as well. It keeps people coming back to your website because the content is always relevant.</p> <p>This is why I recorded an episode all about evergreen content – because it can majorly help you in your business and even save you some time! Here’s a look at what I talk about:</p> <ul> <li>What evergreen content is</li> <li>Looking through past posts to find evergreen content topics</li> <li>Ways to share evergreen content with your audience</li> <li>How to spin content to do something completely new with it</li> <li>Evergreen content ideas</li> </ul><br/> <p class="has-text-align-center"><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/">Click here</a> to join in!</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/33-getting-the-most-mileage-out-of-your-content]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2fd6aa27-c298-4db3-b023-b7c95895f27f</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 29 Jun 2021 23:31:32 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/cea5d934-8e84-46f6-bcbe-9fda17fbff3e/33-getting-the-most-mileage-out-of-your-content-6-14-21-4-44-pm.mp3" length="11188684" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>07:46</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#32: Finding Clarity and Paving Your Own Financial Path</title><itunes:title>#32: Finding Clarity and Paving Your Own Financial Path</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Amanda Runia is an ex-accountant out of Brookings, SD, where she lives with her husband and three young kiddos. She has a love for fast talking, making new friends and helping others not feel lost. She owns a consulting business, In-House Ally, where she uses her accounting background and unique strengths to help business owners make better decisions and ultimately comes alongside them as an ally.</p> <p>I love when people like Amanda can take something seemingly overwhelming like finances and break it down to be understandable and digestible for your business. I hope you enjoy the conversation!</p> <p>Links:</p> <p>Amanda on IG: <a href= "https://www.instagram.com/inhouseally/">@inhouseally</a></p> <p>Amanda's website: <a href= "https://www.in-houseally.com/">https://www.in-houseally.com</a> </p> <p class="has-text-align-center"><a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join the Facebook group!</em></p> ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Amanda Runia is an ex-accountant out of Brookings, SD, where she lives with her husband and three young kiddos. She has a love for fast talking, making new friends and helping others not feel lost. She owns a consulting business, In-House Ally, where she uses her accounting background and unique strengths to help business owners make better decisions and ultimately comes alongside them as an ally.</p> <p>I love when people like Amanda can take something seemingly overwhelming like finances and break it down to be understandable and digestible for your business. I hope you enjoy the conversation!</p> <p>Links:</p> <p>Amanda on IG: <a href= "https://www.instagram.com/inhouseally/">@inhouseally</a></p> <p>Amanda's website: <a href= "https://www.in-houseally.com/">https://www.in-houseally.com</a> </p> <p class="has-text-align-center"><a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/"><em>Click here</em></a> <em>to join the Facebook group!</em></p> ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/32-finding-clarity-and-paving-your-own-financial-path]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">157a8058-d360-45d9-82b6-ada236a8bb80</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2021 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f49a3a07-13a9-4a3a-86ed-304249d3710f/30-amanda-runia-in-house-ally.mp3" length="59438520" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>41:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#31: Dealing with Price Comparison</title><itunes:title>#31: Dealing with Price Comparison</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>You finally feel good about those (higher! yay!) prices you're charging, only to find out that a "competitor" is doing what you're doing for half the price. What next? How do you handle it? </p> <p>Let's talk about the four things that need to happen when you find yourself in this position, and how it can actually be a very good thing for your business.</p> <p>Join the Facebook group for more discussion after the show! https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>You finally feel good about those (higher! yay!) prices you're charging, only to find out that a "competitor" is doing what you're doing for half the price. What next? How do you handle it? </p> <p>Let's talk about the four things that need to happen when you find yourself in this position, and how it can actually be a very good thing for your business.</p> <p>Join the Facebook group for more discussion after the show! https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/31-dealing-with-price-comparison]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">6aaf9d93-e6bf-4272-81c2-03169276cea6</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Mon, 29 Mar 2021 14:52:06 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/e3ca389c-21f0-4d5a-be48-a1ec06573a4d/29-dealing-with-price-comparison-pm.mp3" length="24034033" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:41</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#30: Embracing the Seasons of Life and Business</title><itunes:title>#30: Embracing the Seasons of Life and Business</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Well hello. It's been a while. I'm popping in today to give you an update on my hiatus-turned-super-long-hiatus, and talking about what 2020 and my third pregnancy taught me about life and business. I missed you!</p> <p>Join the Facebook group here and let's continue the discussion: https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Well hello. It's been a while. I'm popping in today to give you an update on my hiatus-turned-super-long-hiatus, and talking about what 2020 and my third pregnancy taught me about life and business. I missed you!</p> <p>Join the Facebook group here and let's continue the discussion: https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/30-embracing-the-seasons-of-life-and-business]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e3f2da0f-4f7d-466a-89ff-7fdb264b5b24</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 06 Jan 2021 16:41:06 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/afcdd96a-091e-4e99-ba0d-6af83067e147/28-embracing-seasons-of-life-and-business-1621-10-37-am.mp3" length="25720498" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>17:52</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#29: What to do When Your Business No Longer Aligns with Your Passions</title><itunes:title>#29: What to do When Your Business No Longer Aligns with Your Passions</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[      <p class= "rich-text block-editor-rich-text__editable wp-block-paragraph" role="textbox" aria-multiline="true" aria-label="Paragraph block"> Today on Take It Personally is guest, Chelsey Schnell! Chelsey is from Sioux Falls, married, and has 3 kids she gets to love on and 2 in heaven that she lost to miscarriage. She is an Enneagram 4, works in marketing and is also a photographer, and now runs a nonprofit she started, called Evermore Blooms. Evermore Blooms delivers flowers to moms, who have suffered a miscarriage, on their hardest days (due date, anniversary of the loss, etc.). </p>   <p class= "rich-text block-editor-rich-text__editable wp-block-paragraph" role="textbox" aria-multiline="true" aria-label="Paragraph block"> Chelsey has a unique story as it has taken a lot of different turns over the years as she has learned more about who she is and her passions. She has come on today to share more about her journey, why it’s okay if your interests and passions change, and how to help your audience connect with your new venture.</p>      <p class= "rich-text block-editor-rich-text__editable wp-block-paragraph" role="textbox" aria-multiline="true" aria-label="Paragraph block"> <em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Click here</a> to join in!</em></p>      ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[      <p class= "rich-text block-editor-rich-text__editable wp-block-paragraph" role="textbox" aria-multiline="true" aria-label="Paragraph block"> Today on Take It Personally is guest, Chelsey Schnell! Chelsey is from Sioux Falls, married, and has 3 kids she gets to love on and 2 in heaven that she lost to miscarriage. She is an Enneagram 4, works in marketing and is also a photographer, and now runs a nonprofit she started, called Evermore Blooms. Evermore Blooms delivers flowers to moms, who have suffered a miscarriage, on their hardest days (due date, anniversary of the loss, etc.). </p>   <p class= "rich-text block-editor-rich-text__editable wp-block-paragraph" role="textbox" aria-multiline="true" aria-label="Paragraph block"> Chelsey has a unique story as it has taken a lot of different turns over the years as she has learned more about who she is and her passions. She has come on today to share more about her journey, why it’s okay if your interests and passions change, and how to help your audience connect with your new venture.</p>      <p class= "rich-text block-editor-rich-text__editable wp-block-paragraph" role="textbox" aria-multiline="true" aria-label="Paragraph block"> <em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener">Click here</a> to join in!</em></p>      ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/29-what-to-do-when-your-business-no-longer-aligns-with-your-passions]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">428245b7-0810-4db7-af20-e30333b9ab94</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 19 May 2020 15:02:19 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/33b07c12-789d-4e80-a715-3fa5f975e9cd/28-evermore.mp3" length="57154582" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>39:41</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#28: Understanding the Enneagram with Jada Dobesh</title><itunes:title>#28: Understanding the Enneagram with Jada Dobesh</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Today I get to welcome Jada Dobesh onto Take It Personally! Jada Dobesh is the owner of Selah Space, a holistic wellness cooperative. She is a Spiritual Director who uses the Enneagram as a map for her directees personal, spiritual, and mental-emotional growth. She lives in Sioux Falls with her husband Witt, and daughter, Audrey and spends a great deal of her time baking bread and working in her garden.</p> <p> </p> <p>Over the past year, I have been exploring my spirituality more and have loved following Jada on social media. Jada is going to be sharing all about the enneagram specifically today, which is one of my favorite topics right now. </p> <p> </p> <p>Here are some of the things Jada and I discuss:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>How Jada got to where she is today and her journey to becoming a spiritual director</li> <li>Jada’s definition of the Enneagram</li> <li>How to find out your Enneagram number (and why she doesn't recommend a test!)</li> <li>An overview of each Enneagram number</li> <li>Tips for where to start to find your type</li> <li>Details about your soul child number and why it’s important to know that too</li> <li>Benefits of understanding the Enneagram and advice for using it in your personal life and/or business</li> <li>Enneagram book recommendations </li> <li>What’s getting Jada excited right now</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>A closer look at this episode: </p> <p> </p> <p>[8:01] You are identified as one number and spend your life moving from number to number, gaining wisdom from all of the different types.</p> <p> </p> <p>[21:27] The point is not to become the best ego-type that you can be. You actually want to move all the way through all of the numbers, picking up the pieces that serve you well and that make you a better person.</p> <p> </p> <p>[34:39] It’s important as a leader to acknowledge your strength, and then find people or workers who have some of the other strengths.</p> <p> </p> <p>Thank you to Jada for joining me today and sharing about the Enneagram! The Enneagram is such a cool and unique thing to reflect on, not only in your personal life, but for your business too. If you want to connect with Jada you can find her on social media @selahspacesd.</p> <p> </p> <p>Jada's enneagram book recommendations: <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/Enneagram-Christian-Perspective-Richard-Rohr/dp/0824519507"> The Enneagram: A Christian Perspective</a> / <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/Becoming-Conscious-Enneagrams-Forgotten-Passageway-ebook/dp/B0792WWS74/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1UY33EO22OREY&dchild=1&keywords=becoming+conscious+the+enneagram%27s+forgotten+passageway&qid=1588644161&s=books&sprefix=becoming+con%2Cstripbooks%2C236&sr=1-1"> Becoming Conscious: The Enneagram's Forgotten Passageway</a></p> <p> </p>  <p> </p> <p>Download the <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/igchecklist">Instagram Engagement Checklist</a> mentioned in the episode to take back control of your IG engagement and start having fun again!</p> <p> </p>  <p> </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" data-rich-text-format-boundary="true">Click here to join in!</a></em></p> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Today I get to welcome Jada Dobesh onto Take It Personally! Jada Dobesh is the owner of Selah Space, a holistic wellness cooperative. She is a Spiritual Director who uses the Enneagram as a map for her directees personal, spiritual, and mental-emotional growth. She lives in Sioux Falls with her husband Witt, and daughter, Audrey and spends a great deal of her time baking bread and working in her garden.</p> <p> </p> <p>Over the past year, I have been exploring my spirituality more and have loved following Jada on social media. Jada is going to be sharing all about the enneagram specifically today, which is one of my favorite topics right now. </p> <p> </p> <p>Here are some of the things Jada and I discuss:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>How Jada got to where she is today and her journey to becoming a spiritual director</li> <li>Jada’s definition of the Enneagram</li> <li>How to find out your Enneagram number (and why she doesn't recommend a test!)</li> <li>An overview of each Enneagram number</li> <li>Tips for where to start to find your type</li> <li>Details about your soul child number and why it’s important to know that too</li> <li>Benefits of understanding the Enneagram and advice for using it in your personal life and/or business</li> <li>Enneagram book recommendations </li> <li>What’s getting Jada excited right now</li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>A closer look at this episode: </p> <p> </p> <p>[8:01] You are identified as one number and spend your life moving from number to number, gaining wisdom from all of the different types.</p> <p> </p> <p>[21:27] The point is not to become the best ego-type that you can be. You actually want to move all the way through all of the numbers, picking up the pieces that serve you well and that make you a better person.</p> <p> </p> <p>[34:39] It’s important as a leader to acknowledge your strength, and then find people or workers who have some of the other strengths.</p> <p> </p> <p>Thank you to Jada for joining me today and sharing about the Enneagram! The Enneagram is such a cool and unique thing to reflect on, not only in your personal life, but for your business too. If you want to connect with Jada you can find her on social media @selahspacesd.</p> <p> </p> <p>Jada's enneagram book recommendations: <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/Enneagram-Christian-Perspective-Richard-Rohr/dp/0824519507"> The Enneagram: A Christian Perspective</a> / <a href= "https://www.amazon.com/Becoming-Conscious-Enneagrams-Forgotten-Passageway-ebook/dp/B0792WWS74/ref=sr_1_1?crid=1UY33EO22OREY&dchild=1&keywords=becoming+conscious+the+enneagram%27s+forgotten+passageway&qid=1588644161&s=books&sprefix=becoming+con%2Cstripbooks%2C236&sr=1-1"> Becoming Conscious: The Enneagram's Forgotten Passageway</a></p> <p> </p>  <p> </p> <p>Download the <a href= "https://www.maddiepeschong.com/igchecklist">Instagram Engagement Checklist</a> mentioned in the episode to take back control of your IG engagement and start having fun again!</p> <p> </p>  <p> </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" data-rich-text-format-boundary="true">Click here to join in!</a></em></p> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/28-understanding-the-enneagram-with-jada-dobesh]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">a8e4f2c4-65db-479b-bc67-23e9468400ac</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 05 May 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/3b6a1130-5e8b-4dc8-b673-779980216f73/26-enneagram-with-jada-dobesh.mp3" length="60923111" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>42:18</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#27: Pivoting Your Business During a Crisis</title><itunes:title>#27: Pivoting Your Business During a Crisis</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/27-pivoting-your-business-during-a-crisis]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">225e3f93-ce34-44cd-bb9d-bd1cd733aaa1</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 28 Apr 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/c2489123-38bc-4388-a3dc-c495976f9cf0/25-pivoting-42720-8-03-pm.mp3" length="27253991" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>18:55</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#26: The 80/20 Rule for Your Content Calendar</title><itunes:title>#26: The 80/20 Rule for Your Content Calendar</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>CONTENT. It’s a word that strikes fear and causes paralysis. There is so. much. pressure. Will it be good enough? Deep enough? Clever enough? Funny enough? <em>Enough</em> enough?</p> <p> </p> <p>There’s a rule of thumb that has helped me get past that content paralysis, and it’s called the 80/20 content rule. What that means is that 80% of the time, you serve your audience, and 20% of the time, you sell to them. And if you use the 80% effectively, the 20% becomes so much easier. </p> <p> </p> <p>The 80% may seem daunting, but <em>you</em> have more to share than you think. Use your content to educate, inspire, entertain, or connect with your audience. Share what’s on your heart, special knowledge you have, or encourage deeper thinking.</p> <p> </p> <p>Here’s some of the things I share in today's episode regarding the 80/20 content rule:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>The 80% does not <em>all</em> have to be original stuff, straight from your brain (ps. It’s this thinking that causes the paralysis). </li> <li>When you are so close to something, as we all are with our own businesses, it’s harder for us to think of things that are worth sharing as it seems like common knowledge to everyone - but it’s not.</li> <li>Consider questions you <em>wish</em> your clients would ask you (and then answer that question). </li> <li>If you are growing your business and providing the 80% of service content, the time will come when your audience is ready to pay you so they can get more.</li> <li>Your 20% should be about solving the problems of your audience. </li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>Some highlights from the episode:</p> <p> </p> <p>[ 9:33] Sometimes content doesn't serve a significant purpose other than making a connection.</p> <p> </p> <p>[9:54] Just because a post is not educating, doesn't mean it's not providing some sort of value.</p> <p> </p> <p>[10:16] As uncomfortable as it makes so many people, if you've been doing the 80% the right way, the 20% should be easy.</p> <p> </p> <p>I think you will find that you can serve your clients really well through the 80/20 content rule when you share things that educate, motivate, inspire, or entertain while remembering to listen to the feedback your content generates. It’s the feedback that leads to the 20% - the opportunities for sales and possibly for services that you hadn’t even considered until you listened to your audience and learned what problems you can solve with your unique expertise.</p> <p> </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Click here (opens in a new tab)">Click here</a> to join in!</em></p> <p> </p>  <p> </p> Thank you to our Take It Personally sponsors <p>  </p> <p class="has-text-align-center"><a href= "https://www.profileplan.com/maddiepeschong/">$100 off your Profile by Sanford membership with the code MADDIEPESCHONG</a></p> ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>CONTENT. It’s a word that strikes fear and causes paralysis. There is so. much. pressure. Will it be good enough? Deep enough? Clever enough? Funny enough? <em>Enough</em> enough?</p> <p> </p> <p>There’s a rule of thumb that has helped me get past that content paralysis, and it’s called the 80/20 content rule. What that means is that 80% of the time, you serve your audience, and 20% of the time, you sell to them. And if you use the 80% effectively, the 20% becomes so much easier. </p> <p> </p> <p>The 80% may seem daunting, but <em>you</em> have more to share than you think. Use your content to educate, inspire, entertain, or connect with your audience. Share what’s on your heart, special knowledge you have, or encourage deeper thinking.</p> <p> </p> <p>Here’s some of the things I share in today's episode regarding the 80/20 content rule:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>The 80% does not <em>all</em> have to be original stuff, straight from your brain (ps. It’s this thinking that causes the paralysis). </li> <li>When you are so close to something, as we all are with our own businesses, it’s harder for us to think of things that are worth sharing as it seems like common knowledge to everyone - but it’s not.</li> <li>Consider questions you <em>wish</em> your clients would ask you (and then answer that question). </li> <li>If you are growing your business and providing the 80% of service content, the time will come when your audience is ready to pay you so they can get more.</li> <li>Your 20% should be about solving the problems of your audience. </li> </ul><br/> <p> </p> <p>Some highlights from the episode:</p> <p> </p> <p>[ 9:33] Sometimes content doesn't serve a significant purpose other than making a connection.</p> <p> </p> <p>[9:54] Just because a post is not educating, doesn't mean it's not providing some sort of value.</p> <p> </p> <p>[10:16] As uncomfortable as it makes so many people, if you've been doing the 80% the right way, the 20% should be easy.</p> <p> </p> <p>I think you will find that you can serve your clients really well through the 80/20 content rule when you share things that educate, motivate, inspire, or entertain while remembering to listen to the feedback your content generates. It’s the feedback that leads to the 20% - the opportunities for sales and possibly for services that you hadn’t even considered until you listened to your audience and learned what problems you can solve with your unique expertise.</p> <p> </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Click here (opens in a new tab)">Click here</a> to join in!</em></p> <p> </p>  <p> </p> Thank you to our Take It Personally sponsors <p>  </p> <p class="has-text-align-center"><a href= "https://www.profileplan.com/maddiepeschong/">$100 off your Profile by Sanford membership with the code MADDIEPESCHONG</a></p> ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/26-the-80-20-rule-for-your-content-calendar]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">c301eebc-38e2-4044-8cc3-b9248e868cbf</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 21 Apr 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/0144c010-07d0-4b4e-aaf8-dbf21e7cc1bb/24-80-20-content-rule-33120-1-29-pm.mp3" length="19570229" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#24: Staying True to Business Values in a Crisis</title><itunes:title>#24: Staying True to Business Values in a Crisis</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’m sitting down with another business owner for this episode, Jeremy Brech, to discuss what this unique, and possibly difficult, time can mean for your business or businesses in general. I know we are all hoping to make it through with our sanity, but ultimately with our business still intact. </p> <p>There are so many unknowns, and emotions are all over. And that’s okay. This situation is not normal or ideal, but I have found talking with other business owners or people who are experiencing the same thing to be helpful.</p> <p>And that’s what this conversation is today. Jeremy Brech is with DJ Jer Events and Lighting Design. He is an incredible business owner in the Sioux Falls area. He is known nationwide for his DJ skills, along with lighting and design and other business aspects. Jeremy has been in business for 24 years, and he has so much value and insight to offer.</p> <p>Here’s a look at some of the things I discuss with Jeremy:</p> <ul> <li>Why he loves Sioux Falls and believes the strong economy has helped when hardships or recessions have hit.</li> <li>How making good financial decisions early on in his marriage and for his business helped put him in a comfortable position to be “recession-ready” (and he highly recommends Dave Ramsey’s Financial Peace University).</li> <li>Managing your money is important, but you also<em> </em>need to manage your time. This “extra” time is your opportunity to work on your business, which will help put you in a better position for the future. </li> <li>Prioritize family time too, and support locally if possible (i.e.: take out food, purchase gift cards, etc.).</li> <li>Jeremy shares how he and his team are specifically helping their clients out and supporting others right now.</li> <li>Info on the small business stimulus.</li> <li>Thank your community and those still supporting you, and support them back. It’s not a marketing strategy, it’s caring for other people.</li> </ul><br/> <p>A few highlights from this episode:</p> <p>[10:22]  Look to see how you can help other people – in your market, in your industry. Be the person to help somebody out if they are in need.</p> <p>[17:15] It’s not so much about financial gratification, it’s more about the gratification of knowing that you can make an impact, especially in times like this. </p> <p>[27:21]  Reach out to those businesses who have been there for you. Reach out to those clients that have allowed your business to be a business or survive. Send them a thank you, and check in to see how they are doing. Every type of hope that we can get is exactly what we need. </p> <p>Thank you to Jeremy for joining me today! It was a great reminder to take time to prepare your business for the future and ultimately, to do more outside of it to support each other through this time. You can connect with Jeremy on his website <a href= "https://djjer.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label="here (opens in a new tab)">here</a>. </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Click here (opens in a new tab)">Click here</a> to join in!</em></p>  THANK YOU TO OUR TAKE IT PERSONALLY SPONSORS <p class="has-text-align-center"><a href= "https://www.profileplan.com/maddiepeschong/">$100 off your Profile by Sanford membership with the code MADDIEPESCHONG</a></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’m sitting down with another business owner for this episode, Jeremy Brech, to discuss what this unique, and possibly difficult, time can mean for your business or businesses in general. I know we are all hoping to make it through with our sanity, but ultimately with our business still intact. </p> <p>There are so many unknowns, and emotions are all over. And that’s okay. This situation is not normal or ideal, but I have found talking with other business owners or people who are experiencing the same thing to be helpful.</p> <p>And that’s what this conversation is today. Jeremy Brech is with DJ Jer Events and Lighting Design. He is an incredible business owner in the Sioux Falls area. He is known nationwide for his DJ skills, along with lighting and design and other business aspects. Jeremy has been in business for 24 years, and he has so much value and insight to offer.</p> <p>Here’s a look at some of the things I discuss with Jeremy:</p> <ul> <li>Why he loves Sioux Falls and believes the strong economy has helped when hardships or recessions have hit.</li> <li>How making good financial decisions early on in his marriage and for his business helped put him in a comfortable position to be “recession-ready” (and he highly recommends Dave Ramsey’s Financial Peace University).</li> <li>Managing your money is important, but you also<em> </em>need to manage your time. This “extra” time is your opportunity to work on your business, which will help put you in a better position for the future. </li> <li>Prioritize family time too, and support locally if possible (i.e.: take out food, purchase gift cards, etc.).</li> <li>Jeremy shares how he and his team are specifically helping their clients out and supporting others right now.</li> <li>Info on the small business stimulus.</li> <li>Thank your community and those still supporting you, and support them back. It’s not a marketing strategy, it’s caring for other people.</li> </ul><br/> <p>A few highlights from this episode:</p> <p>[10:22]  Look to see how you can help other people – in your market, in your industry. Be the person to help somebody out if they are in need.</p> <p>[17:15] It’s not so much about financial gratification, it’s more about the gratification of knowing that you can make an impact, especially in times like this. </p> <p>[27:21]  Reach out to those businesses who have been there for you. Reach out to those clients that have allowed your business to be a business or survive. Send them a thank you, and check in to see how they are doing. Every type of hope that we can get is exactly what we need. </p> <p>Thank you to Jeremy for joining me today! It was a great reminder to take time to prepare your business for the future and ultimately, to do more outside of it to support each other through this time. You can connect with Jeremy on his website <a href= "https://djjer.com/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label="here (opens in a new tab)">here</a>. </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Click here (opens in a new tab)">Click here</a> to join in!</em></p>  THANK YOU TO OUR TAKE IT PERSONALLY SPONSORS <p class="has-text-align-center"><a href= "https://www.profileplan.com/maddiepeschong/">$100 off your Profile by Sanford membership with the code MADDIEPESCHONG</a></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/24-staying-true-to-business-values-in-a-crisis]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">1210f23c-805e-472d-8819-c7136c45c3bc</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 07 Apr 2020 14:01:28 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/0f53396d-aac7-4792-9c6d-98865c790198/24-jeremy-brech-4720-8-57-am.mp3" length="43395156" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>30:08</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#23: The Small Business Stimulus Package: What You Need To Know</title><itunes:title>#23: The Small Business Stimulus Package: What You Need To Know</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>I’m joined today by my personal accountant, Courtney, from Numbers and Such Prof. LLC. She is here today to talk all about the Small Business Stimulus Package and the different loans and grants available and what they mean for small business owners.</p> <p>Things are constantly changing and everyone is searching for information (this was recorded the morning of April 3rd). Courtney helps clear things up today, but ultimately, we suggest that you get in touch with your CPA and business banker to understand what action you need to take next.</p> <p>Here’s a look into some of the information Courtney shares:</p> Economic Injury Disaster Loan <ul> <li>The <a href= "https://www.sba.gov/funding-programs/disaster-assistance">EIDL</a> is a loan that you apply for through the SBA. If you can’t get funding elsewhere, consider this one. It is an up to 30-year loan (but not guaranteed that).</li> <li>When applying, there is $10,000 grant money you can request (again, not guaranteed that full amount).</li> <li>The SBA is bogged down, so just a reminder that the money may not be granted to you immediately and may take time.</li> <li>Apply through the <a href= "https://www.sba.gov/funding-programs/disaster-assistance">SBA website</a>.</li> </ul><br/> The Paycheck Protection Program <ul> <li>The PPP is another one you can apply for to get 2.5x your average monthly payroll in a loan, which can convert to a grant if you use it for certain purposes.</li> <li>The loan is 2 years and has an interest rate of 1%, though it has potential to be fully forgiven.</li> <li>Independent contractors can’t apply until Friday, April 10.</li> <li>One requirement is having under 500 employees.</li> <li>Apply through your bank (<a href= "https://www.sba.gov/funding-programs/loans/coronavirus-relief-options/paycheck-protection-program-ppp">more info here</a>).</li> <li>You have 8 weeks to spend this amount (on payroll, rent, and utilities).</li> <li>75% of the forgivable amount needs to be used on payroll. </li> </ul><br/> Unemployment <ul> <li>Unemployment can be collected for 10 weeks before you need to start searching for other work (check according to your state).</li> <li>South Dakota maxes out at $414 a week (specific requirements to determine amount) and supposedly the federal government is adding to that with an extra $600 a week, if the state chooses to adopt and implement it. </li> <li>If you receive a furlough notice from your employer, that may make your application easier. </li> </ul><br/> Other Notes <ul> <li>Check with your lender to see if they are SBA-friendly and participating in these options.</li> <li>There are billions of dollars on the line, and it is anticipated to dry up. The money is first come, first serve. Apply as soon as you can.</li> <li>If you have a Schedule C, things can get murky. Because we don’t have typical payroll, having the loan be forgiven would look differently, and we just don’t have enough clarification at this time.</li> <li>You don’t need to have 2019 taxes filed to do all of this, but you will need 2019 financials either way. </li> </ul><br/> Other Tax Items <ul> <li>SD sales tax deadlines are not pushed back.</li> <li>SD unemployment tax deadlines are not pushed back.</li> <li>Payroll taxes – depends if your CPA has guided you to postpone.</li> <li>Income tax got pushed to July 15 (instead of April 15).</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>One final reminder: the best thing you can do is get in touch with your CPA and banker to figure out the steps you need to take next to apply.</em></p> GET IN TOUCH WITH COURTNEY <p>Thank you, Courtney for joining and sharing your knowledge. We hope this was helpful to all of you small business owners out there. If you are looking for help on this, you can connect with Courtney on her <a href= "http://www.numbersandsuchprofllc.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "website (opens in a new tab)">website</a> or <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/pg/numbersandsuch/about/?ref=page_internal" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Facebook Page (opens in a new tab)">Facebook Page</a>.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Click here (opens in a new tab)">Click here</a> to join and ask any questions you might have regarding the Small Business Stimulus Package or information in today’s episode.</em></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>I’m joined today by my personal accountant, Courtney, from Numbers and Such Prof. LLC. She is here today to talk all about the Small Business Stimulus Package and the different loans and grants available and what they mean for small business owners.</p> <p>Things are constantly changing and everyone is searching for information (this was recorded the morning of April 3rd). Courtney helps clear things up today, but ultimately, we suggest that you get in touch with your CPA and business banker to understand what action you need to take next.</p> <p>Here’s a look into some of the information Courtney shares:</p> Economic Injury Disaster Loan <ul> <li>The <a href= "https://www.sba.gov/funding-programs/disaster-assistance">EIDL</a> is a loan that you apply for through the SBA. If you can’t get funding elsewhere, consider this one. It is an up to 30-year loan (but not guaranteed that).</li> <li>When applying, there is $10,000 grant money you can request (again, not guaranteed that full amount).</li> <li>The SBA is bogged down, so just a reminder that the money may not be granted to you immediately and may take time.</li> <li>Apply through the <a href= "https://www.sba.gov/funding-programs/disaster-assistance">SBA website</a>.</li> </ul><br/> The Paycheck Protection Program <ul> <li>The PPP is another one you can apply for to get 2.5x your average monthly payroll in a loan, which can convert to a grant if you use it for certain purposes.</li> <li>The loan is 2 years and has an interest rate of 1%, though it has potential to be fully forgiven.</li> <li>Independent contractors can’t apply until Friday, April 10.</li> <li>One requirement is having under 500 employees.</li> <li>Apply through your bank (<a href= "https://www.sba.gov/funding-programs/loans/coronavirus-relief-options/paycheck-protection-program-ppp">more info here</a>).</li> <li>You have 8 weeks to spend this amount (on payroll, rent, and utilities).</li> <li>75% of the forgivable amount needs to be used on payroll. </li> </ul><br/> Unemployment <ul> <li>Unemployment can be collected for 10 weeks before you need to start searching for other work (check according to your state).</li> <li>South Dakota maxes out at $414 a week (specific requirements to determine amount) and supposedly the federal government is adding to that with an extra $600 a week, if the state chooses to adopt and implement it. </li> <li>If you receive a furlough notice from your employer, that may make your application easier. </li> </ul><br/> Other Notes <ul> <li>Check with your lender to see if they are SBA-friendly and participating in these options.</li> <li>There are billions of dollars on the line, and it is anticipated to dry up. The money is first come, first serve. Apply as soon as you can.</li> <li>If you have a Schedule C, things can get murky. Because we don’t have typical payroll, having the loan be forgiven would look differently, and we just don’t have enough clarification at this time.</li> <li>You don’t need to have 2019 taxes filed to do all of this, but you will need 2019 financials either way. </li> </ul><br/> Other Tax Items <ul> <li>SD sales tax deadlines are not pushed back.</li> <li>SD unemployment tax deadlines are not pushed back.</li> <li>Payroll taxes – depends if your CPA has guided you to postpone.</li> <li>Income tax got pushed to July 15 (instead of April 15).</li> </ul><br/> <p><em>One final reminder: the best thing you can do is get in touch with your CPA and banker to figure out the steps you need to take next to apply.</em></p> GET IN TOUCH WITH COURTNEY <p>Thank you, Courtney for joining and sharing your knowledge. We hope this was helpful to all of you small business owners out there. If you are looking for help on this, you can connect with Courtney on her <a href= "http://www.numbersandsuchprofllc.com/" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "website (opens in a new tab)">website</a> or <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/pg/numbersandsuch/about/?ref=page_internal" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Facebook Page (opens in a new tab)">Facebook Page</a>.</p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Click here (opens in a new tab)">Click here</a> to join and ask any questions you might have regarding the Small Business Stimulus Package or information in today’s episode.</em></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/23-the-small-business-stimulus-package-what-you-need-to-know]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">17a52b70-d082-45db-b73c-1bf7c6cddab0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Fri, 03 Apr 2020 21:15:33 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/cc637eaa-86f0-4574-805e-169eac19fd95/23-small-business-stimulus-bill.mp3" length="55104492" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>38:16</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#22: Business Tools I Can&apos;t Live Without</title><itunes:title>#22: Business Tools I Can&apos;t Live Without</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Life has been hectic lately, and honestly, I have been trying to record this episode for about two weeks. We are in the middle of this global pandemic– something <em>none</em> of us have navigated before. </p> <p>I’ve been trying to keep business as usual while business cannot really be business as usual. Many of us have found ourselves working <em>on</em> our business versus <em>in </em>our business. If you have the time now, (though if you have kids at your feet–you don’t, and I get it!), working on the back end of your business is a great place to spend your time because it will make things smoother on the front end, when business returns to “normal” once again.</p> <p>As a small business owner, you need quality tools to keep yourself organized. As a one person shop, you deal with everything from sales to marketing to contracts to billing. If you don’t have great systems in place, important details can slip through the cracks. And let’s face it, your reputation is on the line. That’s why today I am going to share a few of my favorite tools that I use to manage my business that you may come to love as much as I do.</p> <p>Here’s a sneak peek at my favorite tools:</p> <ul> <li>Dubsado is a CRM (client relationship management) software. It provides a consistent client experience through automated workflows and emails. <ul> <li>You can use it free for your first three clients. If you want to continue with it, you can use <em><a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschongphoto" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= " (opens in a new tab)">MADDIEPESCHONGPHOTO</a> </em>for 20% off your first year!</li> </ul><br/> </li> <li>Stripe is a payment processor, which allows me to take payments online. It works alongside many of the other apps and tools I use for my business.</li> <li>Voxer is a voice messaging app, sort of like a walkie-talkie, that allows for easy communication.</li> <li>Google Drive is a great place to create documents, share with members of your team, and store files. </li> <li>Asana is a project and task management software. You can create projects and assign the subtasks to different people with different deadlines and notes.</li> </ul><br/> <p>I hope it’s been helpful for you to  learn about some of my favorite tools for organization and project management. The better you can have the back-end of your business set up, the easier everything else is going forward. Cheers to an organized business life! </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Click here (opens in a new tab)">Click here</a> to join in!</em></p>  THANK YOU TO OUR TAKE IT PERSONALLY SPONSORS <p class="has-text-align-center"><a href= "https://www.profileplan.com/maddiepeschong/">$100 off your Profile by Sanford membership with the code MADDIEPESCHONG</a></p>  ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Life has been hectic lately, and honestly, I have been trying to record this episode for about two weeks. We are in the middle of this global pandemic– something <em>none</em> of us have navigated before. </p> <p>I’ve been trying to keep business as usual while business cannot really be business as usual. Many of us have found ourselves working <em>on</em> our business versus <em>in </em>our business. If you have the time now, (though if you have kids at your feet–you don’t, and I get it!), working on the back end of your business is a great place to spend your time because it will make things smoother on the front end, when business returns to “normal” once again.</p> <p>As a small business owner, you need quality tools to keep yourself organized. As a one person shop, you deal with everything from sales to marketing to contracts to billing. If you don’t have great systems in place, important details can slip through the cracks. And let’s face it, your reputation is on the line. That’s why today I am going to share a few of my favorite tools that I use to manage my business that you may come to love as much as I do.</p> <p>Here’s a sneak peek at my favorite tools:</p> <ul> <li>Dubsado is a CRM (client relationship management) software. It provides a consistent client experience through automated workflows and emails. <ul> <li>You can use it free for your first three clients. If you want to continue with it, you can use <em><a href= "https://www.dubsado.com/?c=maddiepeschongphoto" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= " (opens in a new tab)">MADDIEPESCHONGPHOTO</a> </em>for 20% off your first year!</li> </ul><br/> </li> <li>Stripe is a payment processor, which allows me to take payments online. It works alongside many of the other apps and tools I use for my business.</li> <li>Voxer is a voice messaging app, sort of like a walkie-talkie, that allows for easy communication.</li> <li>Google Drive is a great place to create documents, share with members of your team, and store files. </li> <li>Asana is a project and task management software. You can create projects and assign the subtasks to different people with different deadlines and notes.</li> </ul><br/> <p>I hope it’s been helpful for you to  learn about some of my favorite tools for organization and project management. The better you can have the back-end of your business set up, the easier everything else is going forward. Cheers to an organized business life! </p> <p><em>Some of the best conversations happen after the show in my private Facebook group, Take It Personally Podcast. <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Click here (opens in a new tab)">Click here</a> to join in!</em></p>  THANK YOU TO OUR TAKE IT PERSONALLY SPONSORS <p class="has-text-align-center"><a href= "https://www.profileplan.com/maddiepeschong/">$100 off your Profile by Sanford membership with the code MADDIEPESCHONG</a></p>  ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/22-business-tools-i-cant-live-without]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">bae4785b-17fc-464f-88eb-fdf0140d302e</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 31 Mar 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/2e8689d8-3160-4fb8-87e9-072c9cafaa85/22-favorite-business-tools.mp3" length="22770124" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>15:49</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#21: Why &apos;Balance&apos; is a 4-Letter Word</title><itunes:title>#21: Why &apos;Balance&apos; is a 4-Letter Word</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Lately I have had some people reach out asking me to do an episode about balance. The timing is ironic as this past week I hardly worked more than 30 minutes a day due to having a sick kid at home. My daughter caught some kind of bug, and all she wanted to do was cuddle and nap on the couch. My flexibility allowed me to stay home with her, which I am so thankful for. But I will admit that, as a business owner, it was also challenging. </p> <p>I love my job, and I love to work, so it was tough having that all be put on hold. This episode comes at an interesting time for me, but it also supports how I feel about balance – and that is that <em>balance doesn’t really exist</em>. The more we understand that and understand that <em>that’s just life</em> (and that everyone else doesn’t have it together either), the better it’ll be during those times we really feel unbalanced.</p> <p>Though things are never totally in balance, there are some things in my life that I have setup to help support this work-life integration, or lack of balance maybe. And that’s what we are talking about today. Keep in mind these are what work for me and my family, though it may look different for you! But here are a few of those things I am sharing on today’s episode:</p> <ul> <li>Why I don’t believe there will ever be balance, otherwise we are constantly having to choose between our family, our work, our house, our self-care and the list goes on.</li> <li>Why I like the phrase work-life integration instead of work-life balance. It really is all one and the same.</li> <li>There will be some weeks where it’s all things all family, there will be weeks you have to be more present at work or where your personal life takes priority, etc.</li> <li>Childcare is a nonnegotiable for me. If my kids are home, I simply can’t get work done. Though it is a luxury, if you can afford, I totally see it as a necessary luxury.</li> <li>My life has also been changed through outsourcing. Again, it may not be financially realistic for everyone, but if you are just scared of starting, consider it again! Being able to free up your time is so much more incredible than holding onto the money.</li> <li>This past year, I have really worked to protect my calendar. Last year, I overbooked and became so burnt out. I set goals this year to have it be different, and it has allowed me to retain my sanity.</li> </ul><br/> <p>A closer look into the episode:</p> <p>[5:10] It’s all about that integration across all the different parts of your life, as opposed to balance.</p> <p>[11:32]  Don’t think I’m <em>doing it all</em> with kids at home with me, because I’m not; my kids are in childcare full-time which allows me to get work done. </p> <p>[25:12] I personally make sure my calendar is really light before and after big trips. No more stressing over getting all the things ready or coming back to a super full plate.</p> <p>I hope this episode was helpful in helping you realize that you don’t need to be striving after balance but that there are things that can support you in the “unbalance.” Come join us in the <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Take It Personally Facebook group (opens in a new tab)">Take It Personally Facebook group</a> and share how you find integration in your life.</p>  THANK YOU TO OUR TAKE IT PERSONALLY SPONSORS <p class="has-text-align-center"><a href= "https://www.profileplan.com/maddiepeschong/">$100 off your Profile by Sanford membership with the code MADDIEPESCHONG</a></p>  ]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Lately I have had some people reach out asking me to do an episode about balance. The timing is ironic as this past week I hardly worked more than 30 minutes a day due to having a sick kid at home. My daughter caught some kind of bug, and all she wanted to do was cuddle and nap on the couch. My flexibility allowed me to stay home with her, which I am so thankful for. But I will admit that, as a business owner, it was also challenging. </p> <p>I love my job, and I love to work, so it was tough having that all be put on hold. This episode comes at an interesting time for me, but it also supports how I feel about balance – and that is that <em>balance doesn’t really exist</em>. The more we understand that and understand that <em>that’s just life</em> (and that everyone else doesn’t have it together either), the better it’ll be during those times we really feel unbalanced.</p> <p>Though things are never totally in balance, there are some things in my life that I have setup to help support this work-life integration, or lack of balance maybe. And that’s what we are talking about today. Keep in mind these are what work for me and my family, though it may look different for you! But here are a few of those things I am sharing on today’s episode:</p> <ul> <li>Why I don’t believe there will ever be balance, otherwise we are constantly having to choose between our family, our work, our house, our self-care and the list goes on.</li> <li>Why I like the phrase work-life integration instead of work-life balance. It really is all one and the same.</li> <li>There will be some weeks where it’s all things all family, there will be weeks you have to be more present at work or where your personal life takes priority, etc.</li> <li>Childcare is a nonnegotiable for me. If my kids are home, I simply can’t get work done. Though it is a luxury, if you can afford, I totally see it as a necessary luxury.</li> <li>My life has also been changed through outsourcing. Again, it may not be financially realistic for everyone, but if you are just scared of starting, consider it again! Being able to free up your time is so much more incredible than holding onto the money.</li> <li>This past year, I have really worked to protect my calendar. Last year, I overbooked and became so burnt out. I set goals this year to have it be different, and it has allowed me to retain my sanity.</li> </ul><br/> <p>A closer look into the episode:</p> <p>[5:10] It’s all about that integration across all the different parts of your life, as opposed to balance.</p> <p>[11:32]  Don’t think I’m <em>doing it all</em> with kids at home with me, because I’m not; my kids are in childcare full-time which allows me to get work done. </p> <p>[25:12] I personally make sure my calendar is really light before and after big trips. No more stressing over getting all the things ready or coming back to a super full plate.</p> <p>I hope this episode was helpful in helping you realize that you don’t need to be striving after balance but that there are things that can support you in the “unbalance.” Come join us in the <a href= "https://www.facebook.com/groups/takeitpersonally/" target="_blank" rel="noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "Take It Personally Facebook group (opens in a new tab)">Take It Personally Facebook group</a> and share how you find integration in your life.</p>  THANK YOU TO OUR TAKE IT PERSONALLY SPONSORS <p class="has-text-align-center"><a href= "https://www.profileplan.com/maddiepeschong/">$100 off your Profile by Sanford membership with the code MADDIEPESCHONG</a></p>  ]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/21-why-balance-is-a-4-letter-word]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">398ff59d-597c-4cf8-99ae-33141b9e0e95</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 10 Mar 2020 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/e18f905d-b6ff-4a4a-9ea6-220172b8eb15/21-balance-is-a-4-letter-word-3920-11-26-am.mp3" length="38852985" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:59</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#20: 3 Ways to Boost Your Instagram Engagement RIGHT NOW</title><itunes:title>#20: 3 Ways to Boost Your Instagram Engagement RIGHT NOW</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Oh, Instagram. We love to hate it, right? I actually love Instagram, but I hear frequently from other people who can’t stand the app anymore because it’s become so different from when we first started using it. I also tend to hear many people blaming the algorithm (i.e.: the algorithm is the reason that their engagement is down or no one is seeing their post). And today I’m here for a major dose of reality and to tell you...<em>it’s not the algorithm’s fault</em>. </p> <p> </p> <p>The Instagram algorithm was specifically created so that people would see engaging content that they want to connect with. And quite frankly, if you are not creating engaging content that people want to connect with, the algorithm is going to hurt you. And in my opinion, <em>it should.</em> If you’re not creating good content that people actually want to see, why should Instagram show your content to people?</p> <p> </p> <p>I know this can be hard to hear as we all try to put out good content, but if you are struggling with engagement on Instagram, that may just be the case. That is why in today’s episode of Take it Personally I am talking about 3 things you can do right now to boost your Instagram engagement and ultimately create it to be a place you want to be and where your audience has fun.</p> <p> </p> <p>Here’s a little recap of the episode:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>Ask your audience an engaging question. Yes, this sounds so obvious, but we often forget to include a reason to make your audience stick around and engage back.</li> <li>Help your audience realize your space is a fun place and worth engaging with. </li> <li>It’s as simple as this: engage back. Respond to DMs. Comment back to people’s comments. Engage with people you follow.</li> <li>If you want more followers, you need to be a good host to the followers you currently have. Treat your current audience like kings and queens. </li> <li>Focus more on saves and shares in 2020. Encourage your audience to do those things (versus simply liking your post). </li> </ul><br/> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Oh, Instagram. We love to hate it, right? I actually love Instagram, but I hear frequently from other people who can’t stand the app anymore because it’s become so different from when we first started using it. I also tend to hear many people blaming the algorithm (i.e.: the algorithm is the reason that their engagement is down or no one is seeing their post). And today I’m here for a major dose of reality and to tell you...<em>it’s not the algorithm’s fault</em>. </p> <p> </p> <p>The Instagram algorithm was specifically created so that people would see engaging content that they want to connect with. And quite frankly, if you are not creating engaging content that people want to connect with, the algorithm is going to hurt you. And in my opinion, <em>it should.</em> If you’re not creating good content that people actually want to see, why should Instagram show your content to people?</p> <p> </p> <p>I know this can be hard to hear as we all try to put out good content, but if you are struggling with engagement on Instagram, that may just be the case. That is why in today’s episode of Take it Personally I am talking about 3 things you can do right now to boost your Instagram engagement and ultimately create it to be a place you want to be and where your audience has fun.</p> <p> </p> <p>Here’s a little recap of the episode:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>Ask your audience an engaging question. Yes, this sounds so obvious, but we often forget to include a reason to make your audience stick around and engage back.</li> <li>Help your audience realize your space is a fun place and worth engaging with. </li> <li>It’s as simple as this: engage back. Respond to DMs. Comment back to people’s comments. Engage with people you follow.</li> <li>If you want more followers, you need to be a good host to the followers you currently have. Treat your current audience like kings and queens. </li> <li>Focus more on saves and shares in 2020. Encourage your audience to do those things (versus simply liking your post). </li> </ul><br/> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/20-3-ways-to-boost-your-instagram-engagement-right-now]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">3dc87417-82a4-48fe-b384-3c1c7f22e92b</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 03 Mar 2020 15:12:25 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/fbaee8e2-8a4d-4414-b3a9-2566e2c689d6/20-3-ways-to-boost-ig-engagement-2-24-20-3-21-pm.mp3" length="28588116" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:51</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#19: How To Ask For Someone&apos;s Time WITHOUT Using &apos;Can I Pick Your Brain?&apos;</title><itunes:title>#19: How To Ask For Someone&apos;s Time WITHOUT Using &apos;Can I Pick Your Brain?&apos;</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/19-how-to-ask-for-someones-time-without-using-can-i-pick-your-brain]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">83492974-8a7e-4c9a-ac8a-7379a3f81c54</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 25 Feb 2020 13:48:27 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/5ca8b219-dd6b-4b6d-8a79-885274552729/19-how-to-ask-for-someones-time.mp3" length="16762797" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>11:38</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#18: What You Should Know About Contracts for Your Business with The Legal Paige</title><itunes:title>#18: What You Should Know About Contracts for Your Business with The Legal Paige</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>I am so excited to have Paige, from <a href= "https://thelegalpaige.com" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "The Legal Paige (opens in a new tab)">The Legal Paige</a>, on Take it Personally today! Paige is the founder of The Legal Paige, a virtual law firm working with online businesses and wedding industry professionals. She is a certified Juris Doctor barred in the state of Montana and holds a double B.A. in Economics and Political Science. After working as a federal law clerk, Paige traded in the traditional law life for a virtual one and opened the doors to <a href="https://thelegalpaige.com" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "The Legal Paige (opens in a new tab)">The Legal Paige</a> in 2018.</p> <p> </p> <p>She helps her clients run legal and protected businesses and counsels them on issues related to contracts, intellectual property, privacy, and business law. She has worked with Jasmine Star, Hope Taylor, Brittani and Jon Hon with Hustle & Flow, Davey & Krista, Libby Rothschild with Dietitian Boss, and dozens more. Her mission is to create an online space where the law isn’t so scary and entrepreneurs can get legally legit in no time. Law aside, Paige is a small town Montana girl who loves travel, her dog, Sugar, and a good glass of red wine.</p> <p> </p> <p>Today we are discussing the things you can do to make your business “legally legit.” Here’s a preview into what Paige and I talked about:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>How Paige managed to start and grow a photography business while also going to law school, and eventually start her own virtual law firm </li> <li>How Paige found her niche in the gap between photography and law</li> <li>Some of the biggest mistakes Paige sees people make in business that could have legal consequences </li> <li>The importance of copyrights and trademarks</li> <li>Who should have contracts in place in their business</li> <li>What should be included in a contract</li> <li>Why you should outsource to an attorney (from day one, not just when things go wrong)</li> </ul><br/> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>I am so excited to have Paige, from <a href= "https://thelegalpaige.com" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "The Legal Paige (opens in a new tab)">The Legal Paige</a>, on Take it Personally today! Paige is the founder of The Legal Paige, a virtual law firm working with online businesses and wedding industry professionals. She is a certified Juris Doctor barred in the state of Montana and holds a double B.A. in Economics and Political Science. After working as a federal law clerk, Paige traded in the traditional law life for a virtual one and opened the doors to <a href="https://thelegalpaige.com" target="_blank" rel= "noreferrer noopener" aria-label= "The Legal Paige (opens in a new tab)">The Legal Paige</a> in 2018.</p> <p> </p> <p>She helps her clients run legal and protected businesses and counsels them on issues related to contracts, intellectual property, privacy, and business law. She has worked with Jasmine Star, Hope Taylor, Brittani and Jon Hon with Hustle & Flow, Davey & Krista, Libby Rothschild with Dietitian Boss, and dozens more. Her mission is to create an online space where the law isn’t so scary and entrepreneurs can get legally legit in no time. Law aside, Paige is a small town Montana girl who loves travel, her dog, Sugar, and a good glass of red wine.</p> <p> </p> <p>Today we are discussing the things you can do to make your business “legally legit.” Here’s a preview into what Paige and I talked about:</p> <p> </p> <ul> <li>How Paige managed to start and grow a photography business while also going to law school, and eventually start her own virtual law firm </li> <li>How Paige found her niche in the gap between photography and law</li> <li>Some of the biggest mistakes Paige sees people make in business that could have legal consequences </li> <li>The importance of copyrights and trademarks</li> <li>Who should have contracts in place in their business</li> <li>What should be included in a contract</li> <li>Why you should outsource to an attorney (from day one, not just when things go wrong)</li> </ul><br/> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/18-what-you-should-know-about-contracts-for-your-business-with-the-legal-paige]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">711725b6-b48d-4d89-8bd5-335dbfccda51</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 18 Feb 2020 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/f9ff612d-777f-4816-abc4-d64f61b8de57/take-it-personally-18-legal-paige.mp3" length="56929511" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>39:32</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#17: If I had to start my business over, here&apos;s what I&apos;d do</title><itunes:title>#17: If I had to start my business over, here&apos;s what I&apos;d do</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/17-if-i-had-to-start-my-business-over-heres-what-id-do]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">273ac935-4aed-4b8f-949a-ab81288b3d78</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Wed, 05 Feb 2020 15:09:06 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/974e3f4d-d41f-488c-b891-811f02a5411a/17-startingover.mp3" length="13808035" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>09:35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#16: Using StrengthsFinder as Your Business Secret Weapon with Chelsea Giedd</title><itunes:title>#16: Using StrengthsFinder as Your Business Secret Weapon with Chelsea Giedd</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/16-using-strengthsfinder-as-your-business-secret-weapon-with-chelsea-giedd]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">080f0e30-a59a-4af8-bf87-72b55cf3e58a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 28 Jan 2020 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/441db158-4671-4fee-a744-17d9eae2c57d/16-chelseagiedd.mp3" length="40985831" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>28:28</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#15: How To Price Your Side Hustle (And What You Might Be Doing Wrong)</title><itunes:title>#15: How To Price Your Side Hustle (And What You Might Be Doing Wrong)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/15-how-to-price-your-side-hustle-and-what-you-might-be-doing-wrong]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">4e4f37a3-043f-428a-92ff-9dcfb42d309a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 14 Jan 2020 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/ccd45580-a4b0-4e53-841f-5025c2896ca2/tip-episode15-pricing-your-side-hustle.mp3" length="20421612" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>14:11</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#14: 2019 in Review + Planning for 2020</title><itunes:title>#14: 2019 in Review + Planning for 2020</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/14-2019-in-review-planning-for-2020]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ff5d06ce-e964-44dc-be9d-8489d62206b2</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 17 Dec 2019 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/0b5589af-a00c-47dc-bcbd-90d85a78a7c1/tip-episode-14-2020-planning.mp3" length="28613194" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>19:52</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#13: 3 Health Tips for Busy Women with Melissa Eich</title><itunes:title>#13: 3 Health Tips for Busy Women with Melissa Eich</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/13-3-health-tips-for-busy-women-with-melissa-eich]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">338edb95-526b-4412-9c41-583a653116a0</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 10 Dec 2019 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/416cd736-6a93-4ea9-84d1-20a1f3c5ad39/take-it-personally-13-health-tips-for-busy-women-with-melissa-e.mp3" length="40058588" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>27:49</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#12: InstaBranding Course Sneak Peek</title><itunes:title>#12: InstaBranding Course Sneak Peek</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Check out this episode for a sneak peek inside my new course, InstaBranding, on sale this week only!</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Check out this episode for a sneak peek inside my new course, InstaBranding, on sale this week only!</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/12-instabranding-course-sneak-peek]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">def685e8-be9e-4ae4-b23c-2ccf7c449aae</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 03 Dec 2019 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/dae6077f-0344-4313-9403-dd3dde3e576e/tip-episode12-instabranding-sneak-peek.mp3" length="20132593" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:59</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#11: How to Care Less About What Other People Think with Carol Elizabeth</title><itunes:title>#11: How to Care Less About What Other People Think with Carol Elizabeth</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/11-how-to-care-less-about-what-other-people-think-with-carol-elizabeth]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">74ca68b4-2594-47eb-9afa-16b1960139e1</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 19 Nov 2019 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/de29073d-9581-4016-b2e1-3d2b4fe2a0e8/tip-episode10-how-to-stop-caring-what-other-people-think-with-c.mp3" length="52362889" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>36:22</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#10: The Branding Mistake You Need to Stop Making</title><itunes:title>#10: The Branding Mistake You Need to Stop Making</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Emily Wilson is a branding and self-discovery coach in Austin, TX who helps women embrace their true selves, discover their talents, build a confident brand & live a mission-driven life. She joins me on Take It Personally today to talk all about building a brand based on yourself, and the mistake you need to stop making in order to build something truly authentic to yourself.</p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Emily Wilson is a branding and self-discovery coach in Austin, TX who helps women embrace their true selves, discover their talents, build a confident brand & live a mission-driven life. She joins me on Take It Personally today to talk all about building a brand based on yourself, and the mistake you need to stop making in order to build something truly authentic to yourself.</p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/10-the-branding-mistake-you-need-to-stop-making]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">65c0b43277604e3c960952a0bd9bc6fd</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 12 Nov 2019 11:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/d0b3a0a5-5497-4483-8016-3c6b3b6daf8b/tip-episode9-branding-mistake-you-need-to-stop-making-with-emil.mp3" length="63098588" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>43:49</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#9: Why Cold Messaging is Never the Answer in Your Network Marketing Business</title><itunes:title>#9: Why Cold Messaging is Never the Answer in Your Network Marketing Business</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>This week’s episode is a little different because I wanted to talk about something that recently happened in my own life, and it’s also something that I know happens to others on a pretty frequent basis. If you’ve been on social media at some point in the last five years, chances are you’ve been hit with a cold message. You know what these look like: maybe a high school acquaintance starts selling essential oils and sends you a DM. Or a family member you only see every other Easter wants you to check out the makeup she’s now selling. These messages are awkward, they feel super icky, and they’re just all around a really crappy way to market our business—ANY business, no matter if you’re in an MLM or not. </p> <p>I want to get one thing straight before I start this episode: I don’t have a problem with MLMs, networking marketing, or whatever you want to call it. I know people who have been successful with them, and I know people who haven’t been successful with them. I actually use a TON of MLM products in my daily life. Nearly my entire makeup bag is BeautyCounter, Young Living essential oils are littered all over my house, Monat is in my shower, and I’m newly obsessed with BeachBody OnDemand because the morning meltdown workout is bomb. I don’t have a problem with the products or even the companies; but I do have a problem with the icky sales tactics that are often promoted in these companies, and that’s what I want to talk about today. </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This week’s episode is a little different because I wanted to talk about something that recently happened in my own life, and it’s also something that I know happens to others on a pretty frequent basis. If you’ve been on social media at some point in the last five years, chances are you’ve been hit with a cold message. You know what these look like: maybe a high school acquaintance starts selling essential oils and sends you a DM. Or a family member you only see every other Easter wants you to check out the makeup she’s now selling. These messages are awkward, they feel super icky, and they’re just all around a really crappy way to market our business—ANY business, no matter if you’re in an MLM or not. </p> <p>I want to get one thing straight before I start this episode: I don’t have a problem with MLMs, networking marketing, or whatever you want to call it. I know people who have been successful with them, and I know people who haven’t been successful with them. I actually use a TON of MLM products in my daily life. Nearly my entire makeup bag is BeautyCounter, Young Living essential oils are littered all over my house, Monat is in my shower, and I’m newly obsessed with BeachBody OnDemand because the morning meltdown workout is bomb. I don’t have a problem with the products or even the companies; but I do have a problem with the icky sales tactics that are often promoted in these companies, and that’s what I want to talk about today. </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/9-why-cold-messaging-is-never-the-answer-in-your-network-marketing-business]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">2835052f17b744208da4e1424315d557</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 05 Nov 2019 21:27:58 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/e6f54f38-a9bb-4dba-94ee-cf023ed136b1/tip-episode9-cold-messages.mp3" length="18928871" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:09</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#8: How I Deal with Imposter Syndrome</title><itunes:title>#8: How I Deal with Imposter Syndrome</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p> </p> <p>Ever heard of imposter syndrome before? If you’ve ever found yourself feeling inadequate or like you’re ‘not enough,’ you’re one of the millions of people who have dealt with this issue. It’s insanely common, and it’s a big deal! People, especially women, are living their lives absolutely terrified that they are going to be exposed as a fraud. That someone is going to come forward and call them out and let the world know they’ve just been faking it this whole time.</p> <p>As I’ve grown as a business woman, I’ve found that imposter syndrome doesn’t go away. Every time I get to a point where I can feel myself up-leveling in my business, it rears its ugly head, sometimes even more intense than before. My business is better than it has ever been and I still have moments where I’m terrified that the other shoe could drop.</p> <p>However, as my imposter syndrome has gotten more and more intense, so has my mental strength. I can feel when imposter syndrome is coming and while I don’t think I’ll ever be able to stop it, I have developed the tools I need to <em>deal</em> with it. I firmly believe that anyone can do this, and I am hopeful that by sharing with you, you can start to take action on shifting your mindset to deal with imposter syndrome instead of letting it control you. </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p> </p> <p>Ever heard of imposter syndrome before? If you’ve ever found yourself feeling inadequate or like you’re ‘not enough,’ you’re one of the millions of people who have dealt with this issue. It’s insanely common, and it’s a big deal! People, especially women, are living their lives absolutely terrified that they are going to be exposed as a fraud. That someone is going to come forward and call them out and let the world know they’ve just been faking it this whole time.</p> <p>As I’ve grown as a business woman, I’ve found that imposter syndrome doesn’t go away. Every time I get to a point where I can feel myself up-leveling in my business, it rears its ugly head, sometimes even more intense than before. My business is better than it has ever been and I still have moments where I’m terrified that the other shoe could drop.</p> <p>However, as my imposter syndrome has gotten more and more intense, so has my mental strength. I can feel when imposter syndrome is coming and while I don’t think I’ll ever be able to stop it, I have developed the tools I need to <em>deal</em> with it. I firmly believe that anyone can do this, and I am hopeful that by sharing with you, you can start to take action on shifting your mindset to deal with imposter syndrome instead of letting it control you. </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/8-how-i-deal-with-imposter-syndrome]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">7830650ed0924977bb03ea9627cfc33a</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 29 Oct 2019 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/bc7e7368-341b-44a1-b475-1a61db99a7f1/tip-episode08-how-i-deal-with-imposter-syndrome.mp3" length="38239212" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>26:33</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#7: Building an Online Business that Fits Your Life with Nichole Joy</title><itunes:title>#7: Building an Online Business that Fits Your Life with Nichole Joy</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Nichole Joy is a digital doula. Never heard of that title before? That's probably because this girl pretty much invented it. After the birth of her second baby, Nichole discovered a passion within her for pregnancy and childbirth education, and began studying to become a doula. But with (eventually) three young children at home, being on call for the unpredictable nature of birth wasn't going to work. Instead, Nichole took to social media and began building an online community of women who were eager to learn more about pregnancy and childbirth. Now, she's creating courses for these women, AND the doulas who serve them.</p> <p>Nichole is the perfect example of what it can look like if you keep your head down and simply listen to what your people are asking for. She's built her business on serving, and there are so many amazing gems in this interview that you can apply to your own business. </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Nichole Joy is a digital doula. Never heard of that title before? That's probably because this girl pretty much invented it. After the birth of her second baby, Nichole discovered a passion within her for pregnancy and childbirth education, and began studying to become a doula. But with (eventually) three young children at home, being on call for the unpredictable nature of birth wasn't going to work. Instead, Nichole took to social media and began building an online community of women who were eager to learn more about pregnancy and childbirth. Now, she's creating courses for these women, AND the doulas who serve them.</p> <p>Nichole is the perfect example of what it can look like if you keep your head down and simply listen to what your people are asking for. She's built her business on serving, and there are so many amazing gems in this interview that you can apply to your own business. </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/7-building-an-online-business-that-fits-your-life-with-nichole-joy]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">fa59b7bd5cc04378b90a17634a2640a9</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 22 Oct 2019 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/d8d4955e-0452-415f-805e-0b340f686ddd/take-it-personally-07-building-an-online-business-that-fits-you.mp3" length="85805057" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>59:35</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#6: Are you ready to outsource? Here&apos;s how to start.</title><itunes:title>#6: Are you ready to outsource? Here&apos;s how to start.</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>So much of building a personal brand involves showing up and being yourself. And you can't do that if you're drowning in back-end work! This is a huge struggle for people who want to bring more of themselves into their business, but are being stretched way too thin by the day to day. </p> <p>But there is an answer and the answer is OUTSOURCING! I started outsourcing in my photography business a couple years ago and I'll never go back. It's been an absolute game changer to shift my focus to what I actually NEED to be doing, and getting other things, like busy work, off my plate. </p> <p>As solopreneurs, we are building our business babies by our lonesome, and the thought of handing any piece of that over to someone else can send you into a full-blown panic attack. But the key to scaling is in making sure that you're not just working IN your business, but ON your business. If you're ready to grow, let's talk outsourcing. </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>So much of building a personal brand involves showing up and being yourself. And you can't do that if you're drowning in back-end work! This is a huge struggle for people who want to bring more of themselves into their business, but are being stretched way too thin by the day to day. </p> <p>But there is an answer and the answer is OUTSOURCING! I started outsourcing in my photography business a couple years ago and I'll never go back. It's been an absolute game changer to shift my focus to what I actually NEED to be doing, and getting other things, like busy work, off my plate. </p> <p>As solopreneurs, we are building our business babies by our lonesome, and the thought of handing any piece of that over to someone else can send you into a full-blown panic attack. But the key to scaling is in making sure that you're not just working IN your business, but ON your business. If you're ready to grow, let's talk outsourcing. </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/6-are-you-ready-to-outsource-heres-how-to-start-]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">fb0750cd9c024255be20953b1f195db4</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 15 Oct 2019 10:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/31df74e8-49bf-412c-a2ab-c3fa4acf43e0/take-it-personally-06-are-you-ready-to-outsource.mp3" length="24448440" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>16:59</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#5: Why I Joined a Mastermind</title><itunes:title>#5: Why I Joined a Mastermind</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>This year has been game-changing for my business in so many ways. Before I get into it, let me preface this episode by saying I’m about to get REAL when it comes to numbers, because I think it’s incredibly important to the story. So, if finance talk makes you uncomfortable, you may want to skip this episode. However, I would encourage you to dig into those feelings to understand WHY you maybe don’t love talking about money. I know it can feel icky on the surface, but the reality is there is power and freedom in understanding the numbers behind your business, and it can make all the difference in how you’re spending your time. Plus, money can be the source of some really big wins, and those should be celebrated! So, let’s talk all about why I joined a mastermind in 2019 and how it’s completely changed my business for the better. </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>This year has been game-changing for my business in so many ways. Before I get into it, let me preface this episode by saying I’m about to get REAL when it comes to numbers, because I think it’s incredibly important to the story. So, if finance talk makes you uncomfortable, you may want to skip this episode. However, I would encourage you to dig into those feelings to understand WHY you maybe don’t love talking about money. I know it can feel icky on the surface, but the reality is there is power and freedom in understanding the numbers behind your business, and it can make all the difference in how you’re spending your time. Plus, money can be the source of some really big wins, and those should be celebrated! So, let’s talk all about why I joined a mastermind in 2019 and how it’s completely changed my business for the better. </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/5-why-i-joined-a-mastermind]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">976130ed897a406bbb9d92c6d492a256</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 08 Oct 2019 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/ae035266-fe82-4010-95a1-452ac82fbd97/take-it-personally-05-why-i-joined-a-mastermind.mp3" length="46109801" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>32:01</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#4: Building a Personal Brand when you Don&apos;t Fit the Mold with Cinnamon Wolfe</title><itunes:title>#4: Building a Personal Brand when you Don&apos;t Fit the Mold with Cinnamon Wolfe</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>I first met Cinnamon in a Facebook group actually. Cinnamon used her expertise in Squarespace to help me optimize my site at the time. Our friendship has grown over the years, and we often are in contact. I love hearing her perspective as she considers herself to be a little bit different than a lot of others in her field. And I would agree and think she is different in the best ways. </p> <p> </p> <p>When you look at a lot of creatives, especially on social media, there are certain things about them that kind of tend to be the same. Which has me thinking: Should you build a personal brand when you feel like you don’t quite fit that mold? Let’s hear what Cinnamon has to say!</p> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>I first met Cinnamon in a Facebook group actually. Cinnamon used her expertise in Squarespace to help me optimize my site at the time. Our friendship has grown over the years, and we often are in contact. I love hearing her perspective as she considers herself to be a little bit different than a lot of others in her field. And I would agree and think she is different in the best ways. </p> <p> </p> <p>When you look at a lot of creatives, especially on social media, there are certain things about them that kind of tend to be the same. Which has me thinking: Should you build a personal brand when you feel like you don’t quite fit that mold? Let’s hear what Cinnamon has to say!</p> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/4-building-a-personal-brand-when-you-dont-fit-the-mold-with-cinnamon-wolfe]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">ed40193f515d476794e98576600e6321</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 09:04:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/176d0021-9a7e-4233-97bd-80e47ed93b7f/take-it-personally-04-building-a-brand-when-you-dont-fit-the-mo.mp3" length="63286670" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>43:57</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#3: How I&apos;m Protecting My Calendar (and Sanity!)</title><itunes:title>#3: How I&apos;m Protecting My Calendar (and Sanity!)</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p>Since I quit my day job, the biggest struggle that I have had with a business owner has been time management. Before I left my 8-5, I remember thinking how much <em>time</em> it would feel like I would have, now that I could solely focus on my business. Fast forward a year later, and we all know that is not the case. As a business owner, your mind is constantly going a mile a minute, and there are always a million things to do. And that’s before you start factoring in things like daily distractions, people wanting to grab coffee or lunch, social media time suck, and a million other things that can pop up on the daily. Today I’m sharing the three things I’ve been doing lately to protect my calendar, and therefore my <em>sanity</em>, as I navigate being my own boss and trying to make sure I don’t go crazy trying to do it all. </p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p>Since I quit my day job, the biggest struggle that I have had with a business owner has been time management. Before I left my 8-5, I remember thinking how much <em>time</em> it would feel like I would have, now that I could solely focus on my business. Fast forward a year later, and we all know that is not the case. As a business owner, your mind is constantly going a mile a minute, and there are always a million things to do. And that’s before you start factoring in things like daily distractions, people wanting to grab coffee or lunch, social media time suck, and a million other things that can pop up on the daily. Today I’m sharing the three things I’ve been doing lately to protect my calendar, and therefore my <em>sanity</em>, as I navigate being my own boss and trying to make sure I don’t go crazy trying to do it all. </p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/3-how-im-protecting-my-calendar-and-sanity]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">a95c1057dd0340db9bbd3ffa1b3e50fd</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 09:02:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/1412dfd8-6984-454f-94e1-aa6bdf662887/take-it-personally-03-protecting-my-calendar.mp3" length="29454546" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>20:27</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#2: Passive Income Through Stock Photography with Annie Otzen</title><itunes:title>#2: Passive Income Through Stock Photography with Annie Otzen</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Annie Otzen is a Getty Photographer and takes stock photography for Getty Images. She has incredible talent and has had some of her images published in the coolest places because of what she is doing with stock. </p> <p> </p> <p>Annie has so many great insights into stock photography and creating passive income for your business. I just started last year with passive income, and it completely changed my business. It’s an incredible thing to do something one time and then continue to get paid for it every single month, and that is what Annie is doing with stock photography.</p> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>Annie Otzen is a Getty Photographer and takes stock photography for Getty Images. She has incredible talent and has had some of her images published in the coolest places because of what she is doing with stock. </p> <p> </p> <p>Annie has so many great insights into stock photography and creating passive income for your business. I just started last year with passive income, and it completely changed my business. It’s an incredible thing to do something one time and then continue to get paid for it every single month, and that is what Annie is doing with stock photography.</p> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/2-passive-income-through-stock-photography-with-annie-otzen]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">fe509a66219e4082be8fa8f4e3f5af64</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 09:01:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/9c636d80-b443-451a-aa13-c9096d0724fb/take-it-personally-02-stock-photography-with-annie-otzen.mp3" length="56750206" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>39:24</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>#1: Best Practices for Instagram Stories</title><itunes:title>#1: Best Practices for Instagram Stories</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>It's not a secret I spend a lot of time on Instagram - I love it! But in case you aren't on the app as much as I am, let's start from the beginning. What is an Instagram story? Simply put, they are stories that live for 24 hours and then go away. That is how they started, but things have changed and they have become much more. Ultimately, they give your people a little behind the scenes into what your life looks like.</p> <p> </p> <p>There are definitely some best practices when it comes to using Instagram stories for your personal brand, and that's what we are talking about today!</p> <p></p>]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[<p></p> <p>It's not a secret I spend a lot of time on Instagram - I love it! But in case you aren't on the app as much as I am, let's start from the beginning. What is an Instagram story? Simply put, they are stories that live for 24 hours and then go away. That is how they started, but things have changed and they have become much more. Ultimately, they give your people a little behind the scenes into what your life looks like.</p> <p> </p> <p>There are definitely some best practices when it comes to using Instagram stories for your personal brand, and that's what we are talking about today!</p> <p></p>]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/1-best-practices-for-instagram-stories]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">532d3f9aa01f45edafe387f77bfb01e1</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 01 Oct 2019 09:00:00 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/59584437-8c8f-4e75-b6d1-57aee6032b9c/take-it-personally-01-best-practices-for-instagram-stories.mp3" length="17802888" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>12:22</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item><item><title>Trailer: Welcome to Take It Personally!</title><itunes:title>Trailer: Welcome to Take It Personally!</itunes:title><description><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></description><content:encoded><![CDATA[A brief summary of this episode]]></content:encoded><link><![CDATA[https://www.maddiepeschong.com/trailer-welcome-to-take-it-personally]]></link><guid isPermaLink="false">e33047aa888349c69c558380dcffc095</guid><itunes:image href="https://artwork.captivate.fm/2d4c4d57-dd91-42fd-afba-923705cd3272/take-it-personally-podcast-cover-art-2.jpg"/><pubDate>Tue, 24 Sep 2019 23:40:13 -0400</pubDate><enclosure url="https://podcasts.captivate.fm/media/7ca483aa-6ff0-48e0-be32-ae53c6fde72f/take-it-personally-01-welcome-to-tip.mp3" length="19871159" type="audio/mpeg"/><itunes:duration>13:48</itunes:duration><itunes:explicit>false</itunes:explicit><itunes:episodeType>full</itunes:episodeType></item></channel></rss>